Stingray

Technical Manual
V4.6.92020-May-25
Allied Vision Technologies GmbH
Taschenweg 2a
07646 Stadtroda / Germany

Read before use

Quick links•••

Introduction on page 24
Contact us on page 14
Contents on page 15

Read before use
EN - English
SafetyBefore using the camera, read these safety instructions. Observe the warnings at
all times. Use the camera only as stated in the Intended use on page 44.

CAUTION
Risk of burns
A camera in operation can reach temperature levels which could cause burns.

CAUTION
Injury by falling cameras or lenses
A falling camera or lens can cause injury.

CAUTION
Risk of cuts by sharp edges of lens mounts
The threads of the lens mount can have sharp edges.

Intended use
Intended use of Allied Vision product is the integration into vision systems byprofessionals. All Allied Vision product is sold in a B2B setting.

Cameras without closed housings
Cameras without housing or with incomplete housing must be shielded against
EMC emission by professionals according to local EMC provisions.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

2

Read before use

DA - Dansk
SikkerhedLæs sikkerhedsanvisningerne, før kameraet bruges. Overhold alle advarsler.
Brug kun kameraet som anført i Intended use på side 44.

FORSIGTIG
Forbrændingsfare
Når kameraet bruges, kan det blive meget varmt og forårsage forbrændinger.

FORSIGTIGKvæstelser, hvis kameraet eller linser falder ned
Falder kameraet eller linsen ned, kan dette forårsage kvæstelser.

FORSIGTIG
Fare for snitsår på linsemodulets skarpe kanter
Linsemodulets gevind kan have skarpe kanter.

Tilsigtet brug
Allied Vision produktets tilsigtede brug er en indbygning i et visionssystem,
udført af fagfolk. Alle Allied Vision produkter sælges i B2B.

Kameraer uden lukket hus
Kameraer uden hus eller uden komplet hus skal beskyttes mod EMC emissioner
iht. lokale EMC bestemmelser.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

3

Read before use

DE - Deutsch
Sicherheit
Bevor Sie die Kamera benutzen, lesen diese Sicherheitshinweise. Beachten Sie
diese Hinweise immer. Verwenden Sie die Kamera nur wie beschrieben in
Intended use auf Seite 44.

VORSICHT
Gefahr von Verbrennungen
Im Betrieb kann die Kamera Temperaturen erreichen, die zu Verbrennungenführen.

VORSICHT
Verletzung durch fallende Kameras oder Objektive
Eine fallende Kamera oder ein fallendes Objektiv kann Verletzungen verursachen.

VORSICHT
Schnitte durch scharfkantige Objektivgewinde
Objektivgewinde können scharfe Kanten haben.

Bestimmungsgemäßer Gebrauch
Allied Vision Produkte sind bestimmt für die Integration in Bildverarbeitungssysteme durch Fachpersonal. Alle Allied Vision Produkte werden in einer B2BUmgebung verkauft.

Kameras ohne geschlossenes Gehäuse
Für Kameras ohne Gehäuse oder mit unvollständigem Gehäuse muss dieAbschirmung gegen EMV-Emissionen gemäß den örtlichen EMV-Bestimmungendurchgeführt werden.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

4

Read before use

ES - Español
Seguridad
Antes de utilizar la cámara lea estas instrucciones de seguridad. Observe las
advertencias en todo momento. Utilice la cámara solo tal y como se estipula enel Intended use a pagina 44.

ATENCIÓN
Riesgo de quemaduras
Una cámara en funcionamiento puede alcanzar temperaturas que podrían
provocar quemaduras.

ATENCIÓN
Lesiones en caso de que las cámaras o las lentes se caigan
Si una cámara o una lente se cae puede provocar lesiones.

ATENCIÓN
Riesgo de cortes debido a los bordes afilados del objetivo
Las roscas de los objetivos pueden tener bordes afilados.

Uso previsto
El uso previsto del producto Allied Vision es la integración en el sistema de visión
por parte de profesionales. Todos los productos Allied Vision se venden dentro deuna relación B2B.

Cámaras sin carcasa cerrada
Las cámaras sin carcasa o con una carcasa incompleta deben protegerse contra
las emisiones CEM por parte de profesionales de acuerdo con las disposiciones
locales sobre la CEM.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

5

Read before use

FI - Suomi
Turvallisuus
Lue nämä turvallisuusohjeet ennen kameran käyttöä. Noudata varoituksia joka
hetki. Käytä kameraa ainoastaan kohdassa Intended use sivulla 44 kuvatulla
tavalla.

HUOMIO
Palovammojen vaara
Käytössä olevan kameran saavuttamat lämpötilatasot voivat aiheuttaa
palovammoja.

HUOMIO
Putoavien kameroiden tai linssien aiheuttamat vammat
Putoava kamera tai linssi voi aiheuttaa vammoja.

HUOMIO
Linssien kiinnikkeiden terävien reunojen aiheuttamien viiltovammojen
vaara
Linssin kiinnikkeiden kierteiden reunat voivat olla teräviä.

Käyttötarkoitus
Allied Vision -tuotteen käyttötarkoitus on integrointi kuvajärjestelmiin
ammattilaisten toimesta. Kaikki Allied Vision -tuotteet myydään B2Bympäristössä.

Kamerat, joissa ei ole suljettuja koteloita
Ammattilaisten on suojattava kamerat, joissa ei ole koteloa tai joiden kotelo on
epätäydellinen, EMC-päästöiltä paikallisten EMC-määräysten mukaisesti.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

6

Read before use

FR - Français
Sécurité
Veuillez lire ces consignes de sécurité avant d’utiliser la caméra. Respectez
continuellement les avertissements. Utilisez la caméra uniquement comme
indiqué sous Intended use, page 44.

ATTENTION
Risque de brûlures
Une caméra en service peut atteindre des niveaux de température susceptibles
d’entraîner des brûlures.

ATTENTION
Blessures en cas de chute de caméras ou d’objectifs
La chute d’une caméra ou d’un objectif peut entraîner des blessures.

ATTENTION
Risque de coupures sur les bords tranchants des montures d’objectif
Les filetages des montures d’objectif peuvent présenter des bords tranchants.

Utilisation prévue
L’utilisation prévue du produit Allied Vision est son intégration dans dessystèmes de vision par le soin de professionnels. Tout produit Allied Vision est
vendu dans un cadre B2B.

Caméras sans boîtier fermé
Les caméras sans boîtier fermé ou à boîtier incomplet doivent être blindéescontre les émissions CEM par le soin de professionnels conformément aux
dispositions CEM locales.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

7

Read before use

IT - Italiano
Sicurezza
Leggere queste istruzioni per la sicurezza prima di utilizzare la telecamera.
Osservare sempre tutte le avvertenze. Utilizzare la telecamera come descritto
alla sezione Intended use a pagina 44.

ATTENZIONE
Pericolo di ustioni
Durante il funzionamento una telecamera può raggiungere temperature elevateche possono essere causa di ustioni.

ATTENZIONE
Lesioni dovute alla caduta di telecamere o lenti
La caduta di una telecamera o di una lente può causare delle lesioni.

ATTENZIONE
Pericolo di tagliarsi sui bordi affilati degli attacchi della lente
I bordi della filettatura dell’attacco della lente possono essere affilati.

Uso previsto
Il prodotto Allied Vision è concepito per essere integrato in sistemi dimonitoraggio in campo professionale. Tutti i prodotti Allied Vision sono venduti
in uno scenario B2B.

Telecamere senza custodia chiusa
Le telecamere senza custodia o con una custodia incompleta devono essere
protette dalle emissioni elettromagnetiche in ambienti professionali in
conformità con le norme CEM nazionali.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

8

Read before use

JA - 日本語
安全性
本カメラを使用する前に、この安全の手引きをお読みください。常に、警告事項を守ってください。必ず、Intended use 44 ページの通りに、本カメラを使用してください。

注意
やけどの危険性
作動中のカメラは、やけどを引き起こす温度まで熱くなる恐れがあります。

注意
カメラまたはレンズの落下によるけが
カメラまたはレンズが落下すると、けがをする恐れがあります。

注意
レンズマウントの鋭利な端部で切り傷の危険性
ンズマウントのギザギザの部分が鋭利である可能性があります。

用途
Allied Vision製品は、専門家が視覚装置に統合することを意図したものです。すべてのAllied Vision製品は、企業間取り引き用に販売されています。

ハウジングで閉じられていないカメラ
ハウジングのないカメラまたはハウジングが不完全なカメラは、現地の 電磁両立性（EMC）規定に従い、専門家によって、EMC エミッションから保護される必要があります。

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

9

Read before use

NL - Nederlands
Veiligheid
Lees deze veiligheidsinstructies voordat u de camera gaat gebruiken. Neem dezewaarschuwingen altijd in acht. Gebruik de camera uitsluitend, zoals aangegevenin het Intended use op pagina 44.

VOORZICHTIG
Risico van verbranding
Een camera die gebruikt wordt, kan temperatuurwaarden bereiken die
brandwonden kunnen veroorzaken.

VOORZICHTIG
Letsel door vallende camera's of lenzen
Een vallende camera of lens kan letsel veroorzaken.

VOORZICHTIG
Risico van snijwonden door scherpe randen van lensbevestigingen
Het schroefdraad van de lensbevestiging kan scherpe randen hebben.

Beoogd gebruik
Het beoogde gebruik van het Allied Vision-product is de integratie in optischesystemen door professionals. Alle Allied Vision-producten worden verkocht in deB2B-markt.

Camera's zonder gesloten behuizing
Camera's zonder behuizing of met een onvolledige behuizing moeten door
professionals worden beschermd tegen EMC-straling door EMC-beschermingenter plaatse.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

10

Read before use

NO - Norsk
Sikkerhet
Les disse sikkerhetsinstruksene før du bruker kameraet. Følg advarslene til enhver tid. Bruk kun kameraet i samsvar med Intended use på side 44.

FORSIKTIG
Risiko for brannskader
Et kamera i bruk kan nå temperaturnivåer som kan forårsake brannskader.

FORSIKTIG
Skade ved fallende kameraer eller linser
Et fallende kamera eller en fallende linse kan forårsake skade.

FORSIKTIG
Risiko for kutt fra skarpe kanter på linsefester
Sporene på linsefestet kan ha skarpe kanter.

Tiltenkt brukDen tiltenkte bruken av Allied Vision-produktet er integrering i visjonssystemer
av profesjonelle. Alle Allied Vision-produkter selges i en forretning til
forretning-situasjon.

Kameraer uten lukkede kamerahus
Kameraer uten kamerahus eller med ufullstendige kamerahus må beskyttes mot
EMC-utslipp av fagfolk i henhold til lokale EMC-bestemmelser.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

11

Read before use

SV - Svenska
Säkerhet
Läs igenom säkerhetsinstruktionerna innan du använder kameran. Var hela tiden
särskilt uppmärksam på varningarna. Använd enbart kameran på det sätt som
anges i Intended use på sida 44.

VARNING
Risk för brännskada
En kamera i drift kan komma upp i temperaturer som kan orsaka brännskador.

VARNING
Risk för skador från fallande kameror eller objektiv
Fallande kameror eller objektiv kan förorsaka skador.

VARNING
Risk för skärsår från vassa kanter på objektivfattningar
Objektivets gängor kan ha vassa kanter.

Avsedd användning
Den avsedda användningen av Allied Vision-produkter är integrering ivisionssystem av fackmän. Samtliga Allied Vision-produkter säljs i en B2B-miljö.

Kameror utan slutna kamerahus
Kameror utan eller med ofullständiga kamerahus måste skyddas mot
elektromagnetiska emissioner av fackmän enligt lokala bestämmelser för
elektromagnetiska emissioner.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

12

Read before use

ZH - 英文简体中文版
安全需知
使用本相机前，请阅读本安全说明书。请务必遵守相关警告 和 Intended
use 于第 44 页 .

注意事项
烫伤风险
相机操作过程中温度可能上升并导致烫伤风险。

注意事项
相机或者镜头跌落造成伤害
相机或者镜头可能会跌落并造成伤害。

注意事项镜头接口的锐利边缘划伤风险镜头接口螺纹边缘可能较为锐利。

预期用途
Allied Vision 产品的预期用途是由专业人士整合到视觉系统中。所有
Allied Vision 的产品均通过 B2B 渠道销售。

无封闭式外壳相机
使用不带外壳或外壳不完整的相机时，必须由专业人员根据当地的 EMC
规定，对其进行 EMC 屏蔽。

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

13

Contact usContact us
WebsiteGeneralwww.alliedvision.com/en/contact
Distribution partners
www.alliedvision.com/en/about-us/where-we-are

EmailGeneralinfo@alliedvision.com
Supportsupport@alliedvision.com

Sales offices
Europe, Middle East, and Africa

T// +49 36428 677-230

North and South America

Toll-free: +1 877 USA 1394
T// +1 978 225 2030
California: +1 408 721 1965

Asia-PacificT// +65 6634 9027

China

T// +86 21 64861133

Headquarters
Allied Vision Technologies GmbH
Taschenweg 2a
07646 Stadtroda, Germany
T// +49 36428 677-0
F// +49 36428 677-28

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

14

Contents

Contents
Read before use ..................................................................................................................................2
EN - English ........................................................................................................................................... 2
DA - Dansk............................................................................................................................................. 3
DE - Deutsch.......................................................................................................................................... 4
ES - Español........................................................................................................................................... 5
FI - Suomi .............................................................................................................................................. 6
FR - Français.......................................................................................................................................... 7
IT - Italiano ............................................................................................................................................ 8

JA - 日本語 ........................................................... 9
NL - Nederlands .................................................................................................................................. 10
NO - Norsk........................................................................................................................................... 11
SV - Svenska ........................................................................................................................................ 12

ZH - 英文简体中文版 .................................................................................................................... 13

Contact us ............................................................................................................................................14
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................24
Document history ............................................................................................................................... 24
Manual overview ................................................................................................................................ 36
Conventions used in this manual ....................................................................................................... 38
Styles.............................................................................................................................................. 38
More information ............................................................................................................................... 39
Before operation ................................................................................................................................ 40

Stingray cameras...............................................................................................................................41
Compliance, safety, and intended use....................................................................................42
Compliance ......................................................................................................................................... 42
For customers in China and Europe.............................................................................................. 42
For customers in the USA.............................................................................................................. 42
FCC Class B digital device ......................................................................................................... 42
United States of America: Supplier Declaration of Conformity .............................................. 42
Party issuing Supplier's Declaration of Conformity ................................................................. 43
Responsible Party - U.S. Contact Information ......................................................................... 43
For customers in Canada ......................................................................................................... 43
Pour utilisateurs au Canada ..................................................................................................... 43
Board level models ........................................................................................................................ 43
Avoid electromagnetic interferences ........................................................................................... 43
Intended use ....................................................................................................................................... 44
Copyright and trademarks.................................................................................................................. 44
Your safety .......................................................................................................................................... 44
Handling lens mounts.................................................................................................................... 44
Handling hot cameras ................................................................................................................... 44

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

15

Contents

Providing optimum heat dissipation ............................................................................................. 45
Camera mounting.......................................................................................................................... 45
Avoiding material damage.................................................................................................................. 46
Electronics maintenance ............................................................................................................... 46
Cable connections ......................................................................................................................... 46
Powering cameras.................................................................................................................... 46
No hot plugging........................................................................................................................ 46
Avoiding electrostatic discharge (ESD) .................................................................................... 46
Maximum inrush current ......................................................................................................... 46
Suitable accessories ................................................................................................................. 47
Cleaning cameras .......................................................................................................................... 47
Warranty note .................................................................................................................................... 47

FireWire.................................................................................................................................................48
Overview ............................................................................................................................................. 48
Definition ....................................................................................................................................... 48
IEEE 1394 standards ...................................................................................................................... 48
Why use FireWire? ........................................................................................................................ 49
FireWire in detail ................................................................................................................................ 49
Serial bus ....................................................................................................................................... 49
FireWire connection capabilities................................................................................................... 50
Capabilities of IEEE 1394a (FireWire 400) .................................................................................... 51
IIDC V1.3 camera control standards ........................................................................................ 51
Capabilities of IEEE 1394b (FireWire 800) .................................................................................... 51
IIDC V1.31 camera control standards ...................................................................................... 51
Compatibility between IEEE 1394a and IEEE 1394b..................................................................... 52
Compatibility example ............................................................................................................. 52
Image transfer via IEEE 1394a and IEEE 1394b ............................................................................ 53
IEEE 1394b bandwidths................................................................................................................. 54
Requirements for PC and IEEE 1394b...................................................................................... 54
Example 1: IEEE 1394b bandwidth of Stingray cameras ......................................................... 55
Example 2: More than one Stingray camera at full speed ...................................................... 55
FireWire Plug & play capabilities................................................................................................... 55
FireWire hot-plug and screw-lock precautions............................................................................. 56
Operating system support............................................................................................................. 57

Specifications ......................................................................................................................................58
Absolute quantum efficiency ............................................................................................................. 59
Spectral response plots ...................................................................................................................... 59
Stingray F-033B/F-033C...................................................................................................................... 60
Absolute QE ................................................................................................................................... 62
Spectral response .......................................................................................................................... 62
Stingray F-046B/F-046C...................................................................................................................... 63
Absolute QE ................................................................................................................................... 65
Spectral response .......................................................................................................................... 65
Stingray F-080B/F-080C...................................................................................................................... 66
Absolute QE ................................................................................................................................... 68
Spectral response .......................................................................................................................... 68

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

16

Contents

Stingray F-125B/F-125C...................................................................................................................... 69
Absolute QE ................................................................................................................................... 71
Spectral response .......................................................................................................................... 71
Stingray F-145B/F-145C...................................................................................................................... 72
Absolute QE ................................................................................................................................... 74
Spectral response .......................................................................................................................... 74
Stingray F-146B/F-146C...................................................................................................................... 75
Absolute QE ................................................................................................................................... 77
Spectral response .......................................................................................................................... 77
Stingray F-201B/F-201C...................................................................................................................... 78
Absolute QE ................................................................................................................................... 80
Spectral response .......................................................................................................................... 80
Stingray F-504B/F-504C...................................................................................................................... 81
Absolute QE ................................................................................................................................... 83
Spectral response .......................................................................................................................... 83

Camera dimensions .........................................................................................................................84
Serial numbers for starting new front flange ............................................................................... 84
Stingray standard housing (2 x IEEE 1394b copper) .......................................................................... 85
Tripod adapter .................................................................................................................................... 86
Stingray W90 (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)............................................................................................... 87
Stingray W90 S90 (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)........................................................................................ 88
Stingray W270 (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)............................................................................................. 89
Stingray W270 S90 (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)...................................................................................... 90
Cross section: CS-Mount .................................................................................................................... 91
Cross section: C-Mount ...................................................................................................................... 92
Adjustment of C-Mount and CS-Mount ............................................................................................. 92
Stingray board level: dimensions ....................................................................................................... 93
Stingray board level: CS-Mount.......................................................................................................... 94
Stingray board level: C-Mount ........................................................................................................... 95

Filter and lenses ................................................................................................................................96
IR cut filter: spectral transmission...................................................................................................... 96
Camera lenses..................................................................................................................................... 97
Stingray F-080, F-125 .................................................................................................................... 97
Stingray F-033, F-046, F-146 ......................................................................................................... 97
Stingray F-201................................................................................................................................ 98
Stingray F-145, F-504 .................................................................................................................... 98

Camera interfaces ............................................................................................................................99
IEEE 1394b port pin assignment......................................................................................................... 99
Board level camera: IEEE 1394b port pin assignment................................................................ 100
Camera I/O connections................................................................................................................... 101
Board level camera: I/O pin assignment..................................................................................... 103
Status LEDs........................................................................................................................................ 104
Normal conditions ....................................................................................................................... 105
Error conditions........................................................................................................................... 105

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

17

Contents

Control data signals .......................................................................................................................... 106
Inputs........................................................................................................................................... 106
Triggers................................................................................................................................... 106
Input/output pin control ............................................................................................................. 107
IO_INP_CTRL 1-2 .................................................................................................................... 107
Trigger delay........................................................................................................................... 108
Outputs........................................................................................................................................ 110
IO_OUTP_CTRL 1-4................................................................................................................. 111
Output control........................................................................................................................ 112
Output modes ........................................................................................................................ 113
Pulse-width modulation (Stingray housing and Stingray board level models) .......................... 115
PWM: minimal and maximal periods and frequencies ......................................................... 116
PWM: Examples in practice ................................................................................................... 117
Pixel data........................................................................................................................................... 118<YUV8 (4:2:2) format> ........................................................................................................... 119<YUV8 (4:1:1) format> ........................................................................................................... 119<Y (Mono8/Raw8) format> .................................................................................................... 120<Y (Mono16/Raw16) format>................................................................................................ 120<Y (Mono12/Raw12) format>................................................................................................ 121<RGB8 format>....................................................................................................................... 121<Y(Mono8/Raw8), RGB8> ...................................................................................................... 122<YUV8> ................................................................................................................................... 122<Y(Mono16)>.......................................................................................................................... 123<Y(Mono12)>.......................................................................................................................... 123

Description of the data path .....................................................................................................124
Block diagrams of the cameras ........................................................................................................ 124
Monochrome cameras ................................................................................................................ 124
Color cameras.............................................................................................................................. 125
White balance................................................................................................................................... 125
One-push white balance ............................................................................................................. 128
Auto white balance (AWB) .......................................................................................................... 129
Auto shutter...................................................................................................................................... 131
Auto gain........................................................................................................................................... 132
Manual gain ...................................................................................................................................... 135
Brightness (black level or offset) ...................................................................................................... 136
Horizontal mirror function ............................................................................................................... 137
Shading correction............................................................................................................................ 138
Building shading image in Format_7 modes............................................................................... 138
First example .......................................................................................................................... 138
Second example ..................................................................................................................... 138
How to store shading image ....................................................................................................... 139
Automatic generation of correction data ................................................................................... 140
Requirements......................................................................................................................... 140
Algorithm................................................................................................................................ 140
Loading a shading image out of the camera............................................................................... 143
Loading a shading image into the camera .................................................................................. 144
Look-up table (LUT) and gamma function ....................................................................................... 145

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

18

Contents

Loading an LUT into the camera ................................................................................................. 146
Defect pixel correction ..................................................................................................................... 147
Building defect pixel correction image in Format_7 modes ...................................................... 147
First example .......................................................................................................................... 148
Second example ..................................................................................................................... 148
Flow diagram of defect pixel correction ..................................................................................... 148
Building defect pixel data............................................................................................................ 149
Grab an image with defect pixel data.................................................................................... 149
Calculate defect pixel coordinates......................................................................................... 149
Reset values (resolution, shutter, gain, brightness).............................................................. 150
Activate/deactivate defect pixel correction ............................................................................... 150
Store defect pixel data non-volatile............................................................................................ 151
Load non-volatile stored defect pixel data ................................................................................. 151
Send defect pixel data to the host .............................................................................................. 151
Receive defect pixel data from the host ..................................................................................... 151
DPC data: storing mechanism ..................................................................................................... 152
Binning (only Stingray monochrome models and F-201C/504C) .................................................... 152
2 x / 4 x / 8 x binning (F-201C only 2 x vertical binning)............................................................. 152
Vertical binning............................................................................................................................ 153
Horizontal binning (F-201C only 2 x horizontal binning) ............................................................ 155
2 x full binning/4 x full binning/8 x full binning (F-201C only 2 x full binning) ........................... 156
Sub-sampling (Stingray monochrome and color models) ............................................................... 157
What is sub-sampling? ................................................................................................................ 157
Which Stingray models have sub-sampling? .............................................................................. 157
Description of sub-sampling........................................................................................................ 157
Binning and sub-sampling access..................................................................................................... 162
Quick parameter change timing modes........................................................................................... 164
Stingray timing modes................................................................................................................. 164
Standard Parameter Update Timing...................................................................................... 165
Quick Format Change Mode (QFCM) .................................................................................... 165
How to transfer parameters to the camera................................................................................ 166
Encapsulated Update (begin/end)......................................................................................... 166
Parameter-List Update........................................................................................................... 167
Standard Update (IIDC) .......................................................................................................... 168
Packed 12-Bit Mode ......................................................................................................................... 169
High SNR mode (High Signal Noise Ratio) ........................................................................................ 170
Frame memory and deferred image transport................................................................................ 171
Deferred image transport ........................................................................................................... 171
HoldImg mode ............................................................................................................................. 172
FastCapture mode ....................................................................................................................... 174
Color interpolation (BAYER demosaicing) ........................................................................................ 174
Sharpness.......................................................................................................................................... 176
Hue and saturation ........................................................................................................................... 177
Color correction................................................................................................................................ 178
Why color correction? ........................................................................................................... 178
Color correction in Allied Vision cameras.............................................................................. 178
Color correction: formula ...................................................................................................... 178
GretagMacbeth ColorChecker ............................................................................................... 178

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

19

Contents

Changing color correction coefficients.................................................................................. 178
Switch color correction on/off............................................................................................... 179
Color conversion (RGB to YUV) ........................................................................................................ 180
Bulk Trigger ....................................................................................................................................... 180
Level Trigger...................................................................................................................................... 180
Serial interface.................................................................................................................................. 180
To read data: .......................................................................................................................... 184
To write data: ......................................................................................................................... 184

Controlling image capture ..........................................................................................................185
Trigger modes ................................................................................................................................... 185
Bulk trigger (Trigger_Mode_15).................................................................................................. 186
Trigger delay ................................................................................................................................ 189
Trigger delay advanced register............................................................................................. 191
Software trigger........................................................................................................................... 191
Debounce .................................................................................................................................... 192
Debounce time ............................................................................................................................ 192
Exposure time (shutter) and offset .................................................................................................. 193
Exposure time offset, minimum exposure time ......................................................................... 194
Extended shutter......................................................................................................................... 195
One-shot ........................................................................................................................................... 196
One-shot command on the bus to start exposure ..................................................................... 197
End of exposure to first packet on the bus................................................................................. 197
Multi-shot ......................................................................................................................................... 199
ISO_Enable / free-run ....................................................................................................................... 199
Asynchronous broadcast .................................................................................................................. 199
Jitter at start of exposure ................................................................................................................. 201
Sequence mode ................................................................................................................................ 202
How is sequence mode implemented? ...................................................................................... 204
Setup mode ............................................................................................................................ 205
Sequence step mode.............................................................................................................. 205
SeqMode description ............................................................................................................. 205
Sequence repeat counter ...................................................................................................... 206
Manual stepping & reset........................................................................................................ 206
Which sequence mode features are available?.......................................................................... 208
Setup mode ............................................................................................................................ 208
I/O controlled sequence stepping mode ............................................................................... 208
I/O controlled sequence pointer reset .................................................................................. 209
I/O controlled sequence stepping mode... ............................................................................ 209
Points to pay attention to when working with a sequence........................................................ 209
Changing the parameters within a sequence ............................................................................. 211
Points to pay attention to when changing the parameters ....................................................... 211
Secure image signature (SIS): definition and scenarios................................................................... 211
SIS: Definition .............................................................................................................................. 212
SIS: Scenarios............................................................................................................................... 212

Video formats, modes and bandwidth .................................................................................214
Stingray F-033B/F-033C (including board level variants) ................................................................ 215

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

20

Contents

Stingray F-046B/F-046C (including board level variants) ................................................................ 217
Stingray F-080B/F-080C (including board level variants) ................................................................ 219
Stingray F-125B/F-125C (including board level variants) ................................................................ 221
Stingray F-145B/F-145C (including board level variants) ................................................................ 223
Stingray F-146B/F-146C (including board level variants) ................................................................ 225
Stingray F-201B/F-201C (including board level variants) ................................................................ 227
Stingray F-504B/F-504C (including board level variants) ................................................................ 230
Area of interest (AOI)........................................................................................................................ 232
Autofunction AOI......................................................................................................................... 234
Frame rates....................................................................................................................................... 235
Frame rates Format_7................................................................................................................. 239
Stingray F-033B/F-033C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates ..................................................... 240
Stingray F-046B/F-046C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates ..................................................... 241
Stingray F-080B/F-080C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates ..................................................... 242
Stingray F-125B/F-125C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates ..................................................... 243
Stingray F-145B/F-145C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates ..................................................... 244
Stingray F-146B/F-146C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates ..................................................... 245
Stingray F-201B/F-201C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates ..................................................... 246
Stingray F-504B/F-504C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates ..................................................... 247

How does bandwidth affect the frame rate? ....................................................................248
Example formula for the monochrome camera.................................................................... 249
Test images ....................................................................................................................................... 250
Loading test images..................................................................................................................... 250
Test images for monochrome cameras ...................................................................................... 250
Test images for color cameras .................................................................................................... 251
YUV4:2:2 mode ...................................................................................................................... 251
Mono8 (raw data) .................................................................................................................. 251

Configuration of the camera .....................................................................................................252
Camera_Status_Register .................................................................................................................. 252
Example ....................................................................................................................................... 253
Sample program .......................................................................................................................... 254
Example FireGrab................................................................................................................... 254
Example FireStack API ............................................................................................................ 255
Configuration ROM........................................................................................................................... 256
Implemented registers (IIDC V1.31)................................................................................................. 259
Camera initialize register............................................................................................................. 259
Inquiry register for video format ................................................................................................ 259
Inquiry register for video mode .................................................................................................. 260
Inquiry register for video frame rate and base address ............................................................. 261
Inquiry register for basic function............................................................................................... 270
Inquiry register for feature presence.......................................................................................... 271
Inquiry register for feature elements ......................................................................................... 273
Status and control registers for camera ..................................................................................... 276
Inquiry register for absolute value CSR offset address............................................................... 277
Status and control register for one-push.................................................................................... 278
Feature control error status register .......................................................................................... 281

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

21

Contents

Video mode control and status registers for Format_7 ............................................................. 281
Quadlet offset Format_7 Mode_0......................................................................................... 281
Quadlet offset Format_7 Mode_1......................................................................................... 281
Format_7 control and status register (CSR) .......................................................................... 282
Temperature register .................................................................................................................. 283
Advanced features (Allied Vision-specific) ....................................................................................... 284
Advanced registers summary...................................................................................................... 284
Extended version information register ....................................................................................... 287
Advanced feature inquiry............................................................................................................ 288
Camera status.............................................................................................................................. 291
Maximum resolution ................................................................................................................... 292
Time base..................................................................................................................................... 292
Extended shutter......................................................................................................................... 294
Permanent Data Storage............................................................................................................. 294
Reading from the data storage .............................................................................................. 295
Writing to an empty data storage ......................................................................................... 296
Append data to the data storage........................................................................................... 296
Erasing data on the camera ................................................................................................... 297
Test images.................................................................................................................................. 297
Look-up tables (LUT) ................................................................................................................... 299
Loading a LUT into the camera .............................................................................................. 300
Shading correction ...................................................................................................................... 301
Reading or writing shading image from/into the camera ..................................................... 302
Automatic generation of a shading image ............................................................................ 303
Memory channel error codes ................................................................................................ 303
Deferred image transport ........................................................................................................... 304
Frame information ...................................................................................................................... 304
Defect pixel correction ................................................................................................................ 305
Input/output pin control ............................................................................................................. 307
Delayed Integration Enable (IntEna) ........................................................................................... 307
Auto shutter control.................................................................................................................... 308
Auto gain control......................................................................................................................... 310
Autofunction AOI......................................................................................................................... 311
Color correction........................................................................................................................... 312
Trigger delay ................................................................................................................................ 313
Mirror image................................................................................................................................ 313
Soft reset ..................................................................................................................................... 314
High SNR mode (High Signal Noise Ratio)................................................................................... 315
Maximum ISO packet size ........................................................................................................... 316
Quick parameter change timing modes...................................................................................... 318
Standard Parameter Update Timing...................................................................................... 318
Quick Format Change Mode .................................................................................................. 318
Automatic reset of the UpdActive flag .................................................................................. 319
Parameter-List Update ................................................................................................................ 320
Format_7 mode mapping............................................................................................................ 321
Example .................................................................................................................................. 322
Low noise binning mode (2 x and 4 x binning) ........................................................................... 322
Secure image signature (SIS)....................................................................................................... 323
Advanced register: SIS............................................................................................................ 323
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

22

Contents

Examples: cycle time.............................................................................................................. 324
Advanced register: frame counter......................................................................................... 326
Advanced register: trigger counter........................................................................................ 327
Where to find cycle time, frame counter and trigger counter in the image ........................ 327
Where to find all SIS values in the image .............................................................................. 328
Software feature control (disable LEDs) ..................................................................................... 329
Disable LEDs ........................................................................................................................... 329
User profiles ................................................................................................................................ 330
Error codes ............................................................................................................................. 331
Reset of error codes............................................................................................................... 331
Stored settings ....................................................................................................................... 332
Pulse-width modulation (PWM): Stingray housing and board level cameras............................ 333
GPDATA_BUFFER......................................................................................................................... 333
Little endian vs. big endian byte order .................................................................................. 333

Firmware update ............................................................................................................................334
Extended version number (microcontroller and FPGA)................................................................... 334

Appendix .............................................................................................................................................335
Sensor position accuracy of Stingray cameras................................................................................. 335

Index .....................................................................................................................................................336

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

23

Introduction

Introduction
This Stingray Technical Manual describes in depth the technical specifications,dimensions, all camera features (IIDC standard and Allied Vision smart features)and their registers, trigger features, all video and color formats, bandwidth, andframe rate calculation.
For information on hardware installation, safety warnings, and pin assignmentson I/O connectors and IEEE 1394b connectors read the 1394 Installation
Manual.
Note

Please read through this manual carefully.



We assume that you have read already the 1394 Installation
Manual (see: https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/
technical-documentation) and that you have installed the
hardware and software on your PC or laptop (FireWire card,
cables).

Document history
Version

Date

RemarksV2.0.02008-Mar-31

New Manual - Release status

V2.1.02008-May-23

New CAD drawings due to new flange in Chapter Camera
dimensions on page 84
Added Appendix: Chapter Appendix on page 335
Added direct fiber technology in Chapter Stingray cameras on
page 41
Added fiber cameras (1 x copper, 1 x GOF) and fiber power
consumption in all tables in Chapter Specifications on page 58
Added Chapter Pulse-width modulation (Stingray housing andStingray board level models) on page 115
Added Chapter Horizontal mirror function on page 137
Added Chapter Shading correction on page 138
Table 1: Document history

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

24

Introduction

Version

Date

RemarksV2.1.02008-May-23[continued][continued]

Added 4 x and 8 x binning in
Chapter Binning (only Stingray monochrome models and F201C/504C) on page 152
Added 2 out of 8 sub-sampling in Chapter Sub-sampling(Stingray monochrome and color models) on page 157
Changed Table 76 on page 163
Added fiber models in Table 56 on page 159
Added Chapter Temperature register on page 283
Added Shading control registers (0xF1000250, 0xF1000254,
0xF1000258) in Table 126 on page 284
Added Mirror image register (0xF1000410) in Table 126 on page284
Added board level variants in Table 128 on page 288
Added Shading and Mirror image in Table 129 on page 289
Added Chapter Shading correction on page 301
Added Chapter Mirror image on page 313
Added Appendix Chapter Appendix on page 335
Added 0x09 PWM in Table 30 on page 113
Added Chapter Board level camera: IEEE 1394b port pin
assignment on page 100
Added Chapter Board level camera: I/O pin assignment on page103
Added PWM feature in Chapter IO_OUTP_CTRL 1-4 on page 111
Added Table on page 115
Added PWM feature in Table 30 on page 113
Added board level in Table on page 214
Added board level (BL) in Table 128 on page 288
Added PWM in Table 129 on page 289
Changed resolutions of Format_7 modes in Chapter Video
formats, modes and bandwidth on page 214
Corrected RGB8 frame rates in Format_7 Mode_0 in Chapter
Video formats, modes and bandwidth on page 214

Table 1: Document history (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

25

Introduction

Version

Date

RemarksV2.1.02008-May-23[continued][continued]

Added frame rates for binning and sub-sampling modes in
Chapter Video formats, modes and bandwidth on page 214
Added Chapter Appendix on page 335
Changed provisions directive to 2004/108/EG in Chapter
Conformity on page 28

V2.2.02008-Aug-15

Corrected Hirose connector in CAD drawings in Chapter Camera
dimensions on page 84
Added cross-reference from upload LUT to GPDATA_BUFFER in
Chapter Loading a shading image into the camera on page 144
Added cross-reference from upload/download shading image to
GPDATA_BUFFER in:– Chapter Loading a shading image out of the camera on
page 143– Chapter Loading a shading image into the camera on
page 144
Added little endian vs. big endian byte order in Chapter
GPDATA_BUFFER on page 333
Added detailed cross-reference in Chapter Camera I/O
connections on page 101
Added detailed level values of I/Os in Chapter Camera I/O
connections on page 101
Rounded shutter speeds in Chapter Specifications on page 58
Rounded offsets in Chapter Exposure time (shutter) and offset on
page 193 and in Table 88 on page 198
Added new image of Stingray camera with two screws on eitherside of the cameras for fixing the front flange:– See title page
New Stingray photo on title page (with new screws on either sideof camera)
New photo of LED positions in Table 37 on page 104

V2.3.02008-Sep-12

New Stingray board level CAD drawing with new Molex 1.25 mm
Pitch PicoBlade Wire-to-Board Header (53047-1310) and new
cable lengths in Table 34 on page 100 and in Table 36 on page
103

V2.4.02008-Sep-30

New Stingray board level CAD drawing with new Molex 1.25 mm
Pitch PicoBlade Wire-to-Board Header (53047-1310) in:– Table 29 on page 93– Table 30 on page 94– Table 31 on page 95

Table 1: Document history (continued)
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

26

Introduction

Version

Date

RemarksV3.0.02008-Oct-08

New Stingray board level CAD drawing with name of screws
M2x14 ISO7045-A2 (2x):– Table 30 on page 94– Table 31 on page 95
New Stingray F-125B/C: Read information in the following
sections:• Table 10 on page 46• Table 56 on page 159• Table 67 on page 194• Table on page 194• Table 88 on page 198• Table 72 on page 201• Table 83 on page 221• Table 84 on page 222• Table 128 on page 288
For Stingray F-125B/C output switching times (tp and minimum
shutter) see FireWire Hardware Installation Guide, subsection
Stingray delay

V4.0.02008-Oct-21

New Stingray F-504B/C: Read information in the following
sections:• Table 14 on page 54• Table 56 on page 159• Table 67 on page 194• Table 67 on page 194• Table 88 on page 198• Table 72 on page 201• Table 91 on page 230• Table 92 on page 231• Table 128 on page 288
For Stingray F-504B/C output switching times (tp and minimum
shutter) see FireWire Hardware Installation Guide, subsection
Stingray delay
Table 1: Document history (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

27

Introduction

Version

Date

RemarksV4.1.02009-Jan-28

All advanced registers in 8-digit format beginning with 0xF1to in
Chapter Advanced features (Allied Vision-specific) on page 284
and in Chapter Parameter-List Update on page 320
New CAD drawings (hexagon socket head cap screw ISO 4762):• Table 29 on page 93• Table 30 on page 94• Table 31 on page 95• Table 34 on page 100• Table 36 on page 103
SEQUENCE_RESET register moved to SEQUENCE_STEP register(0xF1000228) inTable on page 204 and inTable on page 284
Corrected CAD drawing in Table 24 on page 88
Revised Chapter White balance on page 125ff
Memory size (Internal FIFO memory) of Stingray F-125 is 12
frames in Table 10 on page 46 and in Table 56 on page 159
Revised Table 100 on page 243
Corrected black level increments in Chapter Brightness (blacklevel or offset) on page 136
New AOI frame rates of Stingray F-504 in Chapter Stingray F-504
frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=2452] on page 247
New Stingray F-125C RGB8 modes in Table 83 on page 221
New Stingray F-504C RGB8 modes in Table 91 on page 230

Table 1: Document history (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

28

Introduction

Version

Date

RemarksV4.2.02009-May-28

Calculated effective chip size for all sensors (with resolution ofFormat_7 Mode_0) in Chapter Specifications on page 58
SIS feature: standardized terminology, added examples in
Chapter Secure image signature (SIS): definition and scenarios
on page 211
Stingray cameras do not support storing shading image data
into non-volatile memory, see Table 138 on page 301(0XF1000250 bit 8 to 10)
Corrected drawing in Table 107 on page 307
In SIS chapter: added cycle time examples: Chapter Examples:
cycle time on page 324
Stingray update round (SUR):
•

•

•

•
•

•

•

Only glass optical fiber (GOF) models: new LED signals(asynchronous traffic and signal detect) in Table 21 on
page 105
Stingray F-504 cameras are also available with 64 MB
internal FIFO memory (instead of 32 MB):– Table 14 on page 54 and– Table 56 on page 159
All Stingray models: added defect pixel correction:– Chapter Defect pixel correction on page 147– Table 142 on page 305
All Stingray models: added low noise binning mode:– Table 158 on page 322
All Stingray models: added software trigger:– In inquiry register 530h on page 274 added:
Value_Read_Inq [7],Trigger_Source0_Inq [8] andSoftware_Trigger_Inq [15]– In inquiry register 62Ch on page 276 added:
Software_Trigger
All Stingray models: added disable LEDs function:– Chapter Software feature control (disable LEDs) on page329
All Stingray GOF models: added two new LED signals– Only GOF: asynchronous traffic on page 93– Only GOF: GOF signal detect on page 93

Table 1: Document history (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

29

Introduction

Version

Date

RemarksV4.2.02009-May-28

Stingray update round (SUR):[continued][continued]••

V4.3.02009-Sep-15

All Stingray models: added debounce feature:– Advanced register summary 0xF1000840 on page 286– Advanced register summary 0xF1000850 on page 286– Advanced register summary 0xF1000860 on page 286– Advanced register summary 0xF1000870 on page 286– Chapter Debounce on page 192– Table 66 on page 193
WaitingForTrigger signal for outputs– Table 28 on page 110– Output mode: trigger ID 0x0A on page 113– Table 40 on page 114

Minor corrections:•

Notice about connection between temperature at sensor
and temperature at camera housing on page 283• Corrected registers for IO_OUTP_PWM2/3/4 in Table 31 on
page 115 and in Table 126 on page 284• Revised Chapter Conformity on page 28• New drawings to show maximum protrusion: Table 27 on
page 91 and Table 28 on page 92• New values for maximum protrusion: tables in Chapter
Camera dimensions on page 84• Corrected addresses of debounce registers:– Advanced register summary 0xF1000840 on page 286– Advanced register summary 0xF1000850 on page 286– Advanced register summary 0xF1000860 on page 286– Advanced register summary 0xF1000870 on page 286– Table 66 on page 193• Stingray cameras with serial numbers S/N greater
09/17-285831532 have a heat sink and thus the mass ofthe camera increases from 92 g up to 108 g: see Chapter
Specifications on page 58
2x/4x/8x binning:•

Stingray F-504C has now also the usual 2x/4x/8x binning(no color binning): see Chapter Binning (only Stingray
monochrome models and F-201C/504C) on page 152 andChapter Binning and sub-sampling access on page 162 andTable 14 on page 54

Table 1: Document history (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

30

Introduction

Version

Date

RemarksV4.3.02009-Sep-15

New front flange:[continued][continued]••

V4.4.02010-Jul-12

Improvements:

Title page: new Stingray photo
New CAD drawings:– All CAD drawings in Chapter Camera dimensions on page84
– Cross section drawings in Table 27 on page 91 and Table
28 on page 92. Adjustments by means of theadjustment spacer(s) have to be done in the Allied
Vision factory. Contact Allied Vision support.
– Table 34 on page 100– Table 36 on page 103•

HSNR description, see Chapter High SNR mode (High Signal
Noise Ratio) on page 315
New Stingray front flange:•

Serial numbers for Stingray camera models starting new
front flange: Chapter Serial numbers for starting new front
flange on page 84
Corrections:• Corrected Note on BitsPerValue, seeTable on page 300
New Stingray Compact:• Chapter Cross section: CS-Mount on page 91
New storage temperature:• 70 °C, see Chapter Specifications on page 58
New links to new Allied Vision website:• Chapter Contact us on page 14 and many others
New measured sensitivity curves:• chapter Absolute quantum efficiency on page 56
Added RGB8 in fixed formats:• Table 77 on page 215• Table 79 on page 217• Table 85 on page 223
Added Full support Windows 7 for IEEE 1394a/IEEE 1394b:• Table 6 on page 57
Corrected trigger diagram:•

Table 40 on page 114

Table 1: Document history (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

31

Introduction

Version

Date

RemarksV4.4.1

2011-Jan-07

•
•
•
•

•
•
V4.4.2

2011-Apr-15

Minor corrections
Converted FrameMaker files from FM7 to FM9
Added required minimum number of GrabCount value (2) for
HIGH_SNR ON in Table 151 on page 315
Added info that for 8-bit video modes, the internal HSNR
calculations are done with 14-bit: Chapter High SNR mode
(High Signal Noise Ratio) on page 170
Changed tripod drawing: added dimensions of three bigholes (M6 and UNC 1/4-20) in Table 22 on page 86
Added Windows 7 support and revised Windows XP/Windows
Vista in Chapter FireWire and operating systems on page 57•

Added sensitivity curves for Stingray F-125B/F-125C:
see Table 11 on page 60 and
see Table 12 on page 60
C-/CS-Mount no more adjustable, for modifications contact
Allied Vision support and send camera to Allied Vision:••

See Chapter Specifications on page 58
See Chapter Adjustment of C-Mount and CS-Mount on page92
Stingray firmware update round:
•

•

•
•

•

Defect pixel correction: you do not need to set value forbrightness to maximum any more: see Table 59 on page 148
and Chapter Grab an image with defect pixel data on page
149
Besides in Mono8 mode defect pixel correction is also
possible in Raw8 mode: see note in Chapter Building defectpixel data on page 149
Revised Chapter Defect pixel correction on page 147
Image is shot internally during calculating a mean value:
see note in Chapter Calculate defect pixel coordinates on
page 149
Activate HSNR mode to improve defect pixel correction: seenote in Chapter Building defect pixel data on page 149

Table 1: Document history (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

32

Introduction

Version

Date

RemarksV4.4.2

2011-Apr-15

Stingray firmware update round:[continued][continued]•

Added descriptions for defect pixel correction in F7 modes:
see Chapter Building defect pixel correction image inFormat_7 modes on page 147• Shading correction in Format_7 mode 0 (Mono8) is only
available up to S400: see note in Chapter Building shading
image in Format_7 modes on page 138
Some smaller corrections:•••V4.4.32012-Mar-15

At register 0xF1000200 changed width and height: see
Table 131 on page 292
YUV8: deleted description of data type straight binary: Table
43 on page 122
Y (Mono8/Raw8) are Allied Vision own formats: see Table 36
on page 120

Some smaller corrections:•User sets changed: LUT and on/off bit can be stored in user
settings: see Chapter Stored settings on page 332• Stingray F-504C provides 2 out of 8 horizontal subsampling: see Figure 69 on page 158• Corrected: maximum gain for Stingray F-504B/C is 670 and
not 680, see Chapter Manual gain on page 135• Corrected: Stingray F-504B/C: range in dB is 0 to 24.053(not 24.4), see Chapter Manual gain on page 135 andChapter Stingray F-504B/F-504C on page 81• Changed: number of steps from ± 40 to ± 128 in steps of 1/
12.8° in Chapter Hue and saturation on page 177
Changed fixed format modes and Format 7 modes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Table 81 on page 219
Table 97 on page 240
Table 98 on page 241
Table 99 on page 242
Table 100 on page 243
Table 101 on page 244
Table 102 on page 245
Table 103 on page 246
Table 104 on page 247

Table 1: Document history (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

33

Introduction

Version

Date

RemarksV4.4.32012-Mar-15

More smaller corrections:[continued][continued]

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

V4.4.4

2012-May-31

New frame rates for Stingray F-033/F-033 BL:•

V.4.4.5

2014-Jul-31

Removed Active FirePackage in the last line fo speficationtables in Chapter Specifications on page 58
Added explanations to H, p and q abbreviations in Chapter
Frame rates on page 235
Added hyperlinks to Stingray compact in Chapter Camera
dimensions on page 84
Added Table 39 on page 121
Added Raw12 format in sharpness Note on page 177
Added arrow for Raw8/12/16 in Table 46 on page 125
High SNR mode: Added note to set grab count andactivation of HighSNR in one single write access:– see Chapter High SNR mode (High Signal Noise Ratio) on
page 170– Chapter High SNR mode (High Signal Noise Ratio) on
page 315
See Chapter Stingray F-033B/F-033C (incl. board level):
AOI frame rates on page 240

Updated data:•

Replaced spectral curves according to Allied Vision EMVA
1288 measurements in chapter Absolute quantum
efficiency on page 56
Some smaller corrections:
•
•
•

•
•

•

Corrected hyperlinks to targets on the Allied Vision website
Removed outdated information in Chapter Requirements
for PC and IEEE 1394b on page 54
Added hyperlink to FireWire accessories on the Allied Visionwebsite in Chapter Requirements for PC and IEEE 1394b on
page 54
Removed information on the Universal Package in Chapter
Operating system support on page 57
Reduced to the current information on the system
requirements in Chapter Operating system support on page
57
Added information that all color modes in Chapter
Specifications on page 58 comply with the IIDC
specifications

Table 1: Document history (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

34

Introduction

Version

Date

Remarks

V.4.5.0

2015-Mar-09

Updated data:••

Corrected hyperlinks to targets on the Allied Vision website
Updated sensor curves in chapter Absolute quantum
efficiency on page 56.
• Corrected information in Chapter Appendix on page 335• Adapted addresses in Chapter Contact us on page 14• Corrected information for binning in Chapter Definition on
page 152.
• Corrected information in Chapter Sensor position accuracyof Stingray cameras on page 335
Layout changes due to a changed Corporate identity:••
V4.6.02016-Jun-30

Updated data:
•

•

•
•
•
•
•
•
V4.6.1

2016-Dec-07•••
2017-Apr-10

Added non-volatile memory (Flash) for Stingray cameras
with S/N 319438848 to 335544319 to Chapter Specifications
on page 58
Added new feature information in Chapter Permanent Data
Storage on page 294 (Stingray cameras with S/N 319438848
to 335544319)
Corrected typos and broken links.
Added a note about Hirose I/O connectors in Chapter
Camera I/O connections on page 101
Updated absolute QE plots
Added spectral response plots
Added absolute QE and spectral response notes
Removed the Stingray Compact as this model is being
discontinued

Updated data:•

V4.6.2

Replaced the previous Allied Vision logo by the current one
Reworded all appropriate contents from AVT and Allied
Vision Technologies to Allied Vision

Reorganized and added information in Chapter Regulations
on page 26
Added note about accuracy of measurements for quantum
efficiency in Chapter Specifications on page 58
Updated sensor curves for quantum efficiency and spectral
response in Chapter Specifications on page 58
Removed references to glass optical fiber (GOF) options.

Added cable color to camera I/O connector pin assignment
including pin assignment figure and cross reference to the Allied
Vision I/O cable data sheet
Table 1: Document history (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

35

Introduction

Version

Date

RemarksV4.6.32017-Oct-12

Updated data for camera type IDs in Table 128 on page 288.

V4.6.42018-Jan-05

Applied minor changes.

V4.6.52019-Jan-02•••

Added contents for camera EMC compliance in Chapter
Camera I/O connections on page 101.
Applied minor changes.
Corrected typos.

V4.6.6

2019-Feb-27

Applied editorial changes.

V4.6.7

2019-Jul-15

Applied editorial changes.

V4.6.82019-Sep-13

Applied editorial changes.

V4.6.92020-May-25

•
•
•

•

Updated data in Chapter Compliance, safety, and intended
use on page 42 and in Chapter Intended use on page 44.
Updated spectral plots.
Added data inChapter Read before use on page 2,Chapter
Your safety on page 44, Chapter Avoiding material damageon page 46, and Chapter Warranty note on page 47.
Applied minor editorial changes.

Table 1: Document history (continued)

Manual overview
This manual overview describes each chapter of this manual shortly.
• Chapter Contact us on page 14 lists Allied Vision contact data for both:– technical information / ordering– commercial information• Chapter Introduction on page 24 (this chapter) gives you the document
history, a manual overview and conventions used in this manual (styles
and symbols). Furthermore, you learn how to get more information on how
to install hardware (1394 Installation Manual), available Allied Vision
software (including documentation) and where to get it.
• Chapter Stingray cameras on page 41 gives you a short introduction to the
Stingray cameras with their FireWire technology. Links are provided to data
sheets and brochures on Allied Vision website.
• Chapter Compliance, safety, and intended use on page 42 and in Chapter
Intended use on page 44 give you information about conformity andintended use of Allied Vision cameras.
• Chapter FireWire on page 48 describes the FireWire standard in detail,explains the compatibility between IEEE 1394a and IEEE 1394b andexplains bandwidth details (including Stingray examples).
– Read and follow the FireWire hot-plug and screw-lock precautions in
Chapter FireWire hot-plug and screw-lock precautions on page 56.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

36

Introduction

•
•
•

•

•
•

•

•
•
•

•
•

– Read Chapter Operating system support on page 57.
Chapter Filter and lenses on page 96 describes the IR cut filter and suitable
camera lenses.
Chapter Specifications on page 58 lists camera details and absolute
quantum efficiency plots for each camera type.
Chapter Camera dimensions on page 84 provides CAD drawings of standard
housing models, tripod adapter, available angled head models, crosssections of CS-Mount and C-Mount.
Chapter Camera interfaces on page 99 describes in detail the inputs/
outputs of the cameras (including Trigger features). For a generaldescription of the interfaces (FireWire and I/O connector) see the 1394
Installation Manual.
Chapter Description of the data path on page 124 describes in detail IIDC
conform as well as Allied Vision-specific camera features.
Chapter Controlling image capture on page 185 describes trigger modes,
exposure time, one-shot/multi-shot/ISO_Enable features. Additionally,
special Allied Vision features are described: sequence mode and secure
image signature (SIS).
Chapter Video formats, modes and bandwidth on page 214 lists all
available fixed and Format_7 modes (including color modes, frame rates,binning/sub-sampling, AOI=area of interest).
Chapter How does bandwidth affect the frame rate? on page 248 gives
some considerations on bandwidth details.
Chapter Configuration of the camera on page 252 lists standard andadvanced register descriptions of all camera features.
Chapter Firmware update on page 334 explains where to get information
on firmware updates and explains the extended version number scheme of
FPGA/microcontroller.
Chapter Appendix on page 335 lists the sensor position accuracy of Allied
Vision cameras.
Chapter Index on page 336 gives you quick access to all relevant data inthis manual.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

37

Introduction

Conventions used in this manual
To give this manual an easily understood layout and to emphasize important
information, the following typographical styles and symbols are used:

StylesStyle

Function

ExampleBold

Programs, inputs or highlighting boldimportant things

Courier

Code listings etc.

Input

Upper case

Register

REGISTER

Italics

Modes, fields

Mode

Parentheses and/or blue

Links

(Link)
Table 2: Styles

Symbols and notes
CAUTION
Risk of burns
Precautions are described

CAUTION
Injury by falling cameras or lenses
Precautions are described

CAUTION
Risk of cuts by sharp edges of lens mounts
Precautions are described

NoteThis symbol highlights important information.


Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

38

Introduction

CautionwwwThis symbol highlights important instructions. You have tofollow these instructions to avoid malfunctions.

This symbol highlights URLs for further information. The URL
itself is shown in blue.
Example:https://www.alliedvision.com

More information
For more information on hardware and software read the following:
1394 Installation Manual describes the hardware installation procedures for all
IEEE 1394 cameras (Marlin, Guppy, Pike, Stingray). Additionally, you get safety
instructions and information about camera interfaces (IEEE 1394a/b copper and
GOF, I/O connectors, input and output).
wwwYou find the 1394 Installation Manual here:

https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/technicaldocumentationwww

All software packages (including documentation and release
notes) provided by Allied Vision can be downloaded at:https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/softwaredownloads

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

39

Introduction

Before operation
We place the highest demands for quality on our cameras.
Target group.

This Technical Manual is the guide to detailed technical information of thecamera and is written for experts.

Getting started. For a quick guide how to get started read 1394 Installation Manual first.
Note
Caution


Note


Note



Please read through this manual carefully before operating thecamera.
For information on Allied Vision accessories and software read
1394 Installation Manual.
Before operating any Allied Vision camera read safety
instructions and ESD warnings in 1394 Installation Manual.

To demonstrate the properties of the camera, all examples inthis manual are based on the FirePackage OHCI API softwareand the SmartView application.

The camera also works with all IIDC (formerly DCAM)
compatible IEEE 1394 programs and image processing
libraries.
All naming in this document relates to FirePackage, not to
GenICam.

www

For downloads see:

Software (Vimba and all other software):https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/softwaredownloads
Firmware: https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/
firmwareTechnical documentation (overview page):https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/technicaldocumentation
Technical papers (application notes, white papers) andknowledge base:https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/technical-papersknowledge-baseStingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

40

Stingray cameras

Stingray cameras
IEEE 1394b With the Stingray, Allied Vision presents a wide range of cameras with IEEE1394b interfaces. Moreover, with daisy chain they gain the highest level of
acceptance for demanding areas of use in manufacturing industry.
Image applications Allied Vision can provide users with a range of products that meet almost all therequirements of a very wide range of image applications.
FireWire The industry standard IEEE 1394 (FireWire or i.Link) facilitates the simplest
computer compatibility and bidirectional data transfer using the plug-and-playprocess. Further development of the IEEE 1394 standard has already made 800
Mb/second possible.
Note


Note


www



For further information on FireWire read chapter FireWire on
page 48.

All naming in this document relates to FirePackage, not to
GenICam.

For further information on the highlights of Stingray types andthe Stingray family read the data sheets and brochures on thewebsite of Allied Vision:
https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/technical-documentation/stingray-documentation

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

41

Compliance, safety, and intended use

Compliance, safety, and intended use
Compliance
For customers in China and Europe

For customers in the USA
FCC Class B digital device
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B
digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed toprovide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential
installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency
energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, maycause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no
guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If thisequipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception,
which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that towhich the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
United States of America: Supplier Declaration of Conformity
Stingray cameras comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and2. this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

42

Compliance, safety, and intended use

Party issuing Supplier's Declaration of Conformity
Allied Vision Technologies GmbH
Taschenweg 2a
07646 Stadtroda
Germany
T// +49 (36428) 677-106
quality@alliedvision.com
Responsible Party - U.S. Contact Information
Allied Vision Technologies, Inc.
102 Pickering Way – Suite 502
Exton, PA 19341
USAT// +1 978 225 2030
Note: changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For customers in CanadaThis apparatus complies with the Class B limits for radio noise emissions set out
in the Radio Interference Regulations.
CAN ICES-3 (B) / NMB-3 (B)Pour utilisateurs au Canada
Cet appareil est conforme aux normes classe B pour bruits radioélectriques,
spécifiées dans le Règlement sur le brouillage radioélectrique.
CAN ICES-3 (B) / NMB-3 (B)Board level models
Board level models are designed for integration and are delivered without
housing on customer's request. Because housing design is critical to theelectromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of a camera, no certification tests
regarding electromagnetic interference have been performed for these models.
Users who design board level models into their systems should perform
appropriate testing regarding EMC after the product design is completed.
Compliance with requirements not EMC-related remains unaffected.

Avoid electromagnetic interferences
For all power and interface connections, only use shielded cables or cables
recommended by Allied Vision.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

43

Compliance, safety, and intended use

Intended use
Allied Vision’s objective is the development, design, production, maintenance,servicing and distribution of digital cameras and components for image
processing. We are offering standard products as well as customized solutions.
Intended use of Allied Vision product is the integration into Vision systems byprofessionals. All Allied Vision product is sold in a B2B setting.
Allied Vision isn’t a legal manufacturer of medical product. Instead, Allied Vision
cameras and accessories may be used as components for medical product after
design-in by the medical device manufacturer and based on a quality assurance
agreement (QAA) between Allied Vision (supplier) and medical device
manufacturer (customer). Allied Vision’s duties in that respect are defined by
ISO 13485, clause 7.2 (customer-related processes, equivalent to ISO 9001,
clause 8.2).

Copyright and trademarks
All text, pictures, and graphics are protected by copyright and other laws
protecting intellectual property. All content is subject to change without notice.
All trademarks, logos, and brands cited in this document are property and/or
copyright material of their respective owners. Use of these trademarks, logos,
and brands does not imply endorsement.
Copyright © 2020 Allied Vision Technologies GmbH. All rights reserved.

Your safety
This section informs about issues related to your personal safety. Descriptions
explain how to avoid hazards and operate Stingray cameras safely.

Handling lens mounts
The lens mount thread has sharp edges. Be careful these edges do not cut yourskin when mounting or unmounting lenses.

Handling hot cameras
If you hold the camera in your hands during operation, your skin may get hurt.
If you touch the camera when it is heated up, we recommend wearing protective
gloves.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

44

Compliance, safety, and intended use

Providing optimum heat dissipation
Keep the operating temperature in the specified range to enable best image
quality and to protect the camera from damage. Temperature values apply to a
relative humidity of 0 to 80 percent that is non-condensing.
For your safety and to improve camera performance, operate the camera:• Mounted to a base with a high thermal conductivity• With lens or other optical components mounted• With a heat sink mounted that has large surface areas (closed housing
cameras include a heat sink)• Using conductive media for camera and heat sink mounting• With active cooling of camera, mounting base, and heat sink, such as byventilation

Camera mounting
Cameras must be mounted using the mounting threads. If vibration is very high,cameras can disconnect from the mounting. Falling cameras can hurt you.
For heavy or long lenses, we recommend you to use a lens support and apply
additional tests.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

45

Compliance, safety, and intended use

Avoiding material damage
Electronics maintenance
There are no switches or parts inside the camera housing that require
adjustment. The warranty becomes void upon opening the camera casing.

Cable connections
Powering cameras
The camera does not generate dangerous voltages internally. However, because
the IEEE 1394 standard permits cable power distribution at voltages higher than
24 V DC, various international safety standards apply.
If you feel uncomfortable with the following advice or if you have no knowledge
about the connectivity of an installation, we strongly recommend powering
down all systems before connecting or disconnecting a camera.
No hot plugging
Although FireWire devices can theoretically be hot-plugged without powering
down equipment, we strongly recommend turning the computer power off
before connecting a digital camera to it via a FireWire cable.
Static electricity or slight plug misalignment during insertion may short-circuit
and damage components.
Avoiding electrostatic discharge (ESD)
The physical ports may be damaged by excessive ESD when connected underpowered conditions. It is good practice to ensure proper grounding of computercase and camera case to the same ground potential before plugging the camera
cable into the port of the computer. This ensures that no excessive difference ofelectrical potential exists between computer and camera.
Make sure not to touch the shield of the camera cable connected to a computer
and the ground terminal of the lines at the same time. If you are charged: before
touching the shield of the camera cable, make sure to discharge first (bytouching the ground terminal of the lines).
Maximum inrush current
It is very important not to exceed an inrush current of 18 mJoule in 3 ms. (Thismeans that a device, when powered via 12 VDC bus power, must never draw morethan 1.5 A, even not in the first 3 ms.)
Higher inrush current may damage the physical interface chip of the camera
and/or the phy chip in your PC.
Whereas inrush current is not a problem for a single 1394b camera, daisy
chaining multiple cameras or supplying bus power via (optional) HIROSE powerout to circuitry with unknown inrush currents needs careful design
considerations to be on the safe side.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

46

Compliance, safety, and intended use

Suitable accessories
All Allied Vision 1394b camera and cables have industrial screw-lock fasteners
to insure a tight electrical connection that is resistant to vibration and gravity.
We strongly recommend using only 1394b adapter cards with screw-locks.
Use only DC power supplies with insulated cases. These are identified by having
only two power connectors.

Cleaning cameras
Mount/remove lenses and filters in a dust-free environment. Use only quality
optical tissue/cloth if you must clean a lens or filter. Read the 1394 Installation
Manual, Chapter Cleaning instructions.

Warranty note
If the product is disassembled, reworked, repaired or cleaned by unauthorized
service personnel, Allied Vision or its suppliers cannot be held liable for any
subsequent performance decrease of the camera or quality decrease of thecamera output.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

47

FireWire

FireWire
Overview
FireWire provides one of the most comprehensive, high-performance, and costeffective solutions platforms. FireWire offers very impressive throughput at very
affordable prices.

Definition
FireWire (also known as i.Link or IEEE 1394) is a personal computer and digital
video serial bus interface standard, offering high-speed communications andisochronous real-time data services. FireWire has low implementation costs anda simplified and adaptable cabling system.

Figure 1: FireWire Logo

IEEE 1394 standards
FireWire was developed by Apple Computer in the late 1990s, after work defininga slower version of the interface by the IEEE 1394 working committee in the
1980s. Apple's development was completed in 1995. It is defined in the IEEE
1394 standard, which is currently a composite of three documents:• Original IEEE Std. 1394-1995• IEEE Std. 1394a-2000 amendment• IEEE Std. 1394b-2002 amendment
FireWire is used to connect digital cameras, especially in industrial systems formachine vision.
NoteAll naming in this document relates to FirePackage, not to
GenICam.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

48

FireWire

Why use FireWire?
Digital cameras with on-board FireWire (IEEE 1394a or IEEE 1394b)
communications conforming to the IIDC standard (V1.3 or V1.31) have createdcost-effective and powerful solutions options being used for thousands ofdifferent applications around the world. FireWire is currently the premier robust
digital interface for industrial applications for many reasons, including:• Guaranteed bandwidth features to ensure fail-safe communications• Interoperability with multiple different camera types and vendors• Diverse camera powering options, including single-cable solutions up to
45 W• Effective multiple-camera solutions• Large variety of FireWire accessories for industrial applications• Availability of repeaters and optical fiber cabling• Forward and backward compatibility blending IEEE 1394a and IEEE 1394b• Both real-time (isochronous) and demand-driven asynchronous datatransmission capabilities

FireWire in detail
Serial bus
FireWire is a very effective way to utilize a low-cost serial bus, through astandardized communications protocol, that establishes packetized datatransfer between two or more devices. FireWire offers real time isochronous
bandwidth for image transfer with guaranteed low latency. It also offers
asynchronous data transfer for controlling camera parameters on the fly, such as
gain and shutter. As illustrated in the diagram below, these two modes can coexist by using priority time slots for video data transfer and the remaining timeslots for control data transfer.

Figure 2: IEEE 1394a data transmission

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

49

FireWire

Whereas IEEE 1394a works in half duplex transmission, IEEE 1394b does full
duplex transmission. IEEE 1394b optimizes the usage of the bandwidth, as it
does not need gaps between the signals like IEEE 1394a. This is due to parallel
arbitration, handled by the bus owner supervisor selector (BOSS). For details see
the following diagram:

Cycle Sync: 1394b

Parallel arbitration, handled by BOSS, can eliminate gaps

Figure 3: IEEE 1394b data transmission
Additional devices may be added up to the overall capacity of the bus, but
throughput at guaranteed minimum service levels is maintained for all devices
with an acknowledged claim on the bus. This deterministic feature is a hugeadvantage for many industrial applications where robust performance isrequired. This applies with applications that do not allow dropping images
within a specific time interval.

FireWire connection capabilities
FireWire can connect together up to 63 peripherals in an acyclic network
structure (hubs). It allows peer-to-peer device communication between digital
cameras, without using system memory or the CPU.
A FireWire camera can directly, via direct memory access (DMA), write into orread from the memory of the computer with almost no CPU load.
FireWire also supports multiple hosts per bus. FireWire requires only a cable withthe correct number of pins on either end (normally 6 or 9).
Caution

While supplying such an amount of bus power is clearly abeneficial feature, it is very important not to exceed the inrush
current of 18 mJoule in 3 ms.
Higher inrush current may damage the PHY chip of the camera
and/or the PHY chip in your PC.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

50

FireWire

Capabilities of IEEE 1394a (FireWire 400)
FireWire 400 (S400) is able to transfer data between devices at 100, 200, or 400
Mb/s data rates.
The IEEE 1394a capabilities in detail:• 400 Mb/s
• Hot-pluggable devices• Peer-to-peer communications• Direct Memory Access (DMA) to host memory• Guaranteed bandwidth• Multiple devices (up to 45 W) powered via FireWire bus
IIDC V1.3 camera control standards
IIDC V1.3 released a set of camera control standards via IEEE 1394a, which
established a common communications protocol on which most current FireWirecameras are based.
In addition to common standards shared across manufacturers, Allied Visionoffers Format_7 mode that provides special features (smart features), such as:• Higher resolutions• Higher frame rates• Diverse color modes
as extensions (advanced registers) to the prescribed common set.

Capabilities of IEEE 1394b (FireWire 800)
FireWire 800 (S800) was introduced commercially by Apple in 2003 and has a 9pin FireWire 800 connector (see 1394 Installation Manual and in chapter IEEE1394b port pin assignment on page 99 for details). This newer IEEE 1394b
specification allows a transfer rate of 800 Mb/s with backward compatibility to
the slower rates and 6-pin connectors of FireWire 400.
The IEEE 1394b capabilities in detail:• 800 Mb/s
• All previously described benefits of IEEE 1394a• Interoperability with IEEE 1394a devices• Longer communications distances (up to 500 m using GOF cables)
IIDC V1.31 camera control standards
Along with IEEE 1394b, the IIDC V1.31 standard arrived in January 2004,
evolving the industry standards for digital imaging communications to include
I/O and RS232 handling, and adding further formats. The increased bandwidths
enable transmitting high-resolution images to the PC’s memory at high frame
rates.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

51

FireWire

Compatibility between IEEE 1394a and IEEE 1394b

1394b port

1394b camera
1394a camera

1394a port

IEEE 1394a camera connected to IEEE 1394b bus IEEE 1394b camera connected to IEEE 1394a bus
The cable explains dual compatibility: In this case,
The cable explains dual compatibility: This cable
serves to connect an IEEE 1394a camera with its six- the cable connects an IEEE 1394b camera with its
pin connector to a bilingual port (a port which can nine-pin connector to a IEEE 1394a port.
talk in a- or b-language) of a IEEE 1394b bus.
In this case, the b-camera communicates ina-language with the camera achieving
In this case, the b-bus communicates ina-language and a-speed with the camera achieving a-performance
a-performance
Figure 4: IEEE 1394a and IEEE 1394b cameras and compatibility
Compatibility example
It is possible to run a IEEE 1394a and a IEEE 1394b camera on the IEEE 1394bbus.
For example, you can run a Stingray F-033B and a Marlin F-033B on the samebus:
• Stingray F-033B @ S800 and 60 fps (2560 bytes per cycle, 32% of the cycle
slot)• Marlin F-033B @ S400 and 30 fps (1280 bytes, 32% of the cycle slot)
Bus runs at 800 Mb/s for all devices. Data from Marlin’s port is up-converted
from 400 Mb/s to 800 Mb/s by data doubling (padding), still needing 32% of thecycle slot time. This doubles the bandwidth requirement for this port, as if thecamera were running at 60 fps. Total consumption is thus
2560+ 2560 = 5120 bytes per cycle.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

52

FireWire

Image transfer via IEEE 1394a and IEEE 1394b
Technical detailIEEE 1394a

IEEE 1394b

Transmission mode

Half duplex (both pairs needed)

Full duplex (one pair needed)

400 Mb/s data rate

1 Gb/s signaling rate, 800 Mb/sdata rate

aka: a-mode, data/strobe (D/S)
mode, legacy mode

10b/8b coding (Ethernet), aka:
b-mode (beta mode)

Devices

Up to 63 devices per network

Number of cameras

Up to 16 cameras per network

Number of DMAs

4 to 8 DMAs (parallel) cameras / bus

Real time capability

Image has real time priority

Available bandwidth acc. IIDC
(per cycle 125 μs)

4096 bytes per cycle

8192 bytes per cycle~ 1000 quadlets @ 400 Mb/s

~ 2000 quadlets @ 800 Mb/s(@1 GHz clock rate)

For further detail read chapter Frame rates on page 235.
Maximum image bandwidth

31.25 MB/s

62.5 MB/s

Maximum total bandwidth~45 MB/s~85 MB/s

Number of busses

Multiple busses per PC

Multiple busses per PC

limit: PCI bus

limit: PCI (Express) bus

CPU load

Almost none for DMA image transfer

Gaps

Gaps negatively affectasynchronous performance ofwidespread network (round trip
delay), reducing efficiency

No gaps needed, BOSS mode forparallel arbitration

Table 3: Technical detail comparison: IEEE 1394a and IEEE 1394b
Note

The bandwidth values refer to the fact:

1 MB = 1024 KB

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

53

FireWire

IEEE 1394b bandwidths
According to the IEEE 1394b specification on isochronous transfer, the largest
recommended data payload size is 8192 bytes per 125 μs cycle at a bandwidth of
800 Mb/s.
Note


Note



Certain cameras may offer, depending on their settings incombination with the use of FirePackage higher packet sizes.
Consult your local Allied Vision distributor's support team, if
you require additional information on this feature.
How to extend the size of an isochronous packet up to 11.000
byte at S800:••

See register 0xF1000048, ADV_INQ_3, Max IsoSize [1] inTable 129: on page 289
See chapter Maximum ISO packet size on page 316

For further details read chapter How does bandwidth affect the frame rate? on
page 248.
Requirements for PC and IEEE 1394b
Note


Caution

For FireWire accessories see
https://www.alliedvision.com/en/contact

As mentioned earlier, it is very important not to exceed aninrush energy of 18 mWs in 3 ms. (This means that a device,when powered via 12 V bus power, must never draw more than
1.5 A, especially in the first 3 ms.)
Higher inrush current may damage the physical interface chipof the camera and/or the PHY chip in your PC.
For a single Stingray camera inrush current may not be a
problem. But daisy chaining multiple cameras or supplying bus
power via (optional) Hirose power out to circuitry withunknown inrush currents needs careful design considerations.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

54

FireWire

Example 1: IEEE 1394b bandwidth of Stingray cameras
Stingray model

Resolution

Frame rate

Bandwidth

Stingray F-033B/F-033C 0.3 megapixel

84 fps27.11 MB/s

Stingray F-046B/F-046C 0.45 megapixel

61 fps

27.60 MB/s

Stingray F-080B/F-080C 0.8 megapixel

31 fps

24.83 MB/s

Stingray F-125B/F-125C 1.25 megapixel

30 fps

36.49 MB/s

Stingray F-145B/F-145C 1.44 megapixel

16 fps23.05 MB/s

Stingray F-146B/F-146C 1.44 megapixel

15 fps

21.61 MB/s

Stingray F-201B/F-201C 2 megapixel

14 fps17.20 MB/s

Stingray F-504B/F-504C 5 megapixel

9 fps

45.35 MB/s

Table 4: Bandwidth of Stingray cameras
NoteAll data are calculated using Raw8 / Mono8 color mode. Higher
bit depths or color modes will double or triple bandwidth
requirements.

Example 2: More than one Stingray camera at full speed
Depending on its settings, a single Stingray camera can saturate a 32-bit PCI
bus. Either use a PCI Express card and/or multiple 64-bit PCI bus cards, if you
want to use 2 or more Stingray cameras simultaneously (see the following
table):
Number of cameras

PC hardware required

One Stingray camera at full speed

1 x 32-bit PCI bus card (85 MB/s)

Two or more Stingray cameras at fullspeed

PCI Express card and/or
Multiple 64-bit PCI bus cards

Table 5: Required hardware for multiple camera applications

FireWire Plug & play capabilities
FireWire devices implement the ISO/IEC 13213 configuration ROM model for
device configuration and identification to provide plug & play capability. All
FireWire devices are identified by an IEEE EUI-64 unique identifier (an extensionof the 48-bit Ethernet MAC address format) in addition to well-known codesindicating the type of device and protocols it supports. For further details readchapter Configuration of the camera on page 252.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

55

FireWire

FireWire hot-plug and screw-lock precautions
CautionHot-plug precautions

•

Although FireWire devices can theoretically be hotplugged without powering down equipment, we strongly
recommend turning off the computer power, before
connecting a digital camera to it.
• Static electricity or slight plug misalignment during
insertion may short-circuit and damage components.
• The physical ports may be damaged by excessive
electrostatic discharge (ESD), when connected underpowered conditions. It is good practice to ensure proper
grounding of computer case and camera case to the sameground potential, before plugging the camera cable into
the port of the computer. This ensures that no excessive
difference of electrical potential exists between computerand camera.
• As mentioned earlier, it is very important not to exceed
the inrush energy of 18 mWs in 3 ms. (This means that adevice, when powered via 12 V bus power, must never draw
more than 1.5 A, especially in the first 3 ms.)
• Higher inrush current may damage the physical interface
chip of the camera and/or the PHY chip in your PC.
For a single Stingray camera inrush current may not be a
problem. But daisy chaining multiple cameras orsupplying bus power via (optional) Hirose power out tocircuitry with unknown inrush currents needs careful
design considerations.
Screw-lock precautions••

All Allied Vision IEEE 1394b camera and cables haveindustrial screw-lock fasteners to insure a tight electricalconnection that is resistant to vibration and gravity.
We strongly recommend using only IEEE 1394b adapter
cards with screw-locks.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

56

FireWire

Operating system support
Operating system

IEEE 1394a

IEEE 1394b

Linux

Full support

Full support

Apple MacOS

Full support

Full support

Microsoft Windows XP

Full support

With SP3 the default speed for IEEE 1394b is S100 (100Mb/s). A download and registry modification isavailable from Microsoft to restore performance toeither S400 or S800.
The Windows IEEE 1394 driver only
supports IEEE 1394a.
For IEEE 1394b use either the FirePackage or install thedriver provided with the IEEE 1394 Bus Driver
Package. (Both drivers replace the Microsoft OHCI IEEE
1394 driver, but the second is 100% compliant to thedriver of Microsoft. This way, applications using theMS1394 driver will continue to work.)

Microsoft Windows Vista

Full support

Windows Vista including SP1/SP2 supports IEEE 1394b
only with S400.
The Windows IEEE 1394 driver only supports IEEE
1394a.
For IEEE 1394b use either the FirePackage or install thedriver provided with the IEEE 1394 Bus Driver
Package. (Both drivers replace the Microsoft OHCI IEEE
1394 driver, but the second is 100% compliant to thedriver of Microsoft. This way, applications using theMS1394 driver will continue to work.)

Microsoft Windows 7

Full support

Full support

Microsoft Windows 8

Full support

Full support

Table 6: FireWire and operating systems
wwwFor more information see Allied Vision Software:

https://www.alliedvision.com

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

57

Specifications

Specifications
Note

•



•

Note

Permanent data storage (PDS)

Stingray cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319 have anon-volatile memory (Flash) to permanently store images on
the camera.

For information on bit/pixel and byte/pixel for each color
mode see Table 105 on page 248.
Maximum protrusion means the distance from lensflange to the glass filter in the camera.

Stingray cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887 do nothave this feature.
For details, see specifications table of your Stingray model.
For a description of PDS, see chapter Permanent Data Storage on
page 294.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

58

Specifications

Absolute quantum efficiency
Note

Measurements for color cameras were done with IR cut filter,measurements for monochrome and S-Mount cameras weredone without optical filters. With optical filters, QE decreases
by approximately 10 percent. The uncertainty in measurementof the QE values is ±10 percent. This is mainly due touncertainties in the measuring apparatus itself (such as
Ulbricht sphere and optometer).
Manufacturing tolerance of the sensor increases overall
uncertainty.

Note


Note



Sony provides relative response curves in their sensor data
sheets. To create the absolute QE plots shown in this chapter,the relative response was converted to a normalized QE
response and then adjusted as per three measured QE values(at 448 nm, 529 nm, 632 nm) for color sensors and one
measured QE value (at 529 nm) for monochrome sensors.
The wavelength range in the absolute QE plots reflects theinformation available in the sensor manufacturer data sheet atthe time of publishing. For additional wavelength information,
contact the sensor manufacturer.

Spectral response plots
Note

The curves in the spectral response plots shown in this chapter
were calculated from measured quantum efficiencies at 448
nm, 529 nm, and 632 nm. The shape of the curve is taken fromthe sensor data sheet but the values have been adjusted basedon these measured values. The uncertainty in measurement of
the spectral response values is ±10 percent.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

59

Specifications

Stingray F-033B/F-033C
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Sony CCD ICX414AL/AQ with HAD microlens
Type 1/2 (diagonal 8 mm) progressive scan

Effective chip size

6.5 mm x 4.9 mm

Cell size

9.9 μm x 9.9 μm

Picture size (maximum) 656 x 492 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)
Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Table 28 on page 92)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Table 27 on page 91)

ADC

14-bitColor modes (IIDC)

F-033C: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 60 fps, up to 84 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0 to 24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

31 μs to 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Image buffer (RAM)32 MB, up to 50 frames for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
128 MB, up to 200 frames for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Non-volatile memory(Flash)No user access for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
User access: 256 KB for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

Auto gain control (AGC), auto exposure control (AEC), real-time shading
correction, look-up table (LUT), 32 MB image memory, mirror, binning (F-033B
only), sub-sampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, secure image signature(SIS), sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
F-033C: auto white balance (AWB), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mb/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)Power requirements

8 to 36 VDC via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin Hirose

Power consumption

Typical 3.5 W @ 12 VDC(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, including connectors (without tripod and lens)Table 7: Stingray F-033B/F-033C camera specifications

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

60

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C to + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C to + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Standard accessories

F-033B: protection glass
F-033C: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

F-033B: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
F-033C: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (Hirose)

Software packages

https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 7: Stingray F-033B/F-033C camera specifications (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

61

Specifications

Absolute QEůƵĞY'ƌĞĞŶYZĞĚY

DŽŶŽĐŚƌŽŵĞYϱϬй^ŽŶǇ/yϰϭϰĂďƐŽůƵƚĞYYƵĂŶƚƵŵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶĐǇ΀й΁

ϰϬй

ϯϬй

ϮϬй

ϭϬй

Ϭй
ϰϬϬ

ϰϱϬ

ϱϬϬ

ϱϱϬ

ϲϬϬ

ϲϱϬ

ϳϬϬ

ϳϱϬ

ϴϬϬ

ϴϱϬ

ϵϬϬ

ϵϱϬ

ϭϬϬϬ

tĂǀĞůĞŶŐƚŚ΀Ŷŵ΁

Figure 5: Stingray F-033B/F-033C (Sony ICX414) absolute QE plot

Spectral responseůƵĞZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

'ƌĞĞŶZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

ZĞĚZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

DŽŶŽĐŚƌŽŵĞZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

^ƉĞĐƚƌĂůZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ΀ͬt΁Ϭ͘ϮϬϬϬ

^ŽŶǇ/yϰϭϰƐƉĞĐƚƌĂůƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

Ϭ͘ϭϬϬϬ

Ϭ͘ϬϬϬϬ
ϰϬϬ

ϰϱϬ

ϱϬϬ

ϱϱϬ

ϲϬϬ

ϲϱϬ

ϳϬϬ

ϳϱϬ

ϴϬϬ

ϴϱϬ

ϵϬϬ

ϵϱϬ

ϭϬϬϬ

tĂǀĞůĞŶŐƚŚ΀Ŷŵ΁

Figure 6: Stingray F-033B/F-033C (Sony ICX414) spectral response plot

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

62

Specifications

Stingray F-046B/F-046C
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Sony CCD ICX415AL/AQ with HAD microlens
Type 1/2 (diagonal 8 mm) progressive scan

Effective chip size

6.5 mm x 4.8 mm

Cell size

8.3 μm x 8.3 μm

Picture size (maximum) 780 x 580 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)
Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Table 28 on page 92)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Table 27 on page 91)
Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filter in thecamera.

ADC

14-bitColor modes (IIDC)

F-046C: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 60 fps, up to 61 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0 to 24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

31 μs to 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Image buffer (RAM)32 MB, up to 35 frames for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
128 MB, up to 140 frames for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Non-volatile memory(Flash)No user access for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
User access: 256 KB for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

Auto gain control (AGC), auto exposure control (AEC), real-time shading
correction, look-up table (LUT), 32 MB image memory, mirror, binning (F-046B
only), sub-sampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, secure image signature(SIS), sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
F-046C: auto white balance (AWB), color correction, hue, saturation

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mb/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)Power requirements

8 to 36 VDC via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin Hirose

Power consumption

Typical 3.5 W @ 12 VDC(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Table 8: Stingray F-046B/F-046C camera specifications
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

63

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, including connectors (without tripod and lens)

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C to + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C to + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Standard accessories

F-046B: protection glass
F-046C: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

F-046B: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
F-046C: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (Hirose)

Software packages

https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 8: Stingray F-046B/F-046C camera specifications (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

64

Specifications

Absolute QEůƵĞY'ƌĞĞŶYZĞĚY

DŽŶŽĐŚƌŽŵĞYϱϬй^ŽŶǇ/yϰϭϱĂďƐŽůƵƚĞYYƵĂŶƚƵŵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶĐǇ΀й΁

ϰϬй

ϯϬй

ϮϬй

ϭϬй

Ϭй
ϰϬϬ

ϰϱϬ

ϱϬϬ

ϱϱϬ

ϲϬϬ

ϲϱϬ

ϳϬϬ

ϳϱϬ

ϴϬϬ

ϴϱϬ

ϵϬϬ

ϵϱϬ

ϭϬϬϬ

tĂǀĞůĞŶŐƚŚ΀Ŷŵ΁

Figure 7: Stingray F-046B/F-046C (Sony ICX415) absolute QE plot

Spectral responseůƵĞZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

'ƌĞĞĞŶZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

ZĞĚZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

DŽŶŽĐŚƌŽŵĞZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

^ƉĞĐƚƌĂůZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ΀ͬt΁Ϭ͘ϮϬϬϬ

^ŽŶǇ/yϰϭϱƐƉĞĐƚƌĂůƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

Ϭ͘ϭϬϬϬ

Ϭ͘ϬϬϬϬ
ϰϬϬ

ϰϱϬ

ϱϬϬ

ϱϱϬ

ϲϬϬ

ϲϱϬ

ϳϬϬ

ϳϱϬ

ϴϬϬ

ϴϱϬ

ϵϬϬ

ϵϱϬ

ϭϬϬϬ

tĂǀĞůĞŶŐƚŚ΀Ŷŵ΁

Figure 8: Stingray F-046B/F-046C (Sony ICX415) spectral response plot

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

65

Specifications

Stingray F-080B/F-080C
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Sony IT CCD ICX204AL/AK with HAD microlens
Type 1/3 (diagonal 6 mm) progressive scan

Effective chip size

4.8 mm x 3.6 mm

Cell size

4.65 μm x 4.65 μm

Picture size (maximum) 1032 x 776 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)
Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Table 28 on page 92)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Table 27 on page 91)
Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filter in thecamera.

ADC

14-bitColor modes (IIDC)

F-080C: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 60 fps, up to 31 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0 to 24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

49 μs to 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Image buffer (RAM)32 MB, up to 19 frames for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
128 MB, up to 76 frames for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Non-volatile memory(Flash)No user access for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
User access: 256 KB for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

Auto gain control (AGC), auto exposure control (AEC) , real-time shading
correction, look-up table (LUT), 32 MB image memory, mirror, binning (F-080B
only), sub-sampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, secure image signature(SIS), sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
F-080C: auto white balance (AWB), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mb/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)Power requirements

8 to 36 VDC via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin Hirose

Power consumption

Typical 3.6 W @ 12 VDC(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Table 9: Stingray F-080B/F-080C camera specifications
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

66

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, including connectors (without tripod and lens)

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C to + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C to + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Standard accessories

F-080B: protection glass
F-080C: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

F-080B: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
F-080C: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (Hirose)

Software packages

https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 9: Stingray F-080B/F-080C camera specifications (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

67

Specifications

Absolute QEůƵĞY'ƌĞĞŶYZĞĚY

DŽŶŽĐŚƌŽŵĞYϱϬй^ŽŶǇ/yϮϬϰĂďƐŽůƵƚĞYYƵĂŶƚƵŵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶĐǇ΀й΁

ϰϬй

ϯϬй

ϮϬй

ϭϬй

Ϭй
ϰϬϬ

ϰϱϬ

ϱϬϬ

ϱϱϬ

ϲϬϬ

ϲϱϬ

ϳϬϬ

ϳϱϬ

ϴϬϬ

ϴϱϬ

ϵϬϬ

ϵϱϬ

ϭϬϬϬ

tĂǀĞůĞŶŐƚŚ΀Ŷŵ΁

Figure 9: Stingray F-080B/F-080C (Sony ICX204) absolute QE plot

Spectral responseůƵĞZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

'ƌĞĞŶZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

ZĞĚZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

DŽŶŽĐŚƌŽŵĞZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

^ƉĞĐƚƌĂůZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ΀ͬt΁Ϭ͘ϮϬϬϬ

^ŽŶǇ/yϮϬϰƐƉĞĐƚƌĂůƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

Ϭ͘ϭϬϬϬ

Ϭ͘ϬϬϬϬ
ϰϬϬ

ϰϱϬ

ϱϬϬ

ϱϱϬ

ϲϬϬ

ϲϱϬ

ϳϬϬ

ϳϱϬ

ϴϬϬ

ϴϱϬ

ϵϬϬ

ϵϱϬ

ϭϬϬϬ

tĂǀĞůĞŶŐƚŚ΀Ŷŵ΁

Figure 10: Stingray F-080B/F-080C (Sony ICX204) spectral response plot

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

68

Specifications

Stingray F-125B/F-125C
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Sony CCD ICX445ALA/AQA with EXview HAD microlens
Type 1/3 (diagonal 6 mm) progressive scan

Effective chip size

4.8 mm x 3.6 mm

Cell size

3.75 μm x 3.75 μm

Picture size (maximum) 1292 x 964 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)
Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Table 28 on page 92)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Table 27 on page 91)
Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filter in thecamera.

ADC

14-bitColor modes (IIDC)

F-125C: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 60 fps, up to 30 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0 to 24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

25 μs to 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Image buffer (RAM)32 MB, up to 12 frames for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
128 MB, up to 48 frames for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Non-volatile memory(Flash)No user access for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
User access: 256 KB for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

Auto gain control (AGC), auto exposure control (AEC), real-time shading
correction, look-up table (LUT), 32 MB image memory, mirror, binning, subsampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, secure image signature (SIS),
sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
F-125C: auto white balance (AWB), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mb/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)Power requirements

8 to 36 VDC via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin Hirose

Power consumption

Typical 3.6 W @ 12 VDC(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Table 10: Stingray F-125B/F-125C camera specifications
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

69

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, including connectors (without tripod and lens)

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C to + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C to + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Standard accessories

F-125B: protection glass
F-125C: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

F-125B: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
F-125C: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (Hirose)

Software packages

https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 10: Stingray F-125B/F-125C camera specifications (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

70

Specifications

Absolute QE

BlueQE

GreenQE

RedQE

MonochromeQE

60%
SonyICX445absoluteQE

QuantumEfficiency[%]

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%
400

450

500

550

600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

Wavelength[nm]Figure 11: Stingray F-125B/F-125C (Sony ICX445) absolute QE plot

Spectral responseBlueResponse

GreenResponse

RedResponse

MonochromeResponse

0.3000SpectralResponse[A/W]

SonyICX445spectralresponse

0.20000.10000.0000
400

450

500

550

600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

Wavelength[nm]Figure 12: Stingray F-125B/F-125C (Sony ICX445) spectral response plot

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

71

Specifications

Stingray F-145B/F-145C
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Sony CCD ICX285AL/AQ with EXview HAD microlens
Type 2/3 (diagonal 11 mm) progressive scan

Effective chip size

9.0 mm x 6.7 mm

Cell size

6.45 μm x 6.45 μm

Picture size (maximum) 1388 x 1038 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)
Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Table 28 on page 92)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Table 27 on page 91)
Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filter in thecamera.

ADC

14-bitColor modes (IIDC)

F-145C: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 30 fps, up to 16 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0 to 24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

74 μs to 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Image buffer (RAM)32 MB, up to 10 frames for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
128 MB, up to 40 frames for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Non-volatile memory(Flash)No user access for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
User access: 256 KB for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

Auto gain control (AGC), auto exposure control (AEC), real-time shading
correction, look-up table (LUT), 32 MB image memory, mirror, binning (F-145B
only), sub-sampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, secure image signature(SIS), sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
F-145C: auto white balance (AWB), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mb/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)Power requirements

8 to 36 VDC via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin Hirose

Power consumption

Typical 3.5 W @ 12 VDC(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Table 11: Stingray F-145B/F-145C camera specifications
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

72

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, including connectors, without tripod and lens

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C to + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C to + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Standard accessories

F-145B: protection glass
F-145C: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

F-145B: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
F-145C: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (Hirose)

Software packages

https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 11: Stingray F-145B/F-145C camera specifications (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

73

Specifications

Absolute QE

BlueQE

GreenQE

RedQE

MonochromeQE

60%
SonyICX285absoluteQE

QuantumEfficiency[%]

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%
400

450

500

550

600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

Wavelength[nm]Figure 13: Stingray F-145B/F-145C (Sony ICX285) absolute QE plot

Spectral responseBlueResponse

GreenResponse

RedResponse

MonochromeResponse

0.3000SpectralResponse[A/W]

SonyICX285spectralresponse

0.20000.10000.0000
400

450

500

550

600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

Wavelength[nm]Figure 14: Stingray F-145B/F-145C (Sony ICX285) spectral response plot

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

74

Specifications

Stingray F-146B/F-146C
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Sony IT CCD ICX267AL/AK with HAD microlens
Type 1/2 (diagonal 8 mm) progressive scan

Effective chip size

6.5 mm x 4.8 mm

Cell size

4.65 μm x 4.65 μm

Picture size (maximum) 1388 x 1038 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)
Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Table 28 on page 92)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Table 27 on page 91)
Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filter in thecamera.

ADC

14-bitColor modes (IIDC)

F-146C: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 60 fps, up to 15 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0 to 24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

39 μs to 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Image buffer (RAM)32 MB, up to 10 frames for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
128 MB, up to 40 frames for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Non-volatile memory(Flash)No user access for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
User access: 256 KB for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

Auto gain control (AGC), auto exposure control (AEC), real-time shading
correction, look-up table (LUT), 32 MB image memory, mirror, binning (F-146B
only), sub-sampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, secure image signature(SIS), sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
F-146C: auto white balance (AWB), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mb/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)Power requirements

8 to 36 VDC via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin Hirose

Power consumption

Typical 3.5 W @ 12 VDC(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Table 12: Stingray F-146B/F-146C camera specifications

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

75

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, including connectors (without tripod and lens)

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C to + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C to + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Standard accessories

F-146B: protection glass
F-146C: IR cut filter

Accessories

F-146B: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
F-146C: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (Hirose)

Software packages

https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 12: Stingray F-146B/F-146C camera specifications (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

76

Specifications

Absolute QEůƵĞY'ƌĞĞŶYZĞĚY

DŽŶŽĐŚƌŽŵĞYϱϬй^ŽŶǇ/yϮϲϳĂďƐŽůƵƚĞYYƵĂŶƚƵŵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶĐǇ΀й΁

ϰϬй

ϯϬй

ϮϬй

ϭϬй

Ϭй
ϰϬϬ

ϰϱϬ

ϱϬϬ

ϱϱϬ

ϲϬϬ

ϲϱϬ

ϳϬϬ

ϳϱϬ

ϴϬϬ

ϴϱϬ

ϵϬϬ

ϵϱϬ

ϭϬϬϬ

tĂǀĞůĞŶŐƚŚ΀Ŷŵ΁

Figure 15: Stingray F-146B/F-146C (Sony ICX267) absolute QE plot

Spectral responseůƵĞZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

'ƌĞĞŶZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

ZĞĚZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

DŽŶŽĐŚƌŽŵĞZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

Ϭ͘ϮϬϬϬ

^ƉĞĐƚƌĂůZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ΀ͬt΁^ŽŶǇ/yϮϲϳƐƉĞĐƚƌĂůƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

Ϭ͘ϭϬϬϬ

Ϭ͘ϬϬϬϬ
ϰϬϬ

ϰϱϬ

ϱϬϬ

ϱϱϬ

ϲϬϬ

ϲϱϬ

ϳϬϬ

ϳϱϬ

ϴϬϬ

ϴϱϬ

ϵϬϬ

ϵϱϬ

ϭϬϬϬ

tĂǀĞůĞŶŐƚŚ΀Ŷŵ΁

Figure 16: Stingray F-146B/F-146C (Sony ICX267) spectral response plot

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

77

Specifications

Stingray F-201B/F-201C
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Sony CD ICX274AL/AQ with Super HAD microlens
Type 1/1.8 (diagonal 8.9 mm) progressive scan

Effective chip size

7.1 mm x 5.4 mm

Cell size

4.40 μm x 4.40 μm

Picture size (maximum) 1624 x 1234 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)
Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Table 28 on page 92)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Table 27 on page 91)
Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filter in thecamera.

ADC

14-bitColor modes (IIDC)

F-201C: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 60 fps, up to 14 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0 to 24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

48 μs to 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Image buffer (RAM)32 MB, up to 7 frames for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
128 MB, up to 28 frames for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Non-volatile memory(Flash)No user access for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
User access: 256 KB for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

Auto gain control (AGC), auto exposure control (AEC), real-time shading
correction, look-up table (LUT), 32 MB image memory, mirror, binning, subsampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, secure image signature (SIS),
sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
F-201C: auto white balance (AWB), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mb/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)Power requirements

8 to 36 VDC via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin Hirose

Power consumption

Typical 3.5 W @ 12 VDC(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Table 13: Stingray F-201B/F-201C camera specifications

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

78

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, including connectors (without tripod and lens)

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C to + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C to + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Standard accessories

F-201B: protection glass
F-201C: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

F-201B: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
F-201C: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (Hirose)

Software packages

https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 13: Stingray F-201B/F-201C camera specifications (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

79

Specifications

Absolute QE

BlueQE

GreenQE

RedQE

MonochromeQE

60%
SonyICX274absoluteQE

QuantumEfficiency[%]

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%
400

450

500

550

600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

Wavelength[nm]Figure 17: Stingray F-201B/F-201C (Sony ICX274) absolute QE plot

Spectral responseBlueResponse

GreenResponse

RedResponse

MonochromeResponse

0.3000SpectralResponse[A/W]

SonyICX274spectralresponse

0.20000.10000.0000
400

450

500

550

600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

Wavelength[nm]Figure 18: Stingray F-201B/F-201C (Sony ICX274) spectral response plot

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

80

Specifications

Stingray F-504B/F-504C
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Sony CCD ICX655ALA/AQA with Super HAD microlens
Type 2/3 (diagonal 11 mm) progressive scan

Effective chip size

8.5 mm x 7.1 mm

Cell size

3.45 μm x 3.45 μm

Picture size (maximum) 2452 x 2056 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)
Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Table 28 on page 92)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Table 27 on page 91)
Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filter in thecamera.

ADC

14-bitColor modes (IIDC)

F-504C: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 15 fps, up to 9 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0 to 24.053 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

42 μs to 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Image buffer (RAM)54 MB, up to 12 frames for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
128 MB, up to 20 frames for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Non-volatile memory(Flash)No user access for cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887
User access: 256 KB for cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

Auto gain control (AGC), auto exposure control (AEC), real-time shading
correction, look-up table (LUT), 64 MB image memory, mirror, binning, subsampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, secure image signature (SIS),
sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
F-504C: auto white balance (AWB), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mb/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)Power requirements

8 to 36 VDC via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin Hirose

Power consumption

Typical  3.9 W @ 12 VDC(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Table 14: Stingray F-504B/F-504C camera specifications

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

81

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, including connectors, without tripod and lens

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C to + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C to + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Standard accessories

F-504B: protection glass
F-504C: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

F-504B: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
F-504C: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (Hirose)

Software packages

https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 14: Stingray F-504B/F-504C camera specifications (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

82

Specifications

Absolute QEůƵĞY'ƌĞĞŶYZĞĚY

DŽŶŽĐŚƌŽŵĞYϲϬй^ŽŶǇ/yϲϱϱĂďƐŽůƵƚĞYYƵĂŶƚƵŵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶĐǇ΀й΁

ϱϬй

ϰϬй

ϯϬй

ϮϬй

ϭϬй

Ϭй
ϰϬϬ

ϰϱϬ

ϱϬϬ

ϱϱϬ

ϲϬϬ

ϲϱϬ

ϳϬϬ

ϳϱϬ

ϴϬϬ

ϴϱϬ

ϵϬϬ

ϵϱϬ

ϭϬϬϬ

tĂǀĞůĞŶŐƚŚ΀Ŷŵ΁

Figure 19: Stingray F-504B/F-504C (Sony ICX655) absolute QE plot

Spectral responseůƵĞZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

'ƌĞĞŶZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

ZĞĚZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

DŽŶŽĐŚƌŽŵĞZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

^ƉĞĐƚƌĂůZĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ΀ͬt΁Ϭ͘ϯϬϬϬ

^ŽŶǇ/yϲϱϱƐƉĞĐƚƌĂůƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĞ

Ϭ͘ϮϬϬϬ

Ϭ͘ϭϬϬϬ

Ϭ͘ϬϬϬϬ
ϰϬϬ

ϰϱϬ

ϱϬϬ

ϱϱϬ

ϲϬϬ

ϲϱϬ

ϳϬϬ

ϳϱϬ

ϴϬϬ

ϴϱϬ

ϵϬϬ

ϵϱϬ

ϭϬϬϬ

tĂǀĞůĞŶŐƚŚ΀Ŷŵ΁

Figure 20: Stingray F-504B/F-504C (Sony ICX655) spectral response plot

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

83

Camera dimensions

Camera dimensions
Note

For information on sensor position accuracy:(sensor shift x/y, optical back focal length z and sensor
rotation ) see chapter Sensor position accuracy of Stingray
cameras on page 335.

Serial numbers for starting new front flange
Camera model

Order code

Serial number

Stingray F-046B ASG

E0010003

SN: 09/17-285843839

Stingray F-046C IRF

E0010004

SN: 09/17-285843873

Stingray F-125C IRF

E0010063

SN: 09/17-285843866

Stingray F-201B ASG

E0010007

SN: 09/17-285843801

Stingray F-201C IRF

E0010008

SN: 09/17-285843904

Table 15: Starting serial numbers for new front flange

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

84

Camera dimensions

26

13

Stingray standard housing (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)

M3x3 (3x)
1
13.4

50

+
9.1 - 0.3
0.0

44

16

6

M3x4 (4x)

29

19.3
5.4

Ø 27.2

9.7

57.5

C-Mount

M3x3 (3x)

66.6
72.9
Stingray (2x IEEE 1394b)
72.9 x 44 x 29 (L x W x H)

Figure 21: Camera dimensions (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

85

Camera dimensions

Tripod adapter
This five hole tripod adapter (Order number E5000007):• can be used for Stingray as well as for Marlin. The original four hole
adapter of the Marlin should not be used with Stingray.
• is only designed for standard housings, but not for the angled headversions.
Note

If you need a tripod adapter for angled head versions, pleasecontact Allied Vision support.


56
50

13
15.5

12.5 12.5

16

32

26

Ø 3.4 (5x)M6, 6 mm thread depth (2x)105UNC 1/4-20, 8 mm thread depth

T i size:d Ad 56 mm x 32 mm x 10 mm (L x W x H)
Body

Figure 22: Tripod dimensions

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

86Camera dimensions

Stingray W90 (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)

26

13This version has the sensor tilted by 90 degrees clockwise, so that it views
upwards.

29

Ø27.2

16 6

M3 x4 (2x)

55.5

38.1

50

+ 0.3
13.4 - 0.0

32.8

5.4

19.3

9.7

0.3
9.1 +- 0.0

M3 x3 (3x)44

M3 x3 (3x)C-Mount
86
92.3
Stingray W90 (2x IEEE 1394b)
92.3 x 44 x 38.1 (L x W x H)

Figure 23: Stingray W90 (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

87

Camera dimensions

Stingray W90 S90 (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)
This version has the sensor tilted by 90 degrees clockwise, so that it views
upwards.

26

13

The sensor is also rotated by 90 degrees clockwise.

47.8

50

0.3
9.1 +-0.0

9.7

0.3
13.4 +-0.0

M3x3 (3x)
Ø27.2

16 6

M3x4 (2x)

41.6

19.3
5.4

29

55.5

44

25.8

M3x3 (3x)C -Mount
101
107.3
Stingray W90S90 (2x IEEE 1394b)
107.3 x 44 x 41.6 (L x W x H)

Figure 24: Stingray W90 S90 (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

88

Camera dimensions

Stingray W270 (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)

M3 x3 (3x)32.8

13.4 +- 0.3
0.0

9.1 +- 0.3
0.0

19.3
5.4

44

50

55.5
16 6

29

9.7

38.1

C-Mount

26

13This version has the sensor tilted by 270 degrees clockwise, so that it views
downwards.

Ø 27.2M3 x4 (2x)M3 x3 (3x)8692.3Stingray W270 (2x IEEE 1394b)
92.3 x 44 x 38.1 (L x W x H)

Figure 25: Stingray W270 (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

89

Camera dimensions

Stingray W270 S90 (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)
This version has the sensor tilted by 270 degrees clockwise, so that it views
downwards.

26

13

The sensor is also rotated by 90 degrees clockwise.

C-Mount

M3 x3 (3x)44

9.1 +-0.3
0.0

19.3
5.4

13.4 +-0.3
0.0

50

29
41.6

47.8

9.7

55.5
16 6

M3 x4 (4x)

Ø27.2

M3 x3 (3x)

101
107.3
Stingray W270S90 (2x IEEE 1394b)
107.3 x 44 x 41.6 (L x W x H)

Figure 26: Stingray W270 S90 (2 x IEEE 1394b copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

90

Camera dimensions

Cross section: CS-Mount
All Stingray cameras can be delivered with CS-Mount.

Ø 16

maximum
protrusion:ﬁlter / protection glass
5.1

CS-Mount

Figure 27: Stingray CS-Mount dimensionNote

Pay attention to the maximum sensor size of the applied CSMount lens.
For mount options see the Modular Concept at https://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/technical-documentation

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

91

Camera dimensions

Cross section: C-Mount••

All monochrome Stingrays are equipped with the same model of protection
glass.
All color Stingrays are equipped with the same model of IR cut filter.

ﬁlter / protection glass

Ø 16

maximum
protrusion:
10.1

C-Mount

Figure 28: Stingray C-Mount dimensions

Adjustment of C-Mount and CS-Mount
Note

The dimensional adjustment cannot be done any more by thecustomer. All modifications have to be done by the Allied
Vision factory.
If you need any modifications, please contact Allied Vision
support: For phone numbers and email: See chapter Contact
us on page 14.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

92

Camera dimensions

Stingray board level: dimensions
13-pole I/O connector:[Molex 1.25mm Pitch PicoBlade Wire-to-Board Header(53047-1310)]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7 = GND (for Inputs)
8 = RxD 9 = TxD
10 = Power Input(for Output ports)
11 = Input 2
12 = Output 2
13 = Cable Shield

1 = GND (for RS232, Ext PWR)
2 = Ext PWR input(PWR output on demand)
3 = Output 4
4 = Input 1
5 = Output 3
6 = Output 1

15.4
11.2
8.7 6.6
4.5

FFC45 cable

12

9.1

Ø 27.2
29

IO-AD-Board
processor board
interface board

15

28.9

13-pole connector

FFC45 cable length:----------------------------FFC45 L = 56 mm K7500307
FFC45 L = 110 mm K7500318

2

2

Sensor - Pin1

25
2.3 mm
PTH

1

2

36

40

13

sensor board

2

2x IEEE 1394b

2.9mm PTH
2x HOLE

PTH

2

2

3.1

spacer M2x10 (4x)27

12 6.5

41

Pixel 1,1
Figure 29: Stingray board level dimensions

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

93

Camera dimensions

Stingray board level: CS-Mountﬁlter ring with ﬁlter
or protection glass

M2x16 ISO4762-A2 (2x)spacer, 3.2 mm (2x)top...

front ﬂange... contacts!
bottom contacts!
M2x8 ISO7045-A2 (4x)M2x10 ISO4762-A2 (2x)Camera =main board + processor board + IO board+ ﬂex cable + sensor board
PCB spacer (4x)spacer M2x10 (4x)
Ø2.2 ISO7089-A2 (4x)M2 ISO4032-A2 (4x)Figure 30: Stingray board level: CS-Mount

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

94

Camera dimensions

Stingray board level: C-Mountﬁlter ring with ﬁlter
or protection glass

M2x16 ISO4762-A2 (2x)spacer, 3.2 mm (2x)top...

front ﬂange... contacts!
bottom contacts!
M2x8 ISO7045-A2 (4x)M2x10 ISO4762-A2 (2x)Camera =main board + processor board + IO board+ ﬂex cable + sensor board
PCB spacer (4x)spacer M2x10 (4x)
Ø2.2 ISO7089-A2 (4x)M2 ISO4032-A2 (4x)Figure 31: Stingray board level: C-Mount

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

95

Filter and lenses

Filter and lenses
IR cut filter: spectral transmission
Only Stingray color cameras have a built-in IR cut filter.
The following illustration shows the spectral transmission of the IR cut filter:
1
0.9

Transmittance [T]

0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
200

400

600
Wavelength [nm]

800

1000

Figure 32: Typical spectral transmission of IR cut filter type Hoya C5000(values may vary slightly by filter lot)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

96

Filter and lenses

Camera lenses
Allied Vision offers different lenses from a variety of manufacturers. The
following table lists selected image formats in width x height depending on
camera type, distance, and focal length of the lens.

Stingray F-080, F-125
Focal length for type 1/3 sensors Distance = 500 mm

Distance = 1000 mm

4.8 mm495 x 371 mm

995 x 746 mm

8 mm

295 x 221 mm

595 x 446 mm

12 mm

195 x 146 mm

395 x 296 mm

16 mm

145 x 109 mm

295 x 221 mm

25 mm

91 x 68 mm

187 x 140 mm

35 mm

64 x 48 mm

132 x 99 mm

50 mm

43 x 32 mm

91 x 68 mm

Table 16: Focal length vs. field of view (Stingray F-080, F-125)

Stingray F-033, F-046, F-146
Focal length for type 1/2 sensors Distance = 500 mm

Distance = 1000 mm

4.8 mm660 x 495 mm

1327 x 995 mm

8 mm

394 x 295 mm

794 x 595 mm

12 mm

260 x 195 mm

527 x 395 mm

16 mm

194 x 145 mm

394 x 295 mm

25 mm

122 x 91 mm

250 x 187 mm

35 mm

85 x 64 mm

176 x 132 mm

50 mm

58 x 43 mm

122 x 91 mm

Table 17: Focal length vs. field of view (Stingray F-033, F-046, F-146)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

97

Filter and lenses

Stingray F-201
Focal length for type 1/1.8 sensors

Distance = 500 mm

Distance = 1000 mm

4.8 mm740 x 549 mm

1488 x 1103 mm

8 mm

441 x 327 mm

890 x 660 mm

12 mm

292 x 216 mm

591 x 438 mm

16 mm

217 x 161 mm

441 x 327 mm

25 mm

136 x 101 mm

280 x 207 mm

35 mm

95 x 71 mm

198 x 147 mm

50 mm

65 x 48 mm

136 x 101 mm

Table 18: Focal length vs. field of view (Stingray F-201)

Stingray F-145, F-504
Focal length for type 2/3 sensors Distance = 500 mm

Distance = 1000 mm

4.8 mm908 x 681 mm

1825 x 1368 mm

8 mm

541 x 406 mm

1091 x 818 mm

12 mm

358 x 268 mm

725 x 543 mm

16 mm

266 x 200 mm

541 x 406 mm

25 mm

167 x 125 mm

343 x 257 mm

35 mm

117 x 88 mm

243 x 182 mm

50 mm

79 x 59 mm

167 x 125 mm

Table 19: Focal length vs. field of view (Stingray F-145, F-504)
Note

Lenses with focal lengths < 8 mm may show shading in theedges of the image and due to micro lenses on the sensor's
pixel.
Ask your Allied Vision distributor if you require non C-Mountlenses.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

98

Camera interfaces

Camera interfaces
This chapter gives you detailed information on status LEDs, inputs and outputs,
trigger features, and transmission of data packets.
Note

For a detailed description of the camera interfaces (FireWire,I/O connector), ordering numbers, and operating instructions
see the 1394 Installation Manual, chapter Camera interfaces.

Read all the Notes and Cautions in the 1394 Installation
Manual, before using any interfaces.

IEEE 1394b port pin assignment
The IEEE 1394b connector is designed for industrial use and has the following
pin assignment as per specification:

4

3

2

1

5

6 7 8

9

Pin

Signal

1

TPB-

2

TPB+

3

TPA-

4

TPA+

5

TPA (Reference ground)6

VG (GND)

7

N.C.

8

VP (Power, VCC)

9TPB (Reference ground)Figure 33: IEEE 1394b connector
Note


www



•

•

Both IEEE1394b screw-lock connectors connect to theIEEE1394 bus to control the camera and output frames.
Connect the camera with connector. The other connector
can be used to daisy chain a second camera.
Cables with latching connectors on one or both sides canare available with 5 m or 7.5 m length. Contact your
Allied Vision distributor for details.

For more information on cables and on ordering cables online(by clicking the article and sending an inquiry) go to:https://www.alliedvision.com/en/contact

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

99

Camera interfaces

Board level camera: IEEE 1394b port pin assignment
Board level Stingray cameras have two IEEE 1394b ports to allow daisy chainingof cameras. Pin assignment is the same as for Stingray housing cameras.

13-pole I/O connector:[Molex 1.25mm Pitch PicoBlade Wire-to-Board Header(53047-1310)]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7 = GND (for Inputs)
8 = RxD 9 = TxD
10 = Power Input(for Output ports)
11 = Input 2
12 = Output 2
13 = Cable Shield

1 = GND (for RS232, Ext PWR)
2 = Ext PWR input(PWR output on demand)
3 = Output 4
4 = Input 1
5 = Output 3
6 = Output 1

FFC45 cable length:----------------------------FFC45 L = 56 mm K7500307
FFC45 L = 110 mm K7500318

15.4
11.2
8.7 6.6
4.5

15

interface board
spacer M2x10 (4x)sensor board
2
front ﬂange with
C-Mount adapter

25
2.3 mm
PTH

36

1

2

2

J2
13

9.1

Ø 27
29

IO-AD-Board
processor board

27
2x IEEE 1394b

12

FFC45 cable

J3

2x HOLE
2.9mm PTH

2

40

PTH

2

2

3.1

28.9

13-pole connector

12

6.5

41
1n
J2
1
1M

PCB Spacer M2x5
GNDChassis

GND

1n
J3
1
1M
GND

PCB Spacer M2x5
GNDChassis

Figure 34: Board level camera: two IEEE 1394b FireWire connectors

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

100

Camera interfaces

Camera I/O connections
Note

The camera is not intended to be connected to a DC distribution
network. The maximum length for I/O cables must not exceed
30 m.


1
2

9
10

3

11
4

8

12
5

7
6

Camera side Hirose HR10-10R-12PA(73) connector
Direction Level

I/O cablecolor code

Pin

SignalDescription

1

External GND

GND for RS232 andext. power

External Ground for RS232
and external power

Blue

2

External Power+8 to +36 VDCPower supply

Red

3

Camera Out 4

OutOpen emitter

Camera Output 4 (GPOut4)
default: -

Pink

4

Camera In 1

In

Uin(high) = 3 to 24 V
Uin(low) = 0 to 1.5 V

Camera Input 1 (GPIn1)
default: Trigger

Grey

5

Camera Out 3

OutOpen emitter

Camera Output 3 (GPOut3)
default: Busy

Yellow

6

Camera Out 1

OutOpen emitter

Camera Output 1 (GPOut1)
default: IntEna

Green

7

Camera In GND In

Common GND for
inputsCamera Common Input
Ground (In GND)

Brown

8

RxD RS232

In

RS232

Terminal Receive Data

White

9

TxD RS232

Out

RS232

Terminal Transmit Data

Black

10

Camera Out
Power

In

Common VCC for
outputs
maximum 36 VDCExternal Powerfor digital outputs(OutVCC)

Orange11

Camera In 2

In

Uin(high) = 3 to 24 V
Uin(low) = 0 to 1.5 V

Camera Input 2 (GPIn2)
default: -White/Black

12

Camera Out 2

OutOpen emitter

Camera Output 2 (GPOut2)
default: Follow CameraIn2

White/Brown(For board level see chapter Board level camera: I/O pin assignment on page 103)
Table 20: Camera I/O connector pin assignment and Stingray I/O cable color coding

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

101

Camera interfaces

BLUE
RED
PINK
GREY
YELLOW
GREEN
BROWN
WHITE
BLACK
ORANGE
WHITE/BLACK
WHITE/BROWN

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
SHIELD

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
TRANSPARENT

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

Hirose HR10A

Open End

Figure 35: Stingray cable color coding
Note12-pin Hirose I/O cables



The General Purpose I/O port has a Hirose HR10-10R-12PA(73)connector on the camera side. The mating cable connector is:• Hirose HR10A-10P-12S(73) for soldering• Hirose HR10A-10P-12SC(73) for crimping

Note

GP = General PurposeFor a detailed description of the I/O connector and its
operating instructions see the 1394 Installation Manual,
Chapter Stingray input description.
Read all Notes and Cautions in the 1394 Installation
Manual, before using the I/O connector.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

102

Camera interfaces

Board level camera: I/O pin assignment
The following diagram shows the 13-pole I/O pin connector of a board level
camera:13-pole I/O connector:[Molex 1.25mm Pitch PicoBlade Wire-to-Board Header(53047-1310)]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7 = GND (for Inputs)
8 = RxD 9 = TxD
10 = Power Input(for Output ports)
11 = Input 2
12 = Output 2
13 = Cable Shield

1 = GND (for RS232, Ext PWR)
2 = Ext PWR input(PWR output on demand)
3 = Output 4
4 = Input 1
5 = Output 3
6 = Output 1

FFC45 cable length:----------------------------FFC45 L = 56 mm K7500307
FFC45 L = 110 mm K7500318

FFC45 cable

12

9.1

Ø 27
29

IO-AD-Board
processor board

15

interface board
27

1

25
2.3 mm
PTH

36

13

2

2

2x IEEE 1394b

spacer M2x10 (4x)sensor board
2
front ﬂange with
C-Mount adapter

2x HOLE
2.9mm PTH

2

40

PTH

2

2

3.1

15.4
11.2
8.7 6.6
4.5

13-pole connector

12

6.5

41

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Figure 36: Board level camera: I/O pin assignment

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

103

Camera interfaces

Status LEDs
Status LEDs
LED2

LED1

Figure 37: Position of status LEDs
Each of the two LEDs is tricolor: showing green, red, or orange.
RED means: red LED permanent on
RED blinking means: red LED blinks fast
+RED pulsing means: red LED is switched on for a short time. If the red LED is
already on, the LED will be switched of The state of the other color of the same
LED could be on or of
GREEN means: green LED permanent on
GREEN blinking means: green LED blinks fast
+GREEN pulsing means: green LED is switched on for a short time. If the green
LED is already on, the LED will be switched of The state of the other color of thesame LED could be on or of+GREEN pulsing (inverted) means: green LED is switched off for a short time.
Note

Both LEDs can be switched off by:••

Setting bit [17] to 1, see Table 165 on page 329
Activating Disable LED functionality check box in
SmartView (Adv3 tab).
Error conditions will be shown although LEDs are switched ofStingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

104

Camera interfaces

Normal conditions
Event

LED1

LED2

Camera startup

During startup all LEDs are switched onconsecutively to show the startup progress:
Phase1: LED1 RED
Phase2: LED1 RED + LED1 GREEN
Phase3: LED1 RED + LED1 GREEN + LED2 RED
Phase4: LED1 RED + LED1 GREEN + LED2 RED +LED2 GREEN

Power onGREEN

Bus reset

GREEN blinking

Asynchronous traffic+GREEN pulsing

GREEN

Isochronous traffic+RED pulsing

GREEN

Waiting for external
trigger

RED

GREEN

External trigger event

RED+RED pulsing

Table 21: LEDs showing normal conditions

Error conditions
LED1 RED

Warning
1 pulseDCAM
2 pulseMISC
3 pulseFPGA
4 pulseStack
5 pulse

LED2 GREENFPGA boot error

1-5 pulse

Stack setup

1 pulseStack start2 pulseNo FLASH object

1 pulseNo DCAM object

1 pulseRegister mapping

3 pulseVMode_ERROR_STATUS

1 pulseFORMAT_7_ERROR_1

2 pulseFORMAT_7_ERROR_2

3 pulseTable 22: Error codes

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

105

Camera interfaces

Control data signals
The inputs and outputs of the camera can be configured by software. The
different modes are described below.

InputsNote

For a general description of the inputs and warnings see the1394 Installation Manual, Chapter Stingray input
description.

The optocoupler inverts all input signals. Inversion of the signal is controlled via
the IO_INP_CTRL1 to 2 register (see Table 23 on page 107).

Polarity
selectable
via software

OptoInput signal
Coupler
Input

Input state

Figure 38: Input block diagram
Triggers
All inputs configured as triggers are linked by AND. If several inputs are being
used as triggers, a high signal must be present on all inputs in order to generatea trigger signal. Each signal can be inverted. The camera must be set to external
triggering to trigger image capture by the trigger signal.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

106

Camera interfaces

Input/output pin control
All input and output signals running over the camera I/O connector arecontrolled by an advanced feature register.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000300

IO_INP_CTRL1

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 6]

Reserved

Polarity[7]

0: Signal not inverted
1: Signal inverted---[8 to 10]

Reserved

InputMode[11 to 15] Mode
see Table 24 on page 107

0xF1000304

IO_INP_CTRL2---[16 to 30] Reserved

PinState[31]

RD: Current state of pin

Same asIO_INP_CTRL1

Table 23: Advanced register: Input control
IO_INP_CTRL 1-2
The Polarity flag determines whether the input is low active (0) or high active(1). The input mode can be seen in the following table. The PinState flag is used
to query the current status of the input.
The PinState bit reads the inverting optocoupler status after an internal
negation. See Figure 38: Input block diagram on page 106.
This means that an open input sets the PinState bit to 0. (This is different toMarlin, where an open input sets PinState bit to 1.)
ID

Mode

0x00

Off

0x01

Reserved

0x02

Trigger input

0x03

Reserved

0x06

Sequence Step

0x07

Sequence Reset

0x08 to 0x1F

Reserved

Default

Input 1

Table 24: Input routing

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

107

Camera interfaces

Note



If you set more than 1 input to function as a trigger input, alltrigger inputs are ANDed.

Trigger delay
Stingray cameras feature various ways to delay image capture based on external
trigger.
With IIDC V1.31 there is a standard CSR at Register F0F00534/834h to control adelay up to FFFh x time base value.
The following table explains the inquiry register and the meaning of the various
bits.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF0F00534

TRIGGER_DELAY_INQUIRY Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

Abs_Control_Inq[1]

Capability of control withabsolute value

---

[2]

Reserved

One_Push_Inq[3]

One-push auto mode(controlled automaticallyby the camera once)

Readout_Inq[4]

Capability of reading out
the value of this feature

ON_OFF[5]

Capability of switching thisfeature ON and OFF

Auto_Inq[6]

Auto mode (controlled
automatically by thecamera)Manual_Inq[7]

Manual mode (controlled
by user)

Min_Value[8 to 19]

Minimum value for thisfeatureMax_Value[20 to 31] Maximum value for thisfeatureTable 25: Trigger delay inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

108

Camera interfaces

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF0F00834

TRIGGER_DELAY

Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in thevalue field
1: Control with value in theabsolute value CSR.
If this bit=1 the value in thevalue field has to beignored.

---[2 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Write ON or OFF this feature
Read: Status of the feature
ON=1
OFF=0

---

[7 to 19]

Reserved

Value[20 to 31] Value

Table 26: Trigger Delay CSR
The cameras also have an advanced register which allows even more precise
image capture delay after receiving a hardware trigger.
Trigger delay advanced register
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000400

TRIGGER_DELAY

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Trigger delay on/off---[7 to 10]

Reserved

DelayTime[11 to 31] Delay time in μs

Table 27: Trigger delay advanced CSR
The advanced register allows the start of the integration to be delayed by
maximum 221 μs, which is maximum 2.1 s after a trigger edge was detected.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

109

Camera interfaces

Note

•



•

Switching trigger delay to ON also switches external
Trigger_Mode_0 to ON.
This feature works with external Trigger_Mode_0 only.

OutputsNote

For a general description of the outputs and warnings see the1394 Installation Manual, Chapter Stingray output
description.

Output features are configured by software. Any signal can be placed on any
output.
The main features of output signals are described below:
SignalDescription

IntEna (Integration Enable) signal

This signal displays the time in which exposure was made. By
using a register this output can be delayed by up to 1.05 seconds.

Fval (Frame valid) signal

This feature signals readout from the sensor. This signal Fvalfollows IntEna.

Busy signal

This signal appears when:• the exposure is being made or• the sensor is being read out or• data transmission is active.
The camera is busy.

PulseWidthMod (pulse-widthmodulation) signal

Each output has pulse-width modulation (PWM) capabilities,
which can be used for motorized speed control or autofocus
control. See chapter Pulse-width modulation (Stingray housing
and Stingray board level models) on page 115

WaitingForTrigger signal

This signal is available and useful for the outputs in Trigger Edge
Mode. (In level mode it is available but useless, because
exposure time is unknown. (Signal always =0))
In edge mode it is useful to know if the camera can accept a new
trigger (without overtriggering).
See Table 30 on page 113 and Table 40 on page 114
Table 28: Output signals

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

110

Camera interfaces

Outputmode
selectable
via software

Polarity
selectable
via software
Operation state
read

IntEna
FVal
Busy

Opto-

PulseWidthMod
WaitingForTrigger

Output signal

Coupler

Operation state
read

Figure 39: Output block diagram
IO_OUTP_CTRL 1-4
The outputs (output mode, polarity) are controlled via 4 advanced featureregisters (see Table 29 on page 112).
The Polarity field determines whether the output is inverted or not. For the
Output mode see Table 30 on page 113 for details. The current status of theoutput can be queried and set via the PinState.
It is possible to read back the status of an output pin regardless of the output
mode. For example, this allows the host computer to determine if the camera isbusy by simply polling the BUSY output.
Note

Outputs in Direct Mode:For correct functionality the polarity should always be set
to 0 (SmartView: Trig/IO tab, Invert=No).

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

111

Camera interfaces

Output control
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000320

IO_OUTP_CTRL1

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

PWMCapable[1]

Indicates if an output pin
supports the PWM feature.
See Table 31 on page 115.

---

[2 to 6]

Reserved

Polarity[7]

0: Signal not inverted
1: Signal inverted---[8 to 10]

Reserved

Output mode

[11 to 15] Mode
see Table 30 on page 113---[16 to 30] Reserved

PinState[31]

RD: Current state of pin
WR: New state of pin

0xF1000324

IO_OUTP_CTRL2

Same asIO_OUTP_CTRL1

0xF1000328

IO_OUTP_CTRL3

Same asIO_OUTP_CTRL1

0xF100032C

IO_OUTP_CTRL4

Same asIO_OUTP_CTRL1

Table 29: Advanced register: Output control

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

112

Camera interfaces

Output modes
ID

Mode

Default / description

0x00

Off

0x01

Output state follows PinState bit Using this mode, the Polarity bit
has to be set to 0 (not inverted).
This is necessary for an error freedisplay of the output status.

0x02

Integration enable

0x03

Reserved

0x04

Reserved

0x05

Reserved

0x06

FrameValid

0x07

Busy

0x08

Follow corresponding input(Inp1 Out1, Inp2  Out2)

0x09

PWM (=pulse-width modulation) Stingray housed and board level
models0x0A

WaitingForTrigger

Output 1

Output 2

Only in Trigger Edge Mode.
All other Mode = 0
WaitingForTrigger is useful toknow, if a new trigger will be
accepted.

0x0B to 0x1F

Reserved
Table 30: Output modes
PinState 0 switches off the output transistor and produces a low level over the
resistor connected from the output to ground.
The following diagram illustrates the dependencies of the various output
signals.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

113

Camera interfaces

External trigger input
Delay set byIntegrationEnable
Delay set by
IntEnaFrameValidBus

WaitingForTrigger (only edge

Figure 40: Output impulse diagram
Note

The signals can be inverted.


Caution

Firing a new trigger while IntEna is still active can result in
missing image.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

114

Camera interfaces

Note

•



•

Note that trigger delay delays the image capture,
whereas IntEna_Delay only delays the leading edge of
IntEna output signal, but it does not delay the image
capture.
The outputs can be set by software. In this case, theachievable maximum frequency is strongly dependent on
individual software capabilities. As a rule of thumb, thecamera itself will limit the toggle frequency to not morethan 700 Hz.

Pulse-width modulation (Stingray housing and Stingray
board level models)The 2 inputs and 4 outputs are independent. Each output has pulse-widthmodulation (PWM) capabilities, which can be used for motorized speed control
or autofocus control with additional external electronics.
Period and pulse width are adjustable via the following registers. For additional
examples see chapter PWM: Examples in practice on page 117:
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000800

IO_OUTP_PWM1

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

---

[1]

Reserved---[2 to 3]

Reserved

MinPeriod[4 to 19]

Minimum PWM period in μs(read only)---[20 to 27] Reserved---[28 to 31] Reserved

PulseWidth[0 to 15]

Period[16 to 31] PWM period in μs

0xF1000804
0xF1000808

IO_OUTP_PWM2

Same asIO_OUTP_PWM1

IO_OUTP_PWM3

Same asIO_OUTP_PWM1

IO_OUTP_PWM4

Same asIO_OUTP_PWM1

0xF100080C
0xF1000810
0xF1000814
0xF1000818
0xF100081C

PWM pulse width in μs

Table 31: PWM configuration registers
To enable the PWM feature select output mode 0x09. Control the signal state via
the PulseWidth and Period fields (all times in μs).

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

115

Camera interfaces

PeriodPulseWidth

Figure 41: PulseWidth and Period definition
Note

Note the following conditions:••

PulseWidth  Period
Period  MinPeriod

PWM: minimal and maximal periods and frequencies
The following formulas present the minimal/maximal periods and frequencies
for the pulse-width modulation (PWM).
period min = 3μs
11 frequency max = ---------------------- = -------- = 333.33kHz
period min 3μs
1frequency min = ------------------------- = 15.26Hz
16–6

2 10 s161
 period max = ------------------------------- = 2 μs
frequencymin

Formula 1: Minimal/maximal period and frequency

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

116

Camera interfaces

PWM: Examples in practiceThis chapter presents two examples, on how to write values in the PWM registers.
All values have to be written in microseconds in the PWM registers.
Example 1:
Set PWM with 1kHz at 30% pulse width.
1
1
RegPeriod = ---------------------------------------- = ----------------------------- = 1000
–6–6frequency 10 s
1kHz 10 s
RegPulseWidth = RegPeriod  30% = 1000  30% = 300
Formula 2: PWM example 1
Example 2:
Set PWM with 250 Hz at 12% pulse width.
1
1
RegPeriod = ---------------------------------------- = -------------------------------- = 4000
–6–6250Hz 10 s
frequency 10 s
RegPulseWidth = RegPeriod  12% = 4000  12% = 480
Formula 3: PWM example 2

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

117

Camera interfaces

Pixel data
Pixel data are transmitted as isochronous data packets in accordance with theIEEE 1394 interface described in IIDC V1.31. The first packet of a frame isidentified by the 1 in the sync bit (sy) of the packet header.

sync bit
0 to 78 to 15

16 to 23

data_lengthtgchannel24 to 31tCodesyheader_CRC
Video data payload

data_CRC
Table 32: Isochronous data block packet format. Source: IIDC V1.31
Field

Description

data_length

Number of bytes in the data fieldtg

Tag field
shall be set to zerochannelIsochronous channel number, as programmed in the iso_channel fieldof the cam_sta_ctrl register

tCode

Transaction codeshall be set to the isochronous data block packet tCodesy

Synchronization value (sync bit)
This is one single bit. It indicates the start of a new frame.
It shall be set to 0001h on the first isochronous data block of a frame,and shall be set to zero on all other isochronous blocks

Video data payload

Shall contain the digital video information
Table 33: Description of data block packet format•••

The video data for each pixel are output in either 8-bit or 14-bit format(Packed 12-Bit Mode: 12-bit format).
Each pixel has a range of 256 or 16384 (Packed 12-Bit Mode: 4096)
shades of gray.
The digital value 0 is black and 255 or 65535 (Packed 12-Bit Mode: 4095)
is white, but only every fourth value is used. In 16-bit mode the data
output is MSB aligned.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

118

Camera interfaces

The following tables provide a description of the video data format for thedifferent modes. (Source: IIDC V1.31; packed 12-bit mode: Allied Vision)<YUV8 (4:2:2) format>
Each component has 8-bit data.
<YUV8 (4:2:2) format>
U(K+0)

Y(K+0)

V(K+0)

Y(K+1)

U(K+2)

Y(K+2)

V(K+2)

Y(K+3)

U(K+4)

Y(K+4)

V(K+4)

Y(K+5)

U(K+Pn-6)

Y(K+Pn-6)

V(K+Pn-6)

Y(K+Pn-5)

U(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-4)

V(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-3)

U(K+Pn-2)

Y(K+Pn-2)

V(K+Pn-2)

Y(K+Pn-1)

Table 34: YUV8 (4:2:2) format: Source: IIDC V1.31<YUV8 (4:1:1) format>
Each component has 8-bit data.
<YUV8 (4:1:1) format>
U(K+0)

Y(K+0)

Y(K+1)

V(K+0)

Y(K+2)

Y(K+3)

U(K+4)

Y(K+4)

Y(K+5)

V(K+4)

Y(K+6)

Y(K+7)

U(K+Pn-8)

Y(K+Pn-8)

Y(K+Pn-7)

V(K+Pn-8)

Y(K+Pn-6)

Y(K+Pn-5)

U(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-3)

V(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-2)

Y(K+Pn-1)

Table 35: YUV8 (4:1:1) format: Source: IIDC V1.31

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

119

Camera interfaces<Y (Mono8/Raw8) format>
Y component has 8-bit data.
<Y (Mono8/Raw8) format>
Y(K+0)

Y(K+1)

Y(K+2)

Y(K+3)

Y(K+4)

Y(K+5)

Y(K+6)

Y(K+7)

Y(K+Pn-8)

Y(K+Pn-7)

Y(K+Pn-6)

Y(K+Pn-5)

Y(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-3)

Y(K+Pn-2)

Y(K+Pn-1)

Table 36: Y (Mono8) format: Source: IIDC V1.31 / Y (Raw8) format: Allied Vision<Y (Mono16/Raw16) format>
Y component has 16-bit data.
<Y (Mono16) format>
High byte

Low byte

Y(K+0)

Y(K+1)

Y(K+2)

Y(K+3)

Y(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-3)

Y(K+Pn-2)

Y(K+Pn-1)
Table 37: Y (Mono16) format: Source: IIDC V1.31

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

120

Camera interfaces<Y (Mono12/Raw12) format><Y (Mono12) format>
Y(K+0) [11 to 4]

Y(K+1) [3 to 0]

Y(K+1) [11 to 4]

Y(K+2) [11 to 4]

Y(K+4) [11 to 4]

Y(K+5) [3 to 0]

Y(K+0) [3 to 0]
Y(K+3) [3 to 0]

Y(K+3) [11 to 4]

Y(K+2) [3 to 0]
Y(K+5) [11 to 4]

Y(K+4) [3 to 0]
Y(K+6) [11 to 4]

Y(K+7) [3 to 0]

Y(K+7) [11 to 4]

Y(K+6) [3 to 0]
Table 38: Packed 12-Bit Mode (mono and RAW) Y12 format (Allied Vision)<RGB8 format>
Each component has 8-bit data.
<RGB8 format>
R(K+0)

G(K+0)

B(K+0)

R(K+1)

G(K+1)

B(K+1)

R(K+2)

G(K+2)

B(K+2)

R(K+3)

G(K+3)

B(K+3)

R(K+Pn-4)

G(K+Pn-4)

B(K+Pn-4)

R(K+Pn-3)

G(K+Pn-3)

B(K+Pn-3)

R(K+Pn-2)

G(K+Pn-2)

B(K+Pn-2)

R(K+Pn-1)

G(K+Pn-1)

B(K+Pn-1)

Table 39: RGB8 format: Source: IIDC V1.31

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

121

Camera interfaces<Y(Mono8/Raw8), RGB8>
Each component (Y, R, G, B) has 8-bit data. The data type is Unsigned Char.
Y, R, G, B
HighestLowestSignal level (decimal)

Data (hexadecimal)

255

0xFF

254

0xFE

.

.

.

.

1

0x01

0

0x00

Figure 42: Data structure of Mono8, RGB8; Source: IIDC V1.31 /Y(Mono8/Raw8) format: Allied Vision<YUV8>
Each component (Y, U, V) has 8-bit data. The Y component is the same as in theabove table.
U, V
Highest (+)

LowestHighest (-)

Signal level (decimal)

Data (hexadecimal)

127

0xFF

126

0xFE

.

.

.

.

1

0x81

0

0x80

-1

0x7F

-127

0x01

-128

0x00

Figure 43: Data structure of YUV8; Source: IIDC V1.31

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

122

Camera interfaces<Y(Mono16)>
Y component has 16-bit data. The data type is Unsigned Short (big-endian).
Y
HighestLowestSignal level (decimal)

Data (hexadecimal)

65535

0xFFFF

65534

0xFFFE

.

.

.

.

1

0x000100x0000Figure 44: Data structure of Y(Mono16); Source: IIDC V1.31<Y(Mono12)>
Y component has 12-bit data. The data type is unsigned.
Y
HighestLowestSignal level (decimal)

Data (hexadecimal)

4095

0x0FFF

4094

0x0FFE

.

.

.

.

1

0x000100x0000

Table 40: Data structure of Packed 12-Bit Mode (mono and RAW) (Allied Vision)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

123Description of the data path

Description of the data path
Block diagrams of the cameras
The following diagrams illustrate the data flow and the bit resolution of image
data after being read from the CCD sensor chip in the camera. The individual
blocks are described in more detail in the following paragraphs. For sensor data
see chapter Specifications on page 45.

Monochrome cameras

Gain
SensorAnalogOffsetAnalogAnalogADC

14 bitHorizontal
mirrorHorizontal
masking

14 bitHorizontal
sub-sampling

14 bitShading
correction

8 bit

Frame
memory16 bitHSNR
control

14 bit

LUT
14
4 bit
bit

12 10

1394 bHIROSE I/O
RS232

IEEE 1394binterface

14 bitCamera control

Setting LUT = OFF: Effectively makes full use of the 14-bit by bypassing the LUT circuitry
Setting LUT = ON: The most significant 12 bit of the 14-bit are used and further down converted
to 10 bit

Figure 45: Block diagram monochrome camera

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

124

Description of the data path

Color cameras

Gain
SensorWhite balance

OffsetAnalogADC

14 bitHorizontal
sub-sampling

14 bitHorizontal
masking

14 bitHue
Saturation
Color correction
Color conversion

8 bitIEEE 1394binterface1394b

AnalogAnalog

14 bitHorizontal
mirrorTest-PatternFramememory16 bitHSNR
control

14 bit14 bitCamera control

LUT
14 bit12

10

Shading
correction

16 bitRaw8, Raw12, Raw16: 16 bit

8 bit

8 bit

HIROSE I/O
RS232

Sharpness
Colorinterpolation

Camera control

Setting LUT = OFF: Effectively makes full use of the 14-bit by bypassing the LUT circuitry
Setting LUT = ON: The most significant 12 bit of the 14-bit are used and further down converted t
10 bitFigure 46: Block diagram color camera

White balance
There are two types of white balance:• one-push white balance: white balance is done only once (notcontinuously)• auto white balance (AWB): continuously optimizes the color characteristicsof the image
Stingray color cameras have both one-push white balance and auto whitebalance.
White balance is applied so that non-colored image parts are displayed noncolored.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

125

Description of the data path

From the user's point, the white balance settings are made in register 80Ch of
IIDC V1.31. This register is described in more detail below.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

0xF0F0080C

WHITE_BALANCE Presence_Inq [0]Description
Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the Value field
1: Control with value in the Absolute value
CSR
If this bit=1, the value in the Value field
will be ignored.

---[2 to 4]

Reserved

One_Push[5]

Write 1: begin to work (self-cleared after
operation)
Read:
1: in operation
0: not in operation
If A_M_Mode = 1, this bit will be ignored.

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON

A_M_MODE[7]

Write: set mode
Read: read current mode
0: MANUAL
1: AUTOU/B_Value[8 to 19]

U/B value
This field is ignored when writing thevalue in Auto or OFF mode.
If readout capability is not available,
reading this field has no meaning.

V/R_Value[20 to 31] V/R value
This field is ignored when writing thevalue in Auto or OFF mode.
If readout capability is not available,
reading this field has no meaning.

Table 41: White balance register

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

126

Description of the data path

The values in the U/B_Value field produce changes from green to blue; the V/
R_Value field from green to red as illustrated below.
Note

While lowering both U/B and V/R registers from 284 towards 0,
the lower one of the two effectively controls the green gain.

Figure 47: U/V slider range

Type

Range

Range in dB

Stingray color cameras

0 to 568

 10 dB

Table 42: Manual gain range of the various Stingray types
The increment length is ~0.0353 dB/step.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

127

Description of the data path

One-push white balance
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in control and status register (CSR):
See Table 41 on page 126.

The camera automatically generates frames, based on the current settings of all
registers (GAIN, OFFSET, SHUTTER, etc.).
For white balance, in total 9 frames are processed. The whole image or a subset
of it is used for the white balance algorithm. The R-G-B component values of thesamples are added and are used as actual values for the one-push white balance.
This feature assumes that the R-G-B component sums of the samples shall beequal; i.e., that the average of the sampled grid pixels is monochrome.
Note

The following ancillary condition should be observed forsuccessful white balance:•

There are no stringent or special requirements on theimage content, it requires only the presence ofmonochrome pixels in the image.

If the image capture is active (e.g. IsoEnable set in register 614h), the frames
used by the camera for white balance are also output on the IEEE 1394 bus. Any
previously active image capture is restarted after the completion of whitebalance.
The following flow diagram illustrates the one-push white balance sequence.
Pause image
captureCapture image
via one-shot
Repeat steps
nine times
Calculate andset correction
valuesRestart image
capture if
necessary

Figure 48: One-push white balance sequence
Finally, the calculated correction values can be read from the WHITE_BALANCE
register 80Ch.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

128

Description of the data path

Auto white balance (AWB)
The auto white balance feature continuously optimizes the color characteristicsof the image.
For the white balance algorithm the whole image or a subset of it is used.
Auto white balance can also be enabled by using an external trigger. However,if there is a pause of >10 seconds between capturing individual frames thisprocess is aborted.
Note

The following ancillary conditions should be observed forsuccessful white balance:••

There are no stringent or special requirements on theimage content, it requires only the presence of equallyweighted RGB pixels in the image.
Auto white balance can be started both during active
image capture and when the camera is in idle state.

Note

ConfigurationTo set position and size of the control area
(Auto_Function_AOI) in an advanced register: see Table 146
on page 311.

AUTOFNC_AOI affects the auto shutter, auto gain and auto white balancefeatures and is independent of the Format_7 AOI settings. If this feature isswitched off the work area position and size will follow the current active image
size.
Within this area, the R-G-B component values of the samples are added and used
as actual values for the feedback.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

129

Description of the data path

The following drawing illustrates the AUTOFNC_AOI settings in greater detail.

AOI: X-size

0,0

AF_AREA_POSITION: Left,Top

AOI: Y-size

Sampling grid for Auto-Function

AF_AREA_SIZE: Height: n x 4

AF_AREA_SIZE: Width: n x 4

Figure 49: AUTOFNC_AOI positioning
The algorithm is assumes that the R-G-B component sums of the samples areequal, i.e., that the mean of the sampled grid pixels is monochrome.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

130Description of the data path

Auto shutter
Stingray cameras are equipped with auto shutter feature. When enabled, theauto shutter adjusts the shutter within the default shutter limits or within those
set in advanced register F1000360h in order to reach the reference brightness
set in auto exposure register.
Note

Target grey level parameter in SmartView corresponds toAuto_exposure register 0xF0F00804 (IIDC).
Increasing the auto exposure value increases the average
brightness in the image and vice versa.

The applied algorithm uses a proportional plus integral controller (PIcontroller) to achieve minimum delay with zero overshot.
To configure this feature in control and status register (CSR):
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF0F0081C SHUTTER Presence_Inq [0]Abs_Control--One_Push

ON_OFF

A_M_MODE--Value

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available[1]
Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the Value field
1: Control with value in the Absolute value CSR
If this bit=1, the value in the Value field will beignored.
[2 to 4]
Reserved[5]
Write 1: begin to work (self-cleared after operation)
Read:
1: in operation
0: not in operation
If A_M_Mode = 1, this bit will be ignored.
[6]
Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON[7]Write: set mode
Read: read current mode
0: MANUAL
1: AUTO[8 to 19] Reserved[20 to 31] Read/Write Value
This field is ignored when writing the value in Autoor OFF mode.
If readout capability is not available, reading thisfield has no meaning.
Table 43: CSR: Shutter

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

131

Description of the data path

Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table 144
on page 308.

Auto gain
All Stingray cameras are equipped with auto gain feature.
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table 145
on page 310.

When enabled auto gain adjusts the gain within the default gain limits or within
the limits set in advanced register F1000370h in order to reach the brightness
set in auto exposure register as reference.
Increasing the auto exposure value (target grey value) increases the average
brightness in the image and vice versa.
The applied algorithm uses a proportional plus integral controller (PIcontroller) to achieve minimum delay with zero overshot.
The following tables show the gain and auto exposure CSR.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

132

Description of the data path

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF0F00820

GAIN

Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the value field
1: Control with value in the absolutevalue CSR
If this bit=1 the value in the value field
has to be ignored.

---[2 to 4]

Reserved

One_Push[5]

Write: Set bit high to start
Read: Status of the feature:
Bit high: WIP
Bit low: Ready

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON

A_M_MODE[7]

Write: set mode
Read: read current mode
0: MANUAL
1: AUTO---[8 to 19]

Reserved

Value[20 to 31] Read/Write Value
This field is ignored when writing thevalue in Auto or OFF mode.
If readout capability is not available,
reading this field has no meaning.
Table 44: CSR: Gain

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

133

Description of the data path

Register

Name

0xF0F00804

Field

Bit

Description

AUTO_EXPOSURE Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the value field
1: Control with value in the absolutevalue CSR
If this bit=1 the value in the value field
has to be ignored.

---[2 to 4]

Reserved

One_Push[5]

Write: Set bit high to star
Read: Status of the feature:
Bit high: WIP
Bit low: Ready

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON

A_M_MODE[7]

Write: set mode
Read: read current mode
0: MANUAL
1: AUTO---[8 to 19]

Reserved

Value[20 to 31] Read/Write Value
This field is ignored when writing thevalue in Auto or OFF mode.
If readout capability is not available,
reading this field has no meaning.

Table 45: CSR: Auto Exposure
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table 145
on page 310.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

134

Description of the data path

Note



•
•
•

Values can only be changed within the limits of gain CSR.
Changes in auto exposure register only have an effectwhen auto gain is active.
Auto exposure limits are 50 to 205. (SmartViewCtrl1
tab: Target grey level)

Manual gain
Stingray cameras are equipped with a gain setting, allowing the gain to be
manually adjusted on the fly by means of a simple command register write.
The following ranges can be used when manually setting the gain for the analog
video signal:
Type

Range

Range in dB

Increment length

Stingray color cameras

0 to 680

0 to 24.4 dB~0.0359 dB/step

Stingray monochrome
cameras0 to 680

0 to 24.4 dB

Stingray F-504B/C

0 to 670

0 to 24.053 dB

Table 46: Manual gain range of the various Stingray types
Note



•
•

Setting the gain does not change the offset (black value)
A higher gain produces greater image noise. This reduces
image quality. For this reason, try first to increase thebrightness, using the aperture of the camera optics and/or longer shutter settings.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

135

Description of the data path

Brightness (black level or offset)
It is possible to set the black level in the camera within the following ranges:
0 to +16 gray values (@ 8 bit)
Increments are in 1/64 LSB (@ 8 bit)
Note

•



Setting the gain does not change the offset (black
value).

The IIDC register brightness at offset 800h is used for this purpose.
The following table shows the BRIGHTNESS register:
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF0F00800

BRIGHTNESS

Presence_Inq[0]

Abs_Control[1]--One_Push[2 to 4]
[5]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available
Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the value field
1: Control with value in the absolutevalue CSR
If this bit=1 the value in the value field
has to be ignored
Reserved
Write: Set bit high to start
Read: Status of the feature:
Bit high: WIP

ON_OFF[6]

Bit low: Ready
Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status

A_M_MODE--Value[7][8 to 19]
[20 to 31]

0: OFF
1: ON
Write: set mode
Read: read current mode
0: MANUAL
1: AUTO
Reserved
Read/Write Value; this field is ignored
when writing the value in Auto or OFF
mode; if readout capability is notavailable reading this field has no
meaning.

Table 47: CSR: Brightness

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

136

Description of the data path

Horizontal mirror function
All Stingray cameras are equipped with an electronic mirror function, which
mirrors pixels from the left side of the image to the right side and vice versa.
The mirror is centered to the current FOV center and can be combined with all
image manipulation functions, like binning and shading.
This function is especially useful when the camera is looking at objects with thehelp of a mirror or in certain microscopy applications.
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
138 on page 301.

Note

The use of the mirror function with color cameras and image
output in RAW format has implications on the BAYER-orderingof the colors.



Mirror OFF: R-G-G-B (all Stingray color cameras)Mirror ON: G-R-B-G (all Stingray color cameras)
Figure 50: Mirror and Bayer order
Note

During switchover one image may be corrupted.


Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

137

Description of the data path

Shading correction
Shading correction is used to compensate for non-homogeneities caused bylighting or optical characteristics within specified ranges.
To correct a frame, a multiplier from 1–2 is calculated for each pixel in
1/256 steps: this allows for shading to be compensated by up to 50 %.
Besides generating shading data off-line and downloading it to the camera, thecamera allows correction data to be generated automatically in the camera
itself.
Note



•
•
•

Shading correction does not support the mirror function.
If you use shading correction with mirror function,
activate the mirror before building shading image.
Due to binning and sub-sampling in the Format_7 modes
read the following hints to build shading image inFormat_7 modes.

Building shading image in Format_7 modes
horizontal Binning/sub-sampling is always done after shading correction. Shading isalways done on full horizontal resolution. Therefore shading image has always
to be built in full horizontal resolution.
vertical Binning, sub-sampling and mirror are done before shading correction.
Therefore, shading image has to be built in the correct vertical resolution andwith needed mirror settings.
Note

•


•

Build shading image always with the full horizontal
resolution(0 x horizontal binning / 0 x horizontal sub-sampling),
but with the desired vertical binning/sub-sampling/mirror.
Shading correction in F7 mode 0 (Mono8) is only
available up to S400.

First example
4 x horizontal binning, 2 x vertical binning build shading image with 0 x horizontal binning and 2 x vertical binning
Second example
2 out of 8 horizontal sub-sampling, 2 out of 8 vertical sub-sampling build shading image with 0 x horizontal sub-sampling and 2 out of 8 verticalsub-sampling

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

138

Description of the data path

How to store shading image
There are two storing possibilities:• After generating the shading image in the camera, it can be uploaded tothe host computer for nonvolatile storage purposes.
• The shading image can be stored in the camera itself.
The following illustration shows the process of automatic generation ofcorrection data. Surface plots and histograms were created using the ImageJ
program.
255.0

surface plot

0.0

ls
xe
pi
0.0
48

histogram

els
0 pix
640.

0

256
Count: 307200 Min: 79
Mean: 135.337 Max. 19
StdDev. 30.497 Mode:88 (4200)

Figure 51: Shading correction: Source image with non-uniform illumination•••

The source image with non-uniform illumination (on the left).
The surface plot on the right clearly shows a gradient of the brightness (0:brightest  255: darkest pixels).
The histogram shows a wide band of gray values.

High-frequency image data is removed from the source image, by defocussing
the lens; therefore, this data is not included in the shading image.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

139

Description of the data path

Automatic generation of correction data
Requirements
Shading correction compensates for non-homogeneities by giving all pixels thesame gray value as the brightest pixel. This means that only the backgroundmust be visible and the brightest pixel has a gray value of less than 255 when
automatic generation of shading data is started.
It may be necessary to use a neutral white reference, e.g. a piece of paper,
instead of the real image.
Algorithm
After the start of automatic generation, the camera pulls in the number offrames set in the GRAB_COUNT register. Recommended values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32,
64, 128, or 256. An arithmetic mean value is calculated from them to reducenoise.
Consecutively, a search is made for the brightest pixel in the mean value frame.
The brightest pixel(s) remain unchanged. A factor is then calculated for eachpixel to be multiplied by, giving it the gray value of the brightest pixel.
All of these multipliers are saved in a shading reference image. The time required
for this process depends on the number of frames to be calculated and on the
resolution of the image.
Correction alone can compensate for shading by up to 50% and relies on full
resolution data to minimize the generation of missing codes.
The following flowchart shows the process in detail:Set GrabCount to # ofdesired frames

Set BuildImage Flag to true

Poll SHGD_Control
Register until Busy and
BuildImage Flag areresetted

Figure 52: Automatic generation of a shading image

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

140

Description of the data path

Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table 138
on page 301.

Note

•

The SHDG_CTRL register should not be queried at very
short intervals. This is because each query delays thegeneration of the shading image. An optimal interval
time is 500 ms.

•

Calculation of shading data is always carried out at thecurrent resolution setting. If the AOI is later larger than
the window in which correction data was calculated,none of the pixels lying outside are corrected.
For Format_7 mode, it is advisable to generate theshading image in the largest displayable frame format.
This ensures that any smaller AOIs are completely
covered by the shading correction.
Automatic generation of shading data can also beenabled when image capture is already running. The
camera then pauses the running image capture for thetime needed for generation and resumes after generationis completed.
Shading correction can be combined with the image
mirror and gamma functionality.
Changing binning modes involves the generation of new
shading reference images due to a change in the image
size.


Note



•

•

•
•

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

141

Description of the data path

After the lens has been focused again the image below will be seen, but now witha considerably more uniform gradient.
255.0

surface plot

0.0
p
0.0
48
ls
ixe

histogram

s
pixel
640.0

0

256
Count: 307200
Mean: 157.039
StdDev: 2.629

Min: 139
Max: 162
Mode: 158 (84449)

Figure 53: Example of shaded image•••

The image after shading correction (on the left).
The surface plot on the right clearly shows nearly no more gradient of thebrightness (0: brightest  255: darkest pixels). The remaining gradient isrelated to the fact that the source image is lower than 50% on the righthand side.
The histogram shows a peak with very few different gray values.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

142

Description of the data path

Loading a shading image out of the camera
GPDATA_BUFFER is used to load a shading image out of the camera. Because thesize of a shading image is larger than GPDATA_BUFFER, input must be handled
in several steps:

Query limits fromregister:
SHDG_INFO andGPDATA_INFO

Set EnableMemRD
to true (1)Set AddrOffset to 0

Read n databytesof
GPDATA_BUFFER

Repeat steps until
all data is read

Increase
AddrOffset by n
bytes

Check
EnableMemRD forno change

Set EnableMemRD
to false (0)Figure 54: Uploading shading image to host
Note

Configuration••

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See
Table 138 on page 301.
For information on GPDATA_BUFFER: See chapter
GPDATA_BUFFER on page 328.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

143

Description of the data path

Loading a shading image into the camera
GPDATA_BUFFER is used to load a shading image into the camera. Because thesize of a shading image is larger than GPDATA_BUFFER, input must be handled
in several steps (see chapter Reading or writing shading image from/into thecamera on page 302).
Query limits fromregister:
SHDG_INFO andGPDATA_INFO

Set EnableMemWR
to true (1)Set AddrOffset to 0

Write n databytes
in
GPDATA_BUFFER

Repeat steps until
all data is written

Increase
AddrOffset by n
bytes

Check
EnableMemWR forno change

Set EnableMemWR
to false (0)Figure 55: Loading the shading reference image
Note

Configuration••

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See
Table 138 on page 301.
For information on GPDATA_BUFFER: See chapter
GPDATA_BUFFER on page 328.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

144

Description of the data path

Look-up table (LUT) and gamma function
The Stingray camera provides one user-defined LUT. The use of this LUT allows
any function (in the form Output = F(Input)) to be stored in the camera's RAM
and to be applied on the individual pixels of an image at run-time.
The address lines of RAM are connected to the incoming digital data, these inturn point to the values of functions calculated offline; e.g., with a spreadsheet
program.
This function needs to be loaded into the camera's RAM before use.
One example of using an LUT is the gamma LUT:
There is one gamma LUT (gamma = 0.45)
Output = (Input)0.45
This gamma LUT is used with all Stingray models.
Gamma is known as compensation for the nonlinear brightness response ofmany displays e.g. CRT monitors. The LUT converts the incoming 12 bit from thedigitizer to outgoing 10 bit.

Stingray, gamma = 0,45
1000

Output

800
600
400
200
0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

Input

Figure 56: LUT with gamma = 0.45 and Output = f(Input)
Note

•



•

•

The input value is the most significant 12-bit value fromthe digitizer.
Gamma 1 (gamma=0.45) switches on the LUT. Afteroverriding the LUT with a user defined content, gammafunctionality is no longer available until the next fullinitialization of the camera.
LUT content is volatile if you do not use the user profiles
to save the LUT.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

145

Description of the data path

Loading an LUT into the camera
Loading the LUT is carried out through the data exchange buffer called
GPDATA_BUFFER. As this buffer can hold a maximum of 2 KB, and a complete LUT
at 4096 x 10 bit is 5 KB, programming can not take place in a one block write step
because the size of an LUT is larger than GPDATA_BUFFER. Therefore, input mustbe handled in several steps, as shown in the following flow diagram.
Query limits fromregister:
LUT_INFO andGPDATA_INFO

Set EnableMemWR
to true (1)Set AddrOffset to 0

Write n databytes
in
GPDATA_BUFFER

Offset is increasedin camera after n
bytes are written

Repeat steps until
all data is written

Check
EnableMemWR forno change

Set EnableMemWR
to false (0)Figure 57: Loading an LUT
Note

Configuration••

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See
Table 137 on page 299.
For information on GPDATA_BUFFER: See chapter
GPDATA_BUFFER on page 328.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

146

Description of the data path

Defect pixel correction
The mechanisms of defect pixel correction are explained in the following
drawings. All examples are done in Format_7 Mode_0 (full resolution).
The X marks a defect pixel.
50% brightnessof pixel value

1. example

50% brightnessof pixel valueX

monochrome

50% brightnessof pixel value

50% brightnessof pixel value

2. example

X

monochrome

50% brightnessof corrected value

50% brightnessof pixel value

3. example

R

G

RX

X
50% brightnessof pixel value

50% brightnessof pixel value

G

R

G

Figure 58: Mechanisms of defect pixel correction

Building defect pixel correction image in Format_7 modes
horizontal Binning/sub-sampling is always done after defect pixel correction. Defect pixel
correction is always done on full horizontal resolution. Therefore, defect pixel
detection has always to be done in full horizontal resolution.
vertical Binning/sub-sampling is done in the sensor, before defect pixel correction.
Therefore, defect pixel detection has to be done in the correct verticalresolution.
Note

Detect defect pixels always with the full horizontal resolution(0 x horizontal binning / 0 x horizontal sub-sampling), butwith the desired vertical binning/sub-sampling.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

147

Description of the data path

First example
4 x horizontal binning, 2 x vertical binning detect defect pixels with 0 x horizontal binning and 2 x vertical binning
Second example
2 out of 8 horizontal sub-sampling, 2 out of 8 vertical sub-sampling detect defect pixels with 0 x horizontal sub-sampling and 2 out of 8 verticalsub-sampling

Flow diagram of defect pixel correction
The following flow diagram illustrates the defect pixel detection:

Set resolution toFormat_7 Mode_x
Or
Set resolution toFormat_7 Mode_0
when using fixedmodes.
Set AOI to max.

Set values for
shutter, gain
to max.

Choose threshold

Set BuildDPData
to 1

Set ON_OFF to 1

Optional:
Set MemSave to 1

Figure 59: Defect pixel correction: build and store
Note

While building defect pixel correction data or uploading themfrom host, the defect pixel correction data are stored volatile
in FPGA.
Optional you can store the data in a non-volatile memory (Set
MemSave to 1).

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

148

Description of the data path

Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table 142
on page 305.

Building defect pixel data
Note



•

•
•
•

•
•

Defect pixel detection is only possible in Mono8/Raw8
modes. In all other modes you get an error message inadvanced register 0xF1000298 bit [1] see Table 142 on
page 305.
Using Format_7 Mode_x: Defect pixel detection is donein Format_7 Mode_x.
Using a fixed format (Format_0, Format_1 or Format_2):
Defect pixel detection is done in Format_7 Mode_0.
When using defect pixel correction with binning and subsampling: first switch to binning/sub-sampling modeand then apply defect pixel detection.
Optional: To improve the quality of defect pixel
detection, activate HSNR mode additionally.
There is a maximum of 256 defect pixels that can befound. If the algorithm detects more defect pixels, thenit will end with an error. For more details, see DPDataSize
register on page 306.

To build defect pixel data perform the following steps:
Grab an image with defect pixel data
1.

Take the camera, remove lens, and put on lens cap.

2.

Set image resolution to Format_7 Mode_x or Format_7 Mode_0 (whenusing fixed modes) and set AOI to maximum.

3.

Set values for shutter and gain to maximum

4.

Grab a single image.

Calculate defect pixel coordinates
5.

Accept default threshold from system or choose a different threshold.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

149

Description of the data path

Note



A mean value is calculated over the entire image that is
grabbed internal.
Definition: A defect pixel is every pixel value of this previously
grabbed image that is:• greater than (mean value + threshold)
or
•

6.

less than (mean value - threshold)Set the BuildDPData flag to 1.
In microcontroller the defect pixel calculation is started. The detected
defect pixel coordinates are stored in the dual port RAM of the FPGA.
Defect pixel coordinates are:– 16-bit y-coordinate and– 16-bit x-coordinate
The calculated mean value is written in advanced register Mean field(0xF1000298 bit [18 to 24]).
The number of defect pixels is written in advanced register DPDataSize(0xF100029C bit [4 to 17]). Due to 16-bit format: to get the number ofdefect pixels read out this value and divide through 4. For more information see Table 142 on page 305.

Reset values (resolution, shutter, gain, brightness)
7.

Take the camera, remove lens cap, and thread the lens onto the camera.

8.

Reset values for image resolution, shutter, gain, and brightness (offset) totheir previous values.

9.

Grab a single image (one-shot).

Activate/deactivate defect pixel correction
Activate:
1.

Set ON_OFF flag to 1.
The defect pixel correction is activated in FPGA.

Deactivate:
1.

Set ON_OFF flag to 0.
The defect pixel correction is deactivated in FPGA.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

150

Description of the data path

Store defect pixel data non-volatile
1.

Set the MemSave flag to 1.
All previous calculated defect pixel coordinates are transferred from thedual port RAM to the EEPROM on the sensor board.
 Defect pixel data is stored twice in the camera:– Stored volatile: in dual port RAM– Stored non-volatile: in EEPROM

Load non-volatile stored defect pixel data
1.

Set the MemLoad flag to 1.
All non-volatile stored defect pixel coordinates within the EEPROM areloaded into the dual port RAM.

Note

•



•

Switch off camera and switch on again: defect pixel data in dual port RAM will get lost
Start-up camera / initialize camera: non-volatile stored defect pixel data are loaded
automatically from EEPROM to dual port RAM.

Send defect pixel data to the host1.

Set EnaMemRD flag to 1.
Defect pixel data is transferred from dual port RAM to host.

2.

Read DPDataSize.
This is the current defect pixel count from the camera.

Receive defect pixel data from the host1.

Set EnaMemWR flag to 1.
Defect pixel data is transferred from host to dual port RAM.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

151

Description of the data path

DPC data: storing mechanism
MemWrite
MemRead

Dual
port
RAM

FPGA

Build

Load
Save

µC

NonvolatilememoryHost

Figure 60: DPC data: storing mechanism

Binning (only Stingray monochrome models and F-201C/
504C)
2 x / 4 x / 8 x binning (F-201C only 2 x vertical binning)
Definition. Binning is the process of combining neighboring pixels while being read out
from the CCD chip.
Note



•
•
•
•

Only Stingray monochrome cameras and Stingray F-201C,
F-504C have this feature
Stingray F-201C: color binning
Stingray F-504C: usual binning (no color binning)
Binning does not change offset, brightness or blacklevel

Binning is used primarily for 3 reasons:• A reduction in the number of pixels; thus, the amount of data while
retaining the original image area angle• An increase in the frame rate (vertical binning only)• A brighter image, resulting in an improvement in the signal-to-noise ratioof the image (depending on the acquisition conditions)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

152

Description of the data path

Signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) and signal-to-noise separation specify the quality ofa signal with regard to its reproduction of intensities. The value signifies howhigh the ratio of noise is in regard to the maximum achievable signal intensity.
The higher this value, the better the signal quality. The unit of measurement
used is decibel (dB).
However, the advantages of increasing signal quality are accompanied by areduction in resolution.
Only Format_7

Binning is possible only in video Format_7. The type of binning used depends onthe video mode.
Note


Types

Changing binning modes involves the generation of new
shading reference images due to a change in the image size.

In general, we distinguish between the following types of binning(H = horizontal, V = vertical):• 2 x H-binning• 2 x V-binning• 4 x H-binning• 4 x V-binning• 8 x H-binning• 8 x V-binningand the full binning modes:• 2 x full binning (a combination of 2 x H-binning and 2 x V-binning)• 4 x full binning (a combination of 4 x H-binning and 4 x V-binning)• 8 x full binning (a combination of 8 x H-binning and 8 x V-binning)

Vertical binning
Vertical binning increases light sensitivity of the camera by a factor of two (4 or
8) by adding together the values of two (4 or 8) adjoining vertical pixels output
as a single pixel. This is done directly in the horizontal shift register of thesensor.
Format_7 Mode_2.

By default and without further remapping use Format_7 Mode_2 for
2 x vertical binning.
This reduces vertical resolution, depending on the model.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

153

Description of the data path

Figure 61: Vertical binning
4x vertical binning combines 4 pixels to 1 pixel in a row.
Note

For Stingray F-201C only 2x vertical binning is available.


Note


Note


Note



If vertical binning is activated the image may appear to beover-exposed and may require correction.

Vertical resolution is reduced, but signal-to noise ratio (SNR)
is increased by about 3, 6 or 9 dB (2 x, 4 x or 8 x binning).

The image appears vertically compressed in this mode and nolonger exhibits a true aspect ratio.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

154

Description of the data path

Horizontal binning (F-201C only 2 x horizontal binning)
F-504C has 2x/4x/8x horizontal binning (no color binning)
Definition. In horizontal binning adjacent horizontal pixels in a line are combined digitallyin the FPGA of the camera without accumulating the black level:2 x horizontal binning: 2 pixel signals from 2 horizontal neighboring pixels are
combined.
4 x horizontal binning: 4 pixel signals from 4 horizontal neighboring pixels are
combined.
8 x horizontal binning: 8 pixel signals from 8 horizontal neighboring pixels are
combined.
Horizontal binning

Light sensitivity

Signal-to-noise ratio

2x

6dB

3dB

4x

12dB

6dB

8x

18dB

9dB

Table 48: Binning affecting light sensitivity and signal-to-noise ratio
Horizontal resolution. Horizontal resolution is lowered, depending on the model.
Format_7 Mode_1.

By default and without further remapping use Format_7 Mode_1 for
2 x horizontal binning.

Figure 62: 2 x horizontal binning
4x horizontal binning combines 4 pixels to 1 pixel in a row.

Figure 63: 8 x horizontal binning
Note

For Stingray F-201C only 2x horizontal binning is available.



The image appears horizontally compressed in this mode anddoes no longer show true aspect ratio.
If horizontal binning is activated the image may appear to beover-exposed and must eventually be corrected.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

155

Description of the data path2 x full binning/4 x full binning/8 x full binning (F-201C only
2 x full binning)
F-504C has 2x/4x/8x full binning (no color binning)If horizontal and vertical binning are combined, every 4 (16 or 64) pixels areconsolidated into a single pixel. At first two (4 or 8) vertical pixels are put
together and then combined horizontally.
Light sensitivity
Resolution

This increases light sensitivity by a total of a factor of 4 (16 or 64) and at thesame time signal-to-noise separation is improved by about 6 (12 or 18) dB.
Resolution is reduced, depending on the model.

Format_7 Mode_3 By default and without further remapping use Format_7 Mode_3 for
2 x full binning.

Figure 64: 2 x full binning
4x H+V binning combines 4 pixels in a row and 4 pixel in a column to 1 pixel.

Figure 65: 8 x full binning (not F-201C, but F-504C)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

156

Description of the data path

Sub-sampling (Stingray monochrome and color models)
What is sub-sampling?
Sub-sampling is the process of skipping neighboring pixels (with the samecolor) while being read out from the CCD chip.

Which Stingray models have sub-sampling?
All Stingray models, both color and monochrome, have this feature.

Description of sub-sampling
Sub-sampling is used primarily for reducing the number of pixels and thus theamount of data while retaining the original image area angle and image
brightness
Similar to binning mode the cameras support horizontal, vertical and H+Vsubsampling mode.
Format_7 Mode_4 By default and without further remapping use Format_7 Mode_4 for• B/W cameras:2 out of 4 horizontal sub-sampling• Color cameras:2 out of 4 horizontal sub-sampling
The different sub-sampling patterns are shown below.

2 out of 4

Figure 66: Horizontal sub-sampling 2 out of 4 (monochrome)

2 out of 8
only F-145,
F-146, F-201
Figure 67: Horizontal sub-sampling 2 out of 8 (monochrome)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

157

Description of the data path

2 out of 4

Figure 68: Horizontal sub-sampling 2 out of 4 (color)

2 out of 8
only F-145,
F-146, F-201,
F504C
Figure 69: Horizontal sub-sampling 2 out of 8 (color)NoteThe image appears horizontally compressed in this mode andno longer exhibits a true aspect ratio.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

158

Description of the data path

Format_7 Mode_5 By default and without further remapping use Format_7 Mode_5 for• monochrome cameras:2 out of 4 vertical sub-sampling• color cameras:2 out of 4 vertical sub-sampling
The different sub-sampling patterns are shown below.
2 out of 4

2 out of 8 (only F-145, F-146, F-201)

Figure 70: Vertical sub-sampling (monochrome)

2 out of 4

2 out of 8 (only F-145, F-146, F-201)

Figure 71: Vertical sub-sampling (color)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

159

Description of the data path

Note



The image appears vertically compressed in this mode and nolonger exhibits a true aspect ratio.

Format_7 Mode_6 By default and without further remapping use Format_7 Mode_6 for
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
The different sub-sampling patterns are shown below.
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

Figure 72: 2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling (monochrome)

2 out of 8 H+V sub-sampling (only F-145, F-146, F-201)

Figure 73: 2 out of 8 H+V sub-sampling (monochrome)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

160

Description of the data path

2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

Figure 74: 2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling (color)

2 out of 8 H+V sub-sampling (only F-145, F-146, F-201)

Figure 75: 2 out of 8 H+V sub-sampling (color)Note

Changing sub-sampling modes involves the generation of new
shading reference images due to a change in the image size.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

161

Description of the data pathBinning and sub-sampling access
The binning and sub-sampling modes described in the last two sections are only
available as pure binning or pure sub-sampling modes. A combination of both isnot possible.
Whereas there are some possible combinations, the number of available
Format_7 modes is limited:• Format_7 Mode_0 is fixed and cannot be changed.
• A maximum of 7 individual modes can be mapped to Format_7 Mode_1 toMode_7(see Table 76 on page 163).
• Mappings can be stored via register (see chapter Format_7 mode mappingon page 315) and are uploaded automatically into the camera on camera
reset.
• The default settings (per factory) in the Format_7 modes are listed in thefollowing table.
Format_7

Stingray monochrome cameras Format_7

Stingray color cameras Format_7

Mode_0full resolution, no binning,
no sub-sampling

full resolution, no sub-sampling

Mode_12 x horizontal binning

Only F-201C/F-504C: 2 x horizontal binning

Mode_22 x vertical binning

Only F-201C/F-504C: 2 x vertical binning

Mode_32 x full binning

Only F-201C/F-504C: 2 x full binning

Mode_4

2 out of 4 horizontal sub-sampling

2 out of 4 horizontal sub-sampling

Mode_5

2 out of 4 vertical sub-sampling

2 out of 4 vertical sub-sampling

Mode_6

2 out of 4 full sub-sampling

2 out of 4 full sub-sampling

Table 49: Default Format_7 binning and sub-sampling modes (per factory)
Note

•



•

A combination of binning and sub-sampling modes is notpossible.
Use either binning or sub-sampling modes.
The Format_ID numbers 0to27 in the binning /sub-sampling list on page 163 do not correspond to anyof the Format_7 modes.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

162

Description of the data path

Format_ID (see p321) Allied Vision modes
0 x horizontal

1

2 x horizontal

2

4 x horizontal

3

8 x horizontal

40 x horizontal

5

2 x horizontal

6
mapping of7each of 27 modes
to F7M1 to F7M7 8
9possible
10

4 x horizontal

4 x horizontal

11

8 x horizontal

120 x horizontal

8 x vertical13

2 x horizontal

14

4 x horizontal(not F-201C,
but F-504C)

15

8 x horizontal

16

---

17

2 out of4horizontal

18

2 out of8horizontal

19

2 out of16horizontal

20

2 out of2horizontal

21

2 out of4horizontal

22

2 out of8horizontal

23

2 out of16horizontal

24

2 out of2horizontal

2 out of 8 vertical25

2 out of4horizontal

26

2 out of8horizontal(only F-145, F-146,
F-201)

27

2 out of16horizontal

F7M0 (no change)
F7M1
F7M2
F7M3
F7M4
F7M5
F7M6
F7M7

0 x vertical

2 x vertical

8 x horizontal
0 x horizontal

4 x vertical

2 x horizontal(not F-201C,
but F-504C)

binning (only monochrome cameras + F-201C/F-504C)

0

2 out of 2 vertical

2 out of 4 verticalsub-sampling (color and monochrome)

F7 modesaccording to IIDC 1394

Figure 76: Mapping of possible Format_7 modes to F7M1 toF7M7
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
157 on page 321.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

163

Description of the data path

Quick parameter change timing modes
Stingray timing modes•••

Frame rate or transfer rate is always constant (precondition:
shutter  transfer time)
The delay from shutter update until the change takes place: up to 3 frames.
Table 77 on page 164 demonstrates this behavior. It shows that thecamera receives a shutter update command while the sensor is currently
integrating (Sync is low) with shutter setting 400. The camera continues tointegrate and this image is output with the next FVal. The shutter changecommand becomes effective with the next falling edge of sync and finally
the image taken with shutter 200 is output with a considerable delay.
Parameters that are sent to the camera faster than the maximum frame
rate per second are stored in a FIFO and are activated in consecutive
images.

Shutter Update Command
Current Charge Time

400

200
integrates image withshutter 200

continues integratingwith shutter; e.g., 400

Sync
FVal

outputs image
continues integrating with shutter 400

outputs image
with shutter 200

Figure 77: Former standard timing
Principally, a Stingray camera is not able to recognize how many parameter theuser will change. Due to the fact that communication between host and camera
is asynchronous, it may happen that one part of parameter changes is done inimage n+1 and the other part is done in image n+2.
To optimize the transfer of parameter changes there is a new timing mode called
Quick Format Change Mode, which effectively resets the current shutter.
Therefore, you can choose between the following update timing modes:• Standard Parameter Update Timing• Quick Format Change ModeIn the following you find a short description of both timing modes:

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

164

Description of the data path

Standard Parameter Update Timing
The Standard Parameter Update Timing keeps the frame rate constant and does
not create any gaps between two image transfers via bus (precondition:
exposure (shutter) time must be smaller than transfer time).
• Frame rate / transfer rate is always constant(if shutter time  transfer time)• Delay from shutter update until change takes place is always 2 frames(delay from update command reception by FPGA and not by
microcontroller)• Parameters sent to the camera faster than maximum frame rate are nolonger stored in a FIFO. The last sent parameter will be activated for the
next image. All others will be dropped. This ensures that the last image isshot with the last shutter setting.
Quick Format Change Mode (QFCM)The Quick Format Change Mode creates gaps between two images. Current
exposure is interrupted and the new exposure is started immediately with newparameters if a new shutter command is received.
• Frame rate / transfer rate can be interrupted, whenever FVal goes low aftera reception of a new shutter command while Sync was low. This is shown inthe diagram below• Shutter will be interrupted, if the update command is received whilecamera integrates.
• Delay from shutter update until change takes place is always 1 frame.

Figure 78: Quick Format Change Mode

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

165

Description of the data path

How to transfer parameters to the camera
The following 3 variants of transferring the parameters are available:
Transfer mode

Advantage

Disadvantage

Encapsulated Update (begin/end)•

Easy to use (standard quad
writes in camera register ispossible)•

One write access per register
accessParameter-List Update•

Only one write access for allparameters
Fastest host to cameratransfer (faster thanencapsulated mode, if morethan 4 parameters are used)
Easy handling of parameterlist•

Not so easy to use (block
writes)Maximum 64 entries forparameter list

Compliant with IIDC V1.31•••
Standard Update (IIDC)••

Non deterministic change ofparameters

Table 50: Comparison of 3 transfer modes
In the following section you find a short description of each variant:Encapsulated Update (begin/end)
Encapsulated Update (begin/end) has the following characteristics:• Host will set a parameter update begin flag in the camera (UpdActive Field
in Register 0xF1000570, see Table 154 on page 318).
• Host will send several parameters to the camera and signal end by
resetting the flag.
• All parameters will become active for the same next image.
• Depending on timing mode, the camera– (standard Update): uses the previous parameters until the update flagis reset.
– (Quick Format Change Mode): waits until the update flag is reset.
In the Encapsulated Update (begin/end) the exact sequence is as follows:1.

Parameter update begin (advanced feature register)2.

Standard IIDC register update (1 to N register) (standard feature register)

3.

Parameter update end (advanced feature register)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

166

Description of the data path

The following section shows, how parameters determine camera timing
behavior:
Fast Parameter Update Timing

Quick Format Change Mode

After the parameter update stop command, allAfter the parameter update start command, current
changed parameters are valid for the available next transfer is interrupted. An on-going exposure will
image. Frame rate is constant.
be interrupted until the next parameter updatestop command. Consecutively, exposure of the next
image will start with new parameters.
There may be a gap between two succeeding images
but images are always transmitted completely.
Table 51: Encapsulated Update (begin/end): comparison of standard timing and fast timing 2
If after the end of time-out (10 seconds after Quick Format Change Mode) no
parameter update end is sent to the camera, all changes will become valid.
A new write event of parameter update begin starts time-out again.
Parameter-List Update
In the Parameter-List Update mode a complete list with IIDC addresses andvalues of up to 64 parameters is sent to the camera.
• Host sends a list with parameters to the camera (advanced feature space)• Microcontroller processes that list
• All parameters will become active for the same image• Dependent on timing mode, the camera will:– Standard Format Change Mode: use the previous parameters until the
new parameter set is copied to the FPGA
– Quick Format Change Mode (QFCM): waits until all parameters havebeen copied to the FPGA and may interrupt an already started
integration for a new integration with the new settings

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

167

Description of the data path

Example of parameter list:
Address

Value

0xF0F0081C

0x80000100

0xF0F00820

0x800000ac

0xF0F00818

0x82000001

totoTable 52: Example of parameter list

The exact sequence is:
Block-write of list to advanced feature address.
NoteThis needs to be a functionality of the underlying software
stack (e.g. FirePackage).
It may not be available for third party IIDC software stacks.

The following section shows, how parameters determine camera timing
behavior:
Fast Parameter Update Timing

Quick Format Change Mode (QFCM)

After block write command is processed in thecamera, all changed parameters are valid for theavailable next image. Frame rate is constant.

After transfer of the parameter list via block write,
current transfer will be finished. An on-going
exposure will be interrupted until the
microcontroller has processed the list and copied it
into the FPGA. Consecutively, exposure of the next
image with new parameters is started.
There may be a gap between two images.

Table 53: Parameter-List Update: comparison of standard timing and QFCM
Standard Update (IIDC)
In the Standard Update (IIDC) mode single parameter are sent to the camera.
• Standard Update (IIDC) shows the same behavior as Marlin.
• Parameter will be sent from host to camera and will be activated as soon as
possible without interruption of the transfer.
• If the host updates more than one parameter (without block write), theparameters may become active in different images.
• Standard Update (IIDC) can be combined with the new parameter update
timing modes.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

168

Description of the data path

The following section shows, how parameters determine camera timing
behavior:
Fast Parameter Update Timing

Quick Format Change Mode (QFCM)

After sending a new parameter value,
the changed parameter value is valid
for the available next image. Frame
rate is constant.

After sending a new parameter value, the changed parametervalue is valid for the available next image.
On-going exposure will be interrupted and the image will be
dropped.
There may be a gap between two consecutive image transfers.

Table 54: Standard Update (IIDC): comparison of Standard Format Change Mode and QFCM
Packed 12-Bit Mode
All Stingray cameras have Packed 12-Bit Mode. This means: two 12-bit pixel
values are packed into 3 bytes instead of 4 bytes.
B/w cameras

Color cameras

Packed 12-Bit MONO camera mode

Packed 12-Bit RAW camera mode

SmartView: MONO12

SmartView: RAW12

Monochrome and raw mode have the same implementation.
Table 55: Packed 12-Bit ModeNote

For data block packet format see Table 38 on page 121.

For data structure see Table 40 on page 123.

The color codings are implemented via Vendor Unique Color_Coding according
to IIDC V1.31: COLOR_CODING_INQ @ 024hto033h, IDs=128-255)
See Table 124 on page 282.
Mode

Color_Coding

ID

Packed 12-Bit MONOECCID_MONO12

ID=132

Packed 12-Bit RAW

ECCID_RAW12

ID=136

Table 56: Packed 12-Bit Mode: color coding

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

169

Description of the data path

High SNR mode (High Signal Noise Ratio)
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table 151
on page 315.

In this mode, the camera grabs and averages a set number of images to one
output image with the same bit depth and brightness. This means that thecamera will output an 8-bit averaged image when an 8-bit image format isselected.
Because of the fact that normally uncorrelated (photon-, amplifier-) noise
dominates over correlated noise (fixed pattern noise), adding two images will
double (6 dB) the gray levels but only increase the noise levels by 2 (3 dB).
This enhances both the dynamic range as well as the signal-to-noise ratio.
Consequently, adding 256 8-bit images will lead to a potential signal-to-noise
enhancement of 24 dB or a resulting bit depth of 16 bit.
Note

•



•

Note

•


•
•

•

Only if the camera is idle, it can toggle this feature on/of.
Idle means: no image acquisition, no trigger.
Set grab count and activation of HighSNR in one single
write access.

The averaged image is output at a lower frame rate
roughly equivalent to fps_old/N, where N is the numberof images averaged. In fact, due to camera internal
conditions, and according to which format and modesettings are in use, it can vary slightly to be closer
sometimes to 1/ ((N/fps_old) + T_shutter). It isimpractical to express in a formula or tables, across all
camera models and modes. But these notes should be
sufficient to help each user determine that the camera
behaves as described.
The potential SNR enhancement may be lower when using
more than 8-bit original bit depth.
Select 16-bit image format in order to take advantage ofthe full potential SNR and DNR (DyNamic Range)enhancements.
For 8-bit video modes, the internal HSNR calculations aredone with 14-bit.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

170

Description of the data path

Frame memory and deferred image transport
An image is normally captured and transported in consecutive steps. The image
is taken, read out from the sensor, digitized, and sent over the IEEE 1394 bus.

Deferred image transport
As all Stingray cameras are equipped with built-in image memory, the order of
events can be paused or delayed by using the deferred image transport feature.
Stingray cameras are equipped with 32 MB of RAM (Stingray F-504: 64 MB). The
table below shows how many frames can be stored by each model. The memory
operates according to the FIFO (first in, first out) principle. This makes
addressing for individual images unnecessary.
NoteFor your camera’s memory size and available frames to be
stored, see chapter Specifications on page 58

Deferred image transport is especially useful for multi-camera applications:
Assuming several cameras acquire images concurrently, these images are stored
in the built-in image memory of each camera. Until this memory is full, thelimiting factor of available bus bandwidth, DMA- or ISO-channel is overcome.
Image transfer is controlled from the host computer by addressing individual
cameras one after the other and reading out the desired number of images.
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
140 on page 304.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

171

Description of the data path

HoldImg mode
By setting the HoldImg flag, transport of the image over the IEEE 1394 bus isstopped completely. All captured images are stored in the internal ImageFiFo.
The camera reports the maximum possible number of images in the FiFoSize
variable.
Note

•



•

•
•
•
•

•

•

Pay attention to the maximum number of images that canbe stored in FIFO. If you capture more images than thenumber in FIFOSize, the oldest images are overwritten.
The extra SendImage flag is set to true to import theimages from the camera. The camera sends the number ofimages set in the NumOfImages parameter.
If NumOfImages is 0, all images stored in FIFO will be
sent.
If NumOfImages is not 0, the corresponding number ofimages will be sent.
If the HoldImg field is set to false, all images in
ImageFIFO will be deleted. No images will be sent.
The last image in the FIFO will be corrupted, whensimultaneously used as input buffer while being read out.
In this case read out one image less than maximum buffer
size.
NumOfImages is incremented after an image was read outof the sensor and therefore stored into the onboard
image FIFO.
NumOfImages is decremented after the last isochronous
packet of an image was handed over to the IEEE 1394
chipset of the camera.

The following screenshot shows the sequence of commands needed to work withdeferred mode:

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

172

Description of the data path

Figure 79: Example: Controlling deferred mode (SmartView - Direct Access; Stingray F-145C)
For a description of the commands see the following table:#

rw Address

Value

Description

11 rd F1000260

82006900h Check how many images are left in FIFO

10 wr F1000260

86006901h Read out the second image of FIFO

9

rd F1000260

82006901h Check how many images are left in FIFO

8

wr F1000260

86006901h Read out the first image of FIFO

7

rd F1000260

82006902h Check that two images are in FIFO

6

wr F0F0061C

82000000h Do second one-shot

5

wr F0F0061C

82000000h Do first one-shot4

wr F1000260

82000A00h Switch deferred mode on3

rd F1000260

80000A00h Check presence of deferred mode and FIFO size (0Ah  10 frames)2

wr F0F00614

00000000h Stop continuous mode of camera

1

rd F0F00614

00000000h Starting SmartView

Table 57: Example: Controlling deferred mode (SmartView - Direct Access; Stingray F-145C)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

173

Description of the data path

FastCapture mode
Note

This mode can be activated only in Format_7.


By setting FastCapture to false, the maximum frame rate both for image
acquisition and read out is associated with the packet size set in the
BYTE_PER_PACKET register. The lower this value is, the lower the attainable
frame rate is.
By setting FastCapture to true, all images are recorded at the highest possible
frame rate, i.e., the setting above does not affect the frame rate for the image
intake but only the read out. The speed of the image transport over the IEEE 1394
bus can be defined via the BytesPerPacket register. This mode is ideal for
applications where a burst of images need to be recorded at the highest sensor
speed but the output can be at a lower frame frequency to save bandwidth.
Similar to the HoldImg mode, captured images will be stored in the internal
image FIFO, if the transport over the IEEE 1394 bus is slower than images arecaptured.

Color interpolation (BAYER demosaicing)
The color sensors capture the color information via so-called primary color(R-G-B) filters placed over the individual pixels in a BAYER mosaic layout. An
effective BAYER  RGB color interpolation already takes place in all Stingray
color version cameras.
In color interpolation a red, green, or blue value is determined for each pixel. An
Allied Vision proprietary BAYER demosaicing algorithm is used for thisinterpolation (2x2), optimized for both sharpness of contours as well as
reduction of false edge coloring.

x

Figure 80: BAYER demosaicing (example of 2x2 matrix)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

174

Description of the data path

Color processing can be bypassed by using so-called RAW image transfer.
RAW mode is primarily used to:• Save bandwidths on the IEEE 1394 bus.
• Achieve higher frame rates.
• Use different BAYER demosaicing algorithms on the PC (for all Stingray
models the first pixel of the sensor is RED).
Note

If the PC does not perform BAYER to RGB post-processing, themonochrome image will be superimposed with a checkerboard
pattern.

In color interpolation a red, green, or blue value is determined for each pixel.
Only two lines are needed for this interpolation:

Figure 81: BAYER demosaicing (interpolation)

P1 red = R1P2 red = R2P3 red = R2

G1 + G3
P1 green = -----------------2

G1 + G4P2 green = -----------------2

G2 + G4P3 green = -----------------2

P1 blue = B1

P2 blue = B1

P3 blue = B2

Formula 4: BAYER demosaicing
Note

Please note that on the color camera, a wrongly colored borderof one or two pixel wide forms on the left and right image
borders. This is a consequence of BAYER demosaicing as theimage width displayed on the color camera is not scaled down.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

175

Description of the data path

Sharpness
The Stingray color models are equipped with a four-step sharpness control,
applying a discreet horizontal high pass in the Y channel as shown in the next
five line profiles.
Sharpness 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 is calculated with the following scheme:
Sharpness value

Description

0

+0.25

+0.5

+0.25

Least sharp

1+0.125+0.75+0.125Less sharp

2

0

1

0

3

-0.25

+1.5

-0.25

Some sharp

4

-0.5

2

-0.5

Most sharp

Default: no
sharpness applied ineither direction

Table 58: Sharpness scheme

Figure 82: Sharpness: left: 2, middle: 3, right: 4

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

176

Description of the data path

Note



Sharpness does not show any effect on Stingray color models in
the Raw8, Raw12 and Raw16 format, because color processing
is switched off in all Raw formats.

Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in feature control register: See Table
122 on page 278.

Hue and saturation
Stingray CCD color models are equipped with hue and saturation registers.
The hue register at offset 810h allows the color of objects to be changed without
altering the white balance, by ±128 steps (±10°) from the nominal perception:
1/12.8° per step; values from 0 to 256. Register value 128 means 0°. Use thissetting to manipulate the color appearance after having carried out the whitebalance.
The saturation register at offset 814h allows the intensity of the colors to bechanged between 0 and 200% in steps of 1/256.
This means a setting of zero changes the image to black and white and a settingof 511 doubles the color intensity compared to the nominal one at 256.
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in feature control register: See Table
122 on page 278.

Note

Hue and saturation do not show any effect on Stingray color
models in the Raw8 and Raw16 format, because color
processing is switched off in all Raw formats.



Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

177

Description of the data path

Color correction
Why color correction?
The spectral response of a CCD is different of those of an output device or thehuman eye. This is the reason for the fact that perfect color reproduction is notpossible. In each Stingray camera there is a factory setting for the color
correction coefficients, see chapter GretagMacbeth ColorChecker on page 171.
Color correction is needed to eliminate the overlap in the color channels. Thisoverlap is caused by the fact that:• Blue light:is seen by the red and green pixels on the CCD• Red light:is seen by the blue and green pixels on the CCD• Green light:is seen by the red and blue pixels on the CCD
The color correction matrix subtracts out this overlap.
Color correction in Allied Vision cameras
In Allied Vision cameras the color correction is realized as an additional step inthe process from the sensor data to color output.
Color correction is used to harmonize colors for the human eye.
Stingray cameras have the color correction matrix, enabling to manipulate thecolor-correction coefficients.
Color correction: formula
Before converting to the YUV format, color correction on all color models iscarried out after BAYER demosaicing via a matrix as follows:
Red = Crr  Red + Cgr  Green + Cbr  Blue
Green = Crg  Red + Cgg  Green + Cbg  Blue
Blue = Crb  Red + Cgb  Green + Cbb  Blue
Formula 5: Color correction
GretagMacbeth ColorChecker
Sensor-specific coefficients Cxy are scientifically generated to ensure that
GretagMacbeth™ ColorChecker® colors are displayed with highest color fidelity
and color balance.
These coefficients are stored in user set 0 and can not be overwritten (factory
setting).
Changing color correction coefficients
You can change the color-correction coefficients according to your own needs.
Changes are stored in the user settings.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

178

Description of the data path

Note

•



•

•
•
•
•
•

A number of 1000 equals a color correction coefficient of1.
To obtain an identity matrix set values of 1000 for the
diagonal elements and 0 for all others. As a result you
get colors like in the RAW modes.
The sums of all rows should be equal to each other. If not,you get tinted images.
Color correction values range -1000 to +2000 and are
signed 32 bit.
In order for white balance to work properly ensure thatthe row sum equals 1000.
Each row should sum up to 1000. If not, images are lessor more colorful.
The maximum row sum is limited to 2000.

Note

Configuration

To configure the color-correction coefficients in an advanced
register: See Table 147 on page 312.

To change the color-correction coefficients in SmartView, go to Adv3 tab.
Switch color correction on/off
Color correction can also be switched off in YUV mode:
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
147 on page 312.

Note

Color correction is deactivated in RAW mode.



Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

179

Description of the data path

Color conversion (RGB to YUV)
The conversion from RGB to YUV is made using the following formula:Y =0.3  R + 0.59  G + 0.11  B

U = – 0.169  R – 0.33  G + 0.498  B + 128 (@ 8 bit)
V = 0.498  R – 0.420  G – 0.082  B + 128 (@ 8 bit)
Formula 6: RGB to YUV conversion
Note

•



•

As mentioned above: Color processing can be bypassed
by using so-called RAW image transfer.
RGB  YUV conversion can be bypassed by using RGB8
format and mode. This is advantageous for edge color
definition but needs more bandwidth (300% instead of
200% relative to monochrome or RAW consumption) for
the transmission, so that the maximal frame frequency
will drop.

Bulk Trigger
See chapter chapter Trigger modes on page 185 and the following pages.

Level Trigger
See Trigger Mode 1 in chapter Trigger modes on page 185.

Serial interface
All Stingray cameras are equipped with the SIO (serial input/output) feature as
described in IIDC V1.31. This means that the Stingray’s serial interface can beused as a general RS232 interface.
Data written to a specific address in the IEEE 1394 address range will be sent
through the serial interface. Incoming data of the serial interface is put in acamera buffer and can be polled via simple read commands from this buffer.
Controlling registers enable the settings of baud rates and the check of buffer
sizes and serial interface errors.
Note



•
•

Hardware handshaking is not supported.
Typical PC hardware does not usually support 230400 bps
or more.

Base address for the function is: F0F02100h.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

180

Description of the data path

To configure this feature in access control register (CSR):
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

000h

SERIAL_MODE_REG

Baud_Rate[0 to 7]

Baud rate setting
WR: Set baud rate
RD: Read baud rate
0: 300 bps
1: 600 bps
2: 1200 bps
3: 2400 bps
4: 4800 bps
5: 9600 bps
6: 19200 bps
7: 38400 bps
8: 57600 bps
9: 115200 bps
10: 230400 bps
Other values reserved

Char_Length[8 to 15]

Character length setting
WR: Set data length (7 or 8 bit)
RD: Get data length
7: 7 bits
8: 8 bits
Other values reserved

Parity[16 to 17] Parity setting
WR: Set parity
RD: Get parity setting
0: None1: Odd2: Even

Stop_Bit[18 to 19] Stop bits
WR: Set stop bit
RD: Get stop bit setting
0: 1
1: 1.5
2: 2---[20 to 23] Reserved

Buffer_Size_Inq [24 to 31] Buffer Size (RD only)This field indicates the maximum size ofreceive/transmit data buffer.
If this value=1, Buffer_Status_Control
and SIO_Data_Register Char 1-3 shouldbe ignored.
Table 59: Serial input/output control and status register (SIO CSR)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

181

Description of the data path

Offset

Name

0004h

Bit

Description

SERIAL_CONTROL_REG RE[0]

Receive enable
RD: Current status
WR:
0: Disable
1: Enable

TE[1]

Transmit enable
RD: Current status
WR:
0: disable
1: Enable---[2 to 7]

Reserved

TDRD

[8]

Transmit data buffer ready
Read only
0: not ready
1: ready---[9]

Reserved

RDRD

[10]

Receive data buffer ready
Read only
0: not ready
1: ready

---

[11]

Reserved

ORER

[12]

Receive data buffer overrun error
Read: current status
WR:
0: no error (to clear status)
1: Ignored

FER

[13]

Receive data framing error
Read: current status
WR:
0: no error (to clear status)
1: Ignored

PER

[14]

Receive data parity error
Read: current status
WR:
0: no error (to clear status)
1: Ignored---[15 to 31] Reserved

SERIAL_STATUS_REG

Field

Table 59: Serial input/output control and status register (SIO CSR) (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

182

Description of the data path

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

008h

RECEIVE_BUFFER_STATUS_CONTRLRBUF_ST[0 to 7]

SIO receive buffer status
RD: Number of bytes pending in receive
buffer
WR: Ignored

RBUF_CNT[8 to 15]

SIO receive buffer control
RD: Number of bytes to be read from thereceive FIFO
WR: Number of bytes left for readoutfrom the receive FIFO---

[16 to 31] Reserved

TBUF_ST[0 to 7]

SIO output buffer status
RD: Space left in TX buffer
WR: Ignored

TBUF_CNT[8 to 15]

SIO output buffer control
RD: Number of bytes written to transmit
FIFO
WR: Number of bytes to transmit---[16 to 31] Reserved---

Reserved

00Ch

TRANSMIT_BUFFER_STATUS_CONTRL

010h
to
0FFh
100h

104h
to
1FFH

SIO_DATA_REGISTER

CHAR_0[0 to 7]

Character_0
RD: Read character from receive buffer
WR: Write character to transmit buffer

SIO_DATA_REGISTER

CHAR_1[8 to 15]

Character_1
RD: Read character from receive
buffer+1
WR: Write character to transmit
buffer+1

SIO_DATA_REGISTER

CHAR_2[16 to 23] Character_2
RD: Read character from receive
buffer+2
WR: Write character to transmit
buffer+2

SIO_DATA_REGISTER

CHAR_3[24 to 31] Character_3
RD: Read character from receive
buffer+3
WR: Write character to transmit
buffer+3

SIO_DATA_REGISTER_
ALIAS[0 to 31]

Alias SIO_Data_Register area for blocktransfer

Table 59: Serial input/output control and status register (SIO CSR) (continued)
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

183

Description of the data path

To read data:
1.

Query RDRD flag (buffer ready?) and write the number of bytes the hostwants to read to RBUF_CNT.

2.

Read the number of bytes pending in the receive buffer RBUF_ST (moredata in the buffer than the host wanted to read?) and the number of bytes
left for reading from the receive FIFO in RBUF_CNT (host wanted to readmore data than were in the buffer?).

3.

Read received characters from SIO_DATA_REGISTER, beginning at char 0.

4.

To input more characters, repeat from step 1.

To write data:
1.

Query TDRD flag (buffer ready?) and write the number of bytes to send
(copied from SIO register to transmit FIFO) to TBUF_CNT.

2.

Read the available data space left in TBUF_ST (if the buffer can hold morebytes than are to be transmitted) and number of bytes written to transmit
buffer in TBUF_CNT (if more data is to be transmitted than fits in thebuffer).

3.

Write character to SIO_DATA_REGISTER, beginning at char 0.

4.

To output more characters, repeat from step 1.

Note

•



•

Should you need detailed support to use this feature,please contact support@alliedvision.com.
Allied Vision recommends the use of Hyperterminal™ orother communication programs to test the functionalityof this feature. Alternatively, use SmartView to try out
this feature.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

184

Controlling image capture

Controlling image capture
Shutter modes The cameras support the SHUTTER_MODES specified in IIDC V1.31. For all models
this shutter is a global pipelined shutter; meaning that all pixels are exposedto the light at the same moment and for the same time span.
Pipelined

Pipelined means that the shutter for a new image can already happen, while thepreceding image is transmitted.

Continuous mode In continuous modes, the shutter is opened shortly before the vertical reset
happens, thus acting in a frame-synchronous way.
External trigger

Combined with an external trigger, it becomes asynchronous in the sense that it
occurs whenever the external trigger occurs. Individual images are recorded
when an external trigger impulse is present. This ensures that even fast moving
objects can be grabbed with no image lag and with minimal image blur.

Software trigger

Stingray cameras know also a trigger initiated by software (status and control
register 62Ch on page 276 or in SmartView by Trig/IO tab, Stop trigger button).

Camera I/O The external trigger is fed as a TTL signal through Pin 4 of the camera
I/O connector.

Trigger modes
Stingray cameras support IIDC conforming Trigger_Mode_0 and
Trigger_Mode_1 and special Trigger_Mode_15 (bulk trigger).
Trigger mode

also known as

Description

Trigger_Mode_0

Edge mode

Sets the shutter time according to the value set in
the shutter (or extended shutter) register

Trigger_Mode_1

Level mode

Sets the shutter time according to the active low
time of the pulse applied (or active high time in thecase of an inverting input)

Trigger_Mode_15

Programmable mode

Is a bulk trigger, combining one external trigger
event with continuous or one-shot or multi-shot
internal trigger

Table 60: trigger modes

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

185

Controlling image capture

External Trigger input, as applied at input pin

External Trigger input, after inverting opto coupler

Shutter register value

External Trigger input, as applied at pin

External Trigger input,
after inv. Opto.

Integration Time

Figure 83: Trigger_Mode_0 and 1

Bulk trigger (Trigger_Mode_15)
Trigger_Mode_15 is an extension to the IIDC trigger modes. One external trigger
event can be used to trigger a multitude of internal image intakes.
This is especially useful for:• Grabbing exactly one image based on the first external trigger.
• Filling the camera's internal image buffer with one external trigger
without overriding images.
• Grabbing an unlimited amount of images after one external trigger(surveillance).
The figure below illustrates this mode.

External Trigger input, after inverting optocoupler

N x image; N: continuous, one_shot, multi_shot

Figure 84: Trigger_Mode_15 (bulk trigger)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

186

Controlling image capture

The functionality is controlled via bit [6] and bitgroup [12 to 15] of the following
register:
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF0F00830 TRIGGER_MODE Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the Value field
1: Control with value in the Absolute value
CSR
If this bit = 1 the value in the Value field
has to be ignored---[2 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON
If this bit = 0, other fields will be read only

Trigger_Polarity [7]Select trigger polarity(Except for software trigger)
If Polarity_Inq is 1:
Write to change polarity of the trigger
input.
Read to get polarity of the trigger input.
If Polarity_Inq is 0:
Read only.
0: Low active input
1: High active input

Trigger_Source[8 to 10]

Select trigger source
Set trigger source ID from trigger source
ID_Inq

Trigger_Value[11]

Trigger input raw signal value
read only
0: Low
1: High

Trigger_Mode[12 to 15] Trigger_Mode(Trigger_Mode_0 to 15)---[16 to 19] Reserved

Parameter[20 to 31] Parameter for trigger function, if required(optional)

Table 61: Trigger_Mode_15 (Bulk trigger)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

187

Controlling image capture

The screenshots below illustrate the use of Trigger_Mode_15 on a register level:• Line #1switches continuous mode off, leaving viewer in listen mode.
• Line #2 prepares 830h register for external trigger and Mode_15.
Left = continuous

Middle = one-shot

Right = multi-shot

Line #3 switches camera back tocontinuous mode. Only one
image is grabbed precisely withthe first external trigger.

Line #3 toggles one-shot bit [0]of the one-shot register 61C sothat only one image is grabbed,
based on the first external
trigger.

Line #3 toggles multi-shot bit [1]of the one-shot register 61C sothat Ah images are grabbed,
starting with the first external
trigger.

To repeat rewrite line three.

To repeat rewrite line three.

To repeat rewrite line three.

Table 62: Description: using Trigger_Mode_15: continuous, one-shot, multi-shot

Figure 85: Using Trigger_Mode_15: continuous, one-shot, multi-shotNote

Shutter for the images is controlled by shutter register.



Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

188

Controlling image capture

Trigger delay
As already mentioned earlier Stingray cameras feature various ways to delay
image capture based on external trigger.
With IIDC V1.31 there is a standard CSR at register F0F00534/834h to control adelay up to FFFh x time base value.
The following table explains the inquiry register and the meaning of the various
bits.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)

Abs_Control_Inq [1]Capability of control with absolute
value

---

[2]

Reserved

One_Push_Inq[3]

One-push auto mode (controlled
automatically by the camera once)

ReadOut_Inq[4]

Capability of reading out the valueof this feature

On_Off_Inq[5]

Capability of switching this feature
ON and OFF

Auto_Inq[6]

Auto mode (controlled
automatically by the camera)

Manual_Inq[7]

Manual mode (controlled by user)

Min_Value[8 to 19]

Minimum value for this feature

Max_Value[20 to 31] Maximum value for this feature

0xF0F00534 TRIGGER_DLY_INQUIRY Presence_Inq

Table 63: Trigger delay inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

189

Controlling image capture

Register

Name

0xF0F00834

Field

Bit

Description

TRIGGER_DELAY Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the Value field
1: Control with value in the Absolutevalue CSR
If this bit = 1, the value in the Value field
has to be ignored---[2 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON
If this bit = 0, other fields will be read
only.

---

[7 to 19]

Reserved

Value[20 to 31] Value
If you write the value in OFF mode, thisfield will be ignored.
If ReadOut capability is not available,
then the read value will have no
meaning.

Table 64: CSR: trigger delay

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

190

Controlling image capture

Trigger delay advanced register
In addition, the cameras have an advanced register that allows even more
precise image capture delay after receiving a hardware trigger.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000400

TRIGGER_DELAY Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Trigger delay on/off---[7 to 10]

Reserved

DelayTime[11 to 31]

Delay time in μs

Table 65: Advanced CSR: trigger delay
The advanced register allows start of the integration to be delayed by maximum
221 μs, which is maximum 2.1 s after a trigger edge was detected.
Note

•



•

Switching trigger delay to ON also switches external
Trigger_Mode_0 to ON.
This feature works with external Trigger_Mode_0 only.

Software trigger
A software trigger is an external signal that is controlled via a status andcontrol register: 62Ch on page 276: to activate software trigger set bit [0] to 1.
The behavior is different dependent on the trigger mode used:• Edge mode, programmable mode: trigger is automatically reset (selfcleared)• Level mode: trigger is active until software trigger register is reset
manually in advanced register 62Ch on page 276: set bit [0] to 0
 in SmartView: Trig/IO tab, Stop trigger button

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

191

Controlling image capture

Debounce
Only for input ports:
There is an adjustable debounce time for trigger: separate for each input pin. The
debounce time is a waiting period where no new trigger is allowed. This helps toset exact one trigger.

Debounce time
TriggersignalFigure 86: Example of debounce time for trigger
To set this feature in an advanced register: see chapter Debounce time on page
192.
To set this feature in SmartView: Trig/IO tab, Input pins table, Debounce
column.

Debounce time
This register controls the debounce feature of the camera‘s input pins. The
debounce time can be set for each available input separately.
General preconditions:• Increment is 500 ns• Debounce time is set in Time x 500 ns• Minimum debounce time is 1.5 μs 3 x 500 ns• Maximum debounce time is ~16 ms (215-1) x 500 ns

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

192

Controlling image capture

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000840

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_1

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[2 to 7]

ReservedTime[8 to 31] Debounce time in steps of 500 ns(24 bit) see examples above

0xF1000844

MinValue[0 to 31] Minimum debounce time

0xF1000848

MaxValue[0 to 31] Maximum debounce time

0xF100084C---[0 to 31] Reserved

0xF1000850

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_2

same as IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_1

0xF1000860

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_3

same as IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_1

0xF1000870

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_4

same as IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_1

0xF1000880

Reserved

0xF1000890

Reserved

0xF10008A0

Reserved

0xF10008B0

Reserved
Table 66: Advanced register: Debounce time for input ports
Note



•
•

The camera corrects invalid values automatically.
This feature is not stored in the user settings.

Exposure time (shutter) and offset
The exposure (shutter) time for continuous mode and Trigger_Mode_0 is basedon the following formula:
Shutter register value x time base + offset
The register value is the value set in the corresponding IIDC 1.31 register(SHUTTER [81Ch]). This number lies between 1 and 4095.
The shutter register value is multiplied by the time base register value (see Table
133 on page 293). The default value here is set to 20 μs.
A camera-specific offset is also added to this value. It is different for the camera
models:Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

193

Controlling image capture

Exposure time offset, minimum exposure time
Camera model

Exposure time offset Minimum exposure time

Effective minimum
exposure time= Minimum
exposure time + offset

Stingray F-033

27 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 27 μs = 31 μs

Stingray F-046

27 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 27 μs = 31 μs

Stingray F-080

45 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 45 μs = 49 μs

Stingray F-125

21 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 21 μs = 25 μs

Stingray F-145

70 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 70 μs = 74 μs

Stingray F-145-30

37 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 37 μs = 41 μs

Stingray F-146

35 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 35 μs = 39 μs

Stingray F-201

44 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 44 μs = 48 μs

Table 67: Camera-specific exposure time offset, minimum exposure time
Example: Stingray F-033
CameraRegister value

Time base (default)

Stingray F-033

100

20 μs

Table 68: Register value and time base for Stingray F-033
The following example shows the relation between register value and exposure
time in practice:register value x time base = exposure time
100 x 20 μs + 27 μs = 2027 μs exposure time
The minimum adjustable exposure time set by register is 4 μs.  The real
minimum exposure time of Stingray F-033 is then:
4 μs + 27 μs = 31 μs

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

194

Controlling image capture

Extended shutter
The exposure time for long-term integration of up to 67 seconds can be extended
via the advanced register: EXTENDED_SHUTTER
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF100020C

EXTD_SHUTTER

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read
only)

---

[1 to 5]Reserved

ExpTime[6 to 31] Exposure time in μs

Table 69: Advanced register: Extended shutter
The longest exposure time, 3FFFFFFh, corresponds to 67.11 sec.
The lowest possible value of ExpTime is camera-specific (see Table 67 on page
194).
Note

•



•

•
•
•

Exposure times entered via the 81Ch register are mirroredin the extended register, but not vice versa.
Longer integration times not only increase sensitivity,
but may also increase some unwanted effects such as
noise and pixel-to-pixel non-uniformity. Depending on
the application, these effects may limit the longest
usable integration time.
Changes in this register have immediate effect, evenwhen the camera is transmitting.
Extended shutter becomes inactive after writing to aformat/mode/frame rate register.
Extended shutter setting will thus be overwritten by thenormal time base/shutter setting after Stop/Start of
FireView or FireDemo.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

195

Controlling image captureOne-shot
Stingray cameras can record an image by setting the one-shot bit in the 61Ch
register. This bit is automatically cleared after the image is captured. If thecamera is placed in ISO_Enable mode (see chapter ISO_Enable / free-run on
page 199), this flag is ignored.
If one-shot mode is combined with the external trigger, the one-shot commandis used to arm it. The following screenshot shows the sequence of commands
needed to put the camera into this mode. It enables the camera to grab exactly
one image with an external trigger edge.
If there is no trigger impulse after the camera has been armed, one-shot can becancelled by clearing the bit.

Figure 87: One-shot control (SmartView)#

Read = rd Address
Write = wr

Value

Description

7

wr

F0F0061C

80000000

Do one-shot.

6

rd

F0F0061C

00000000Read out one-shot register.

5

wr

F0F00830

82000000

Switch on external trigger mode 0.

4

rd

F0F00830

80000000

Check trigger status.

3wr

F0F00614

00000000

Stop free-run.

2rd

F0F00614

80000000

Check Iso_Enable mode (free-run).

1

rd

F0F00614

00000000

This line is produced by SmartView.

Table 70: One-shot control: descriptions

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

196

Controlling image captureOne-shot command on the bus to start exposure
The following sections describe the time response of the camera using a single
frame (one-shot) command. As set out in the IIDC specification, this is a
software command that causes the camera to record and transmit a single frame.
The following values apply only when the camera is idle and ready for use. Full
resolution must also be set.
FeatureValue

One-shot  microcontroller sync

150 μs (processing time in the
microcontroller)

μC-Sync/ExSync  integration start

8 μs

Table 71: Values for one-shot
Microcontroller sync is an internal signal. It is generated by the microcontroller
to initiate a trigger. This can either be a direct trigger or a release for ExSync if
the camera is externally triggered.

End of exposure to first packet on the bus
After the exposure, the CCD sensor is read out; some data is written into the
FRAME_BUFFER before being transmitted to the bus.
The time from the end of exposure to the start of transport on the bus is:
710 μs ± 62.5 μs
This time jitters with the cycle time of the bus (125 μs).

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

197

Controlling image capture

OneShot Command

Exposure

Integration-Start

Timebase Reg.
X
Shutter-Reg.

< 150s

Timebase x Shutter + Offset = Exposure Time

Decode command

Processing Delay

Stingray F-033:
Stingray F-046:
Stingray F-080:
Stingray F-125:
Stingray F-145:
Stingray F-146:
Stingray F-201:
Stingray F-504:

First Packet on Bus< 710s+/-62.5 sOffset

27 µs
27 µs
45 µs
25 µs
70 µs
35 µs
44 µs
38 µs

Figure 88: Data flow and timing after end of exposure

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

198

Controlling image capture

Multi-shot
Setting multi-shot and entering a quantity of images in Count_Number in the
61Ch register enables the camera to record a specified number of images.
The number is indicated in bits 16 to 31. If the camera is put into ISO_Enable
mode (see chapter ISO_Enable / free-run on page 199), this flag is ignored anddeleted automatically once all the images have been recorded.
If multi-shot mode is activated and the images have not yet all been captured,it can be cancelled by resetting the flag. The same result can be achieved by
setting the number of images to 0.
Multi-shot can also be combined with the external trigger in order to grab acertain number of images based on an external trigger. This is especially helpful
in combination with the so-called deferred mode to limit the number of grabbed
images to the FIFO size.

ISO_Enable / free-run
Setting the MSB (bit 0) in the 614h register (ISO_ENA) puts the camera into
ISO_Enable mode or Continuous_Shot (free-run). The camera captures aninfinite series of images. This operation can be quit by deleting the 0 bit.

Asynchronous broadcast
The camera accepts asynchronous broadcasts. This involves asynchronous write
requests that use node number 63 as the target node with no acknowledgment.
This makes it possible for all cameras on a bus to be triggered by software
simultaneously; e.g., by broadcasting a one-shot. All cameras receive the oneshot command in the same IEEE 1394 bus cycle. This creates uncertainty for allcameras in the range of 125 μs.
Inter-camera latency is described in chapter Jitter at start of exposure on page
201.
The following screenshot shows an example of broadcast commands sent with
the Firedemo example of FirePackage:

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

199

Controlling image capture

Figure 89: Broadcast one-shot••

Line 1 shows the broadcast command, which stops all cameras connectedto the same IEEE 1394 bus. It is generated by holding the Shift key down
while clicking on Write.
Line 2 generates a broadcast one_shot in the same way, which forces allconnected cameras to simultaneously grab one image.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

200

Controlling image capture

Jitter at start of exposureThis section discusses the latency time that exists for all Stingray CCD models
when either a hardware or software trigger is generated, until the actual image
exposure starts.
Owing to the well-known fact that an Interline Transfer CCD sensor has both alight sensitive area and a separate storage area, it is common to interleave
image exposure of a new frame and output that of the previous one. It makes
continuous image flow possible, even with an external trigger.
The uncertain time delay before the start of exposure depends on the state of thesensor. A distinction is made as follows:
FVal is active  the sensor is reading out, the camera is busy
In this case, the camera must not change horizontal timing so that the trigger
event is synchronized with the current horizontal clock. This introduces a
maximum uncertainty, which is equivalent to the line time. The line timedepends on the sensor used; and therefore, it can vary from model to model.
FVal is inactive  the sensor is ready, the camera is idle
In this case, the camera can resynchronize the horizontal clock to the new
trigger event, leaving only a very short uncertainty time of the master clock
period.
Model

Exposure start jitter(while FVal)

Exposure start jitter(while camera idle)

Stingray F-033

 9.75 μs

 1.30 μs

Stingray F-046

 11.59 μs

 1.30 μs

Stingray F-080

 15.29 μs

 3.33 μs

Stingray F-125

 13.50 μs

 3.10 μs

Stingray F-145

 23.20 μs

5.40 μs

Stingray F-146

 23.20 μs

 5.87 μs

Stingray F-201

22.61 μs

3.56 μs

Stingray F-504

20.46 μs

5.81 μs

Table 72: Jitter at exposure start (no binning, no sub-sampling)
Note

Jitter at the beginning of an exposure has no effect on thelength of exposure, i.e., it is always constant.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

201

Controlling image capture

Sequence mode
Generally, all Stingray cameras enable certain image settings to be modified on
the fly. For example, gain and shutter can be changed by the host computer by
writing into the gain and shutter register even while the camera is running. An
uncertainty of up to 3 images remains because normally the host does not know
(especially with external trigger) when the next image will arrive.
Sequence mode is a different concept where the camera holds a set of different
image parameters for a sequence of images. The parameter set is stored volatilein the camera for each image to be recorded. The advantage is that the camera
can easily synchronize this parameter set with the images so that no uncertainty
can occur. All Stingray cameras support 32 different sequence parameters.
Additionally, to the sequence mode known from Marlin cameras, the Stingray
cameras have:• Repeat counter per sequence item
• Incrementing list pointer on input status (on/off)• Pointer reset (software command; on input pin)
ExamplesFor a sequence of images, each image can be recorded with a different shutter orgain to obtain different brightness effects.
The image area (AOI) of a sequence of images can automatically be modified,thus creating a panning or sequential split screen effect.
The following registers can be modified to affect the individual steps of thesequence. Different configurations can be accessed via a footswitch that isconnected to an input.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

202

Controlling image capture

Mode

These registers can be modified within a sequence

All modes

Cur_V_Mode, Cur_V_Format, ISO_Channel, ISO_Speed, Brightness,
White_Balance (color cameras only), Shutter, Gain, LUT, TestImage,
Image-Mirror, HSNR, Output-Ctrl, ColorCorrection matrix (color
cameras only), ISO-Channel, Shading-Ctrl, Sequence-Stepping Mode,SIS_UserValue

Fixed modes only

Cur_V_Frm_Rate

Format_7 only

Image_Position (AOI-Top, AOI-Left), Image_Size (AOI-Width, AOIHeight), Color_Coding_ID*, Binning*, Sub-Sampling*,
Byte_Per_Packet*hidden in video formats and video modes
Table 73: Registers to be modified within a sequence
Note

Sequence mode requires special care if changing image size,
Color_Coding_ID and frame rate related parameters. This isbecause these changes not only affect settings in the camera
but also require corresponding settings in the receiving
software in the PC.

Caution••

Incorrect handling may lead to image corruption or lossof subsequent images.
Should you need detailed support to use this feature,please contact support@alliedvision.com.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

203

Controlling image capture

How is sequence mode implemented?
There is a FIFO (first in first out) memory for each of the IIDC V1.31 registers
listed above. The depth of each FIFO is fixed to 32(dec) complete sets.
Functionality is controlled by the following advanced registers.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000220

SEQUENCE_CTRL

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1 to 4]

Reserved

AutoRewind[5]

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/disable this feature

SetupMode[7]

Sequence setup mode---

[8 to 15]

Reserved

MaxLength[16 to 23] Maximum possible length of asequence (read only)

SeqLength[24 to 31] Length of the sequence (32 dec for
all CCD models)

0xF1000224

0xF1000228

SEQUENCE_PARAM ---SEQUENCE_STEP[0 to 4]

Reserved

ApplyParameters[5]

Apply settings to selected image ofsequence; auto reset---[6 to 7]

Reserved

SeqStepMode[8 to 15]

Sequence stepping mode

ImageRepeat[16 to 23] Image repeat counter

ImageNo[24 to 31] Number of image within a sequence

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1 to 4]

Reserved

PerformStep[5]

Sequence is stepped one item
forward

PerformReset[6]

Reset the sequence to start
position---[7 to 23]

Reserved

SeqPosition[24 to 31] Get the current sequence position

Table 74: Advanced register: Sequence mode
Enabling this feature turns the camera into a special mode. This mode can beused to set up a bunch of parameter sets for up to MaxLength consecutive
images.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

204

Controlling image capture

Note



The sequence mode of the Stingray series behaves slightly
different than the sequence mode of e.g., the Marlin series andimplements some new controlling features. You may use asequence with internal or external trigger and with theDeferred Transport feature.

Setup mode
The SetupMode flag allows you to set up a sequence while capturing images.
Using this flag you get a visual feedback of the settings.
Set SetupMode flag when setting up the sequence and reset the flag before
using the sequence.
Sequence step mode
The SeqMode field selects the signal source for stepping the sequence one
parameter set further.
SeqMode description
Sequence mode

Description

0x80This mode is the default sequence mode. With each image
integration start the sequence is stepped one item further
and the new parameter set becomes active for the next
image.

0x82

Stepping of the sequence is controlled by a rising edge ofan external signal. The new parameter set becomes activewith the next integration start. When using this mode
select the suitable input mode of the input lines.

0x84

Stepping of the sequence is controlled by a high level ofan external signal. The new parameter set becomes activewith the next integration start. When using this mode
select the suitable input mode of the input lines.

Other mode

Choosing any other mode value automatically defaults tomode 0x80.
Table 75: Sequence mode description

Note



It is also possible, that a sequence consists of parameter setswith different sequence modes. This can be achieved by using
the SeqMode and the ImageNo fields within the
Sequence_Param register.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

205

Controlling image capture

Sequence repeat counter
For each parameter set one can define an image repeat counter. Using the image
repeat counter means that a parameter set can be used for n consecutive images
before the next parameter set is applied.
Setting the ImageRepeat field to 0 has the same effect like setting this field to1.
Manual stepping & reset
A sequence can be stepped further with a software command. To use manual
stepping use stepping mode 0x82 or 0x84, but do not setup any input pin for
external sequence stepping.
Every time the PerformStep flag is set the sequence will be stepped one
parameter set further. Manual stepping observes the repeat counter also.
For some application it could be useful to reset the sequence during runtime.
Simply set the PerformReset flag to one: the sequence starts over with the very
first parameter set.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

206

Controlling image capture

The following flow diagram shows how to set up a sequence.
Set
SEQUENCE_CTRL
ON_OFF flag totrue (1)
Set
SetupMode totrue (1)Set SeqLength todesired length(<=MaxLength)

Set ImageNo = 0 in
SEQUENCE_PARAM

Assign image
parameters in thecorresp. registers

ApplyParameters= 1 (Selfcleared)

Repeat steps until
sequence iscomplete

Increment
ImageNoDisable SetupMode

Start sequence inMultiShot or
ISOEnable mode

Figure 90: Sequence mode flow diagram
During sequencing, the camera obtains the required parameters image by image
from the corresponding FIFOs (e.g. information for exposure time).

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

207

Controlling image capture

Which sequence mode features are available?
••

Repeat one step of a sequence n times where n can be set by the variable
ImageRepeat in SEQUENCE_PARAM.
Define one or two hardware inputs in Input mode field of IO_INP_CTRL as:– Sequence step input (if two are set as input, they are AND gated) or– Sequence reset input

Note

From now on:••sequence step is I/O controlled sequence stepping modesequence reset is I/O controlled sequence pointer reset

Setup mode
The SetupMode flag allows you to set up a sequence while capturing images.
Using this flag you get a visual feedback of the settings. Set this flag whensetting up the sequence and reset the flag before using the sequence.
I/O controlled sequence stepping mode
The I/O controlled sequence stepping mode can be done level controlled or edge
controlled:
Level controlled•••

Edge controlled

As long as the input is in high•state the sequence pointer will be
incremented from image toimage.
•Can be combined with Quick
Format Change Modes. See
chapter Standard Parameter
Update Timing on page 165 andchapter Quick Format Change
Mode (QFCM) on page 165.
Level change is asynchronous toimage change.

A rising edge on the input willcause one pointer increment
immediately.
Can be combined with Quick
Format Change Modes. See
chapter Standard Parameter
Update Timing on page 165 andchapter Quick Format Change
Mode (QFCM) on page 165.

Table 76: Description of sequence stepping control
The I/O controlled sequence stepping mode can be set for every single sequence
entry. Thus, a sequence can be controlled in a very flexible manner.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

208

Controlling image capture

I/O controlled sequence pointer reset
I/O controlled sequence pointer reset is always edge controlled. A rising edge on
the input pin resets the pointer to the first entry.
I/O controlled sequence pointer reset can be combined with Quick Format
Change Modes. See chapter Standard Parameter Update Timing on page 165
and chapter Quick Format Change Mode (QFCM) on page 165.
I/O controlled sequence stepping mode...
...and I/O controlled sequence pointer reset via software command:
Both sequence modes can be controlled via software command.

Points to pay attention to when working with a sequence
Note

•



•

•

•

•

•

If more images are recorded than defined in SeqLength,
the settings for the last image remain in effect.
If sequence mode is canceled, the camera can use the
FIFO for other tasks. For this reason, a sequence must be
loaded back into the camera after sequence mode has
been canceled.
To repeat the sequence, stop the camera and send themulti-shot or IsoEnable command again. Each of thesetwo commands resets the sequence.
Using single-shot mode in combination with a sequence
does not make sense, because single-shot mode restarts
the sequence every time.
The sequence may not be active when setting the
AutoRewind flag. For this reason it is important to set theflag before the multi-shot or IsoEnable commands.
If the sequence is used with the deferred transportfeature, the number of images entered in Seq_Length
may not be exceeded.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

209

Controlling image capture

The following screenshot shows an example of a sequence for eight different
image settings. It uses the Firetool program as graphical representation. Please
note the changes in the shutter time; that creates descending image brightness,and the change in the image position; which creates a panning effect.

Figure 91: Example of sequence mode settings with Firetool
Instead of Firetool you also can use SmartView (Version 1.8.0 or greater), but
image and transfer formats have to be unchanged (height, width, ColorID).
To open the Sequence editor in SmartView:
1.

Click Extras  Sequence dialog

Figure 92: SmartView: Extras  Sequence dialog

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

210

Controlling image capture

Changing the parameters within a sequence
To change the parameter set for one image, it is not necessary to modify thesettings for the entire sequence. The image can simply be selected via the
ImageNo field and then the corresponding IIDC V1.31 registers can be changed.

Points to pay attention to when changing the parameters
Note

•


•
•

•

Caution••

If the ApplyParameters flag is used when setting theparameters, all not-configured values are set to default
values. As changing a sequence normally affects only thevalue of a specific register, and all other registers should
not be changed, the ApplyParameters flag may not be
used here.
The values stored for individual images can no longer beread.
If the camera is switched into sequence mode, thechanges to the IIDC V1.31 registers for the image
specified in ImageNo take immediate effect.
Sequence mode requires special care if changing image
size and frame rate related parameters. This is because
these changes not only affect settings in the camera but
also require corresponding settings in the receiving
software in the PC (e.g. FirePackage).
Incorrect handling may lead to image corruption orloss of subsequent images.
Should you need detailed support to use this feature,please contact support@alliedvision.com.

Secure image signature (SIS): definition and scenarios
Note

For all customers who know SIS from Marlin cameras:



•

•

Stingray cameras have additional SIS features: AOI,
exposure/gain, input/output state, index of sequencemode and serial number.
Read carefully the following chapter.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

211

Controlling image capture

SIS: Definition
Secure image signature (SIS) is the synonym for data that is saved with animage to improve or check image integrity.
All Stingray models can save:• Cycle time (IEEE 1394 bus cycle time at the beginning of integration)• Trigger counter (external trigger seen only)• Frame counter (frames read out of the sensor)• AOI (x, y, width, height)• Exposure (shutter) and gain
• Input and output state on exposure start• Index of sequence mode
• Serial number• User value
into a selectable line position within the image. Furthermore the trigger counterand the frame counter are available as advanced registers to be read out directly.

SIS: Scenarios
The following scenarios benefit from this feature:• Assuming camera runs in continuous mode, the check of monotonicallychanging bus cycle time is a simple test that no image was skipped or lostin the camera or subsequently in the image processing chain.
• In (synchronized) multi-camera applications, SIS can be used to identify
those images, shot at the same moment in time.
• The cross-check of the frame counter of the camera against the frame
counter of the host system also identifies any skipped or lost images
during transmission.
• The cross-check of the trigger counter against the frame counter in thecamera can identify a trigger overrun in the camera.
• AOI can be inserted in the image if it was set as a variable e.g. in asequence.
• Exposure/gain scenario parameters can be inserted in the image if set as avariable in e.g. sequence mode to identify the imaging conditions.
• Inserting input and output state on exposure start can be helpful whenworking with input and output signals.
• Index of sequence mode is inserted automatically if SIS is used together
with sequence mode.
• Serial number inserted in the image helps to document/identify thecamera in e.g. multi-camera applications.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

212

Controlling image capture

Note



FirePackage offers additional and independent checks to be
performed for the purpose of image integrity. Details can befound in the respective documentation.

Note

More information:

The handling of the SIS feature is fully described in the chapter
Secure image signature (SIS) on page 323.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

213

Video formats, modes and bandwidthVideo formats, modes and bandwidth
The different Stingray models support different video formats, modes, and frame
rates. These formats and modes are standardized in the IIDC (formerly DCAM)
specification. Resolutions smaller than the maximum sensor resolution are
generated from the center of the sensor and without binning.
Note

•


•

The maximum frame rates can only be achieved withshutter settings lower than 1/framerate. This means thatwith default shutter time of 40 ms, a camera will notachieve frame rates higher than 25 fps. In order toachieve higher frame rates, please reduce the shutter
time proportionally.
For information on bit/pixel and byte/pixel for each color
mode see Table 105 on page 248.

Note

H-binning means horizontal binning.

V-binning means vertical binning.
Full binning (H+V) means horizontal + vertical binning
2 x binning means: 2 neighboring pixels are combined.
4 x binning means: 4 neighboring pixels are combined.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

214Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-033B/F-033C (including board level variants)
Note

The following tables assume that bus speed is 800 Mb/s. With
lower bus speeds (e.g. 400, 200 or 100 Mb/s) not all frame
rates may be achieved.


Note

The following Format_7 tables show default Format_7 modes
without Format_7 mode mapping.

For information on Format_7 mode mapping:•See chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes to F7M1
toF7M7 on page 163
See chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 321•

Format Mode Resolution Color mode 60 fps

030 fps

15 fps

7.5 fps

3.75 fps 1.875 fps

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

x

2

640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480

RGB8

x

x

x

x

x

x

5

640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

x

x

Table 77: Video fixed formats Stingray F-033B/F-033C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with IEEE 1394b (S800).

Note



Table 78 on page 216 shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
For information on Format_7 mode mapping:••See chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes to F7M1
toF7M7 on page 163
See chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 321

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

215

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution Color mode0

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

656 x 492

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1684 fps
84 fps
84 fps656 x 492

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

84 fps
84 fps
84 fps
67 fps
84 fps1

328 x 492

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1684 fps
84 fps
84 fps2

656 x 246

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16149 fps 2x V-binning
149 fps 2x V-binning
149 fps 2x V-binning3

328 x 246

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16149 fps 2x H+V binning
149 fps 2x H+V binning
149 fps 2x H+V binning4

328 x 492

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1684 fps
84 fps
84 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

328 x 492

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

84 fps
84 fps
84 fps
84 fps
84 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

656 x 246

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16108 fps 2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
108 fps 2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
108 fps 2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

656 x 246

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

108 fps
108 fps
108 fps
108 fps
108 fps

328 x 246

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16108 fps 2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
108 fps 2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
108 fps 2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

328 x 246

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

108 fps
108 fps
108 fps
108 fps
108 fps

7

5

6

2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning

2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

Table 78: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-033B/F-033C

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

216

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-046B/F-046C (including board level variants)
Format Mode Resolution Color mode 60 fps

030 fps

15 fps

7.5 fps

3.75 fps 1.875 fps

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

x

2

640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480

RGB8

x

x

x

x

x

x

5

640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

x

x

Table 79: Video fixed formats Stingray F-046B/F-046C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with IEEE 1394b (S800).

Note



The following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
For information on Format_7 mode mapping to••to see chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes to
F7M1 toF7M7 on page 163
to see chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 321

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

217Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution Color mode0

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

780 x 580

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1661 fps
61 fps
61 fps780 x 580

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

61 fps
61 fps
61 fps
48 fps
61 fps1

388 x 580

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1661 fps
61 fps
61 fps2

780 x 290

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16111 fps 2x V-binning
111 fps 2x V-binning
111 fps 2x V-binning3

388 x 290

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16111 fps 2x H+V binning
111 fps 2x H+V binning
111 fps 2x H+V binning4

388 x 580

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1661 fps
61 fps
61 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

388 x 580

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

61 fps
61 fps
61 fps
61 fps
61 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

780 x 290

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1679 fps
79 fps
79 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

780 x 290

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

79 fps
79 fps
79 fps
79 fps
79 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

388 x 290

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1679 fps
79 fps
79 fps2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

388 x 290

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

79 fps
79 fps
79 fps
79 fps
79 fps2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

7

5

6

2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning

Table 80: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-046B/F-046C

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

218

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-080B/F-080C (including board level variants)
Format Mode Resolution
0

1

Color mode 60 fps

30 fps

15 fps

7.5 fps

3.75 fps 1.875 fps

x

x

x

x

x

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV4222640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480

RGB8

x

x

x

x

x

5

640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

x

0

800 x 600

YUV422

x

x

x

x

1

800 x 600

RGB8

x

x

x

2

800 x 600

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1024 x 768

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

4

1024 x 768

RGB8

x

x

x

x

x

5

1024 x 768

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

800 x 600

Mono16

x

x

x

x

7

1024 x 768

Mono16

x

x

x

x

x

x

Table 81: Video fixed formats Stingray F-080B/F-080C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with IEEE 1394b (S800).

Note



The following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
For information on Format_7 mode mapping to••to see chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes to
F7M1 toF7M7 on page 163
to see chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 321

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

219

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
7

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

1032 x 776

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1631 fps31 fps31 fps1032 x 776

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

31 fps31 fps31 fps27 fps31 fps1

516 x 776

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1631 fps31 fps31 fps2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning21032 x 388

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1653 fps53 fps53 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning3

516 x 388

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1653 fps53 fps53 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning4516 x 776

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1631 fps31 fps31 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

516 x 776

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

31 fps31 fps31 fps31 fps31 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

1032 x 388

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1639 fps
39 fps
39 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

1032 x 388

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

39 fps
39 fps
39 fps
39 fps
39 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

516 x 388

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1639 fps
39 fps
39 fps2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling

516 x 388

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

39 fps
39 fps
39 fps
39 fps
39 fps2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

0

5

6

Table 82: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-080B/F-080C

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

220

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-125B/F-125C (including board level variants)
Format Mode Resolution0

1

2

Color mode 60 fps

30 fps

15 fps

7.5 fps

3.75 fps 1.875 fps

x

x

x

x

x

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV4222640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480

RGB8

x

x

x

x

x

5

640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

x

0

800 x 600

YUV422

x

x

x

x

1

800 x 600

RGB8

x

x

x

2

800 x 600

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1024 x 768

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

4

1024 x 768

RGB8

x

x

x

x

5

1024 x 768

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

800 x 600

Mono16

x

x

x

x

7

1024 x 768

Mono16

x

x

x

x

x

0

1280 x 960

YUV422

x

x

x

x

1

1280 x 960

RGB8

x

x

x

x

2

1280 x 960

Monochrome 8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1600 x 1200 YUV422

41600 x 1200 RGB851600 x 1200 Mono8

61280 x 960

x

x

x

x

7

1600 x 1200 Mono16

Mono16xx x*

Table 83: Video fixed formats Stingray F-125B/F-125C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with IEEE 1394b (S800).
NoteThe following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
• see chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes to F7M1
toF7M7 on page 163• see chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 321

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

221

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
701292 x 964
1292 x 964

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

30 fps
30 fps
26 fps
30 fps
26 fps
30 fps
17 fps
30 fps1

644 x 964

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1630 fps
30 fps
30 fps2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning21292 x 482

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1653 fps53 fps52 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning3

644 x 482

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1653 fps53 fps53 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning4

644 x 964

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

644 x 964

5#1292 x 482
1292 x 482

6#644 x 964
644 x 482

Table 84: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-125B/F-125C#: Vertical sub-sampling is done via digitally concealing certain lines, so the frame rate is notframe rate = f (AOI height)
butframe rate = f (2 x AOI height)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

222

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-145B/F-145C (including board level variants)
Format Mode Resolution0

1

2

Color mode 60 fps

30 fps

15 fps

7.5 fps

3.75 fps 1.875 fps

x

x

x

x

x

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV4222640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480

RGB8

x

x

x

x

5

640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

800 x 600

YUV422xxx

1

800 x 600

RGB8

x

x

2

800 x 600

Mono8

x x*

x x*

3

1024 x 768

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

1024 x 768

RGB8

x

x

x

x

5

1024 x 768

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

800 x 600

Mono16xxx

71024 x 768

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

1280 x 960

YUV422

x

x

x

x

1

1280 x 960

RGB8

x

x

x

x

2

1280 x 960

Monochrome 8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1600 x 1200 YUV422

41600 x 1200 RGB851600 x 1200 Mono8

61280 x 960

x

x

x

x

7

1600 x 1200 Mono16

Mono16

Table 85: Video fixed formats Stingray F-145B/F-145C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with IEEE 1394b (S800).
NoteThe following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
• see chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes to F7M1
toF7M7 on page 163• see chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 321

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

223

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
7

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

01388 x 1038 Mono8
Mono12
Mono161388 x 1038 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
15 fps
16 fps1

692 x 1038

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16

16 fps
16 fps
16 fps2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning21388 x 518

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1627 fps27 fps27 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning3

692 x 518

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1627 fps27 fps27 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning4692 x 1038

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

692 x 1038

5#1388 x 518
1388 x 518

6#

692 x 518
692 x 518

Table 86: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-145B/F-145C#: Vertical sub-sampling is done via digitally concealing certain lines, so the frame rate is notframe rate = f (AOI height)
butframe rate = f (2 x AOI height)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

224

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-146B/F-146C (including board level variants)
Format Mode Resolution0

1

2

Color mode 60 fps

30 fps

15 fps

7.5 fps

3.75 fps 1.875 fps

x

x

x

x

x

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV4222640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480RGB8

5640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

800 x 600

YUV422xxx

1

800 x 600

RGB8

2800 x 600

Mono8

x x*

x x*

3

1024 x 768

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

1024 x 768

RGB8

5

1024 x 768

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

800 x 600

Mono16xxx

71024 x 768

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

1280 x 960

YUV422

x

x

x

x

1

1280 x 960

RGB8

2

1280 x 960

Monochrome 8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1600 x 1200 YUV422

41600 x 1200 RGB851600 x 1200 Mono8

61280 x 960

x

x

x

x

7

1600 x 1200 Mono16

Mono16

Table 87: Video fixed formats Stingray F-146B/F-146C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with IEEE 1394b (S800).
NoteThe following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
• see chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes to F7M1
toF7M7 on page 163• see chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 321

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

225

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
7

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

01388 x 1038 Mono8
Mono12
Mono161388 x 1038 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps1

692 x 1038

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1615 fps
15 fps
15 fps2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning21388 x 518

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1626 fps
26 fps
26 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning3

692 x 518

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1626 fps
26 fps
26 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning4692 x 1038

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

692 x 1038

5#1388 x 518
1388 x 518

6#

692 x 518
692 x 518

Table 88: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-146B/F-146C#: Vertical sub-sampling is done via digitally concealing certain lines, so the frame rate is notframe rate = f (AOI height)
butframe rate = f (2 x AOI height)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

226

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-201B/F-201C (including board level variants)
Format Mode Resolution0

1

2

Color mode 60 fps

30 fps

15 fps

7.5 fps

3.75 fps 1.875 fps

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

2

640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480RGB8

5640 x 480

Monochrome 8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Monochrome 16

x

x

x

x

x

0

800 x 600

YUV422xxx

1

800 x 600

RGB8

2800 x 600

Mono8

x x*

x x*

3

1024 x 768

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

1024 x 768

RGB8

5

1024 x 768

Monochrome 8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

800 x 600

Mono16xxx

71024 x 768

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

1280 x 960

YUV422xxx

11280 x 960

RGB8

2

1280 x 960

Monochrome 8

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1600 x 1200 YUV422

x

x

x

4

1600 x 1200 RGB851600 x 1200 Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

1280 x 960

Mono16

x

x

x

x

7

1600 x 1200 Mono16

x

x

x

x

x x*

Table 89: Video fixed formats Stingray F-201B/F-201C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with IEEE 1394b (S800).
NoteThe following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
• see chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes to F7M1
toF7M7 on page 163• see chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 321

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

227

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
7

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

01624 x 1234 Mono8
Mono12
Mono161624 x 1234 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
10 fps
14 fps1

812 x 1234

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning812 x 1234

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning

1624 x 616

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1626 fps
26 fps
26 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning

1624 x 614

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

26 fps
26 fps
26 fps
21 fps
26 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning812 x 616

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1626 fps
26 fps
26 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning812 x 614

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

26 fps
26 fps
26 fps
26 fps
26 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning812 x 1234

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

812 x 1234

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

2

3

4

Table 90: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-201B/F-201C

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

228

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
7

5#

1624 x 616

1624 x 616

6#812 x 616

812 x 616

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

Table 90: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-201B/F-201C (continued)#: Vertical sub-sampling is done via digitally concealing certain lines, so theframe rate is notframe rate = f (AOI height)
butframe rate = f (2 x AOI height)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

229

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-504B/F-504C (including board level variants)
Format Mode Resolution0

1

2

Color mode 60 fps

30 fps

15 fps

7.5 fps

3.75 fps 1.875 fps

x

x

x

x

x

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV4222640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480

RGB8

x

x

x

x

5

640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

800 x 600

YUV422xxx

1

800 x 600

RGB8

x

x

2

800 x 600

Mono8

x x*

x x*

3

1024 x 768

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

1024 x 768

RGB8

x

x

x

x

5

1024 x 768

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

800 x 600

Mono16xxx

71024 x 768

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

1280 x 960

YUV422

x

x

x

x

1

1280 x 960

RGB8

x

x

x

x

2

1280 x 960

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1600 x 1200 YUV422

x

x

x

4

1600 x 1200 RGB8

x

x

x

5

1600 x 1200 Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

1280 x 960

x

x

x

7

1600 x 1200 Mono16

x

x

x

Mono16x

Table 91: Video fixed formats Stingray F-504B/F-504C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with IEEE 1394b (S800).
NoteThe following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
• see chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes to F7M1
toF7M7 on page 163• see chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 321

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

230

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
7

7

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

02452 x 2056 Mono8
Mono12
Mono162452 x 2056 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

9 fps
8 fps
6 fps
8 fps
6 fps
9 fps
4 fps
8 fps

1

1224 x 2056 Mono8
Mono12
Mono16

9 fps
9 fps
9 fps

2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning22452 x 1028 Mono8
Mono12
Mono1615 fps
15 fps
12 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning31224 x 1028 Mono8
Mono12
Mono1615 fps
15 fps
15 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning41224 x 2056 Mono8
Mono12
Mono16

9 fps
9 fps
9 fps

2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

1224 x 2056 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
8 fps
9 fps

2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

5#2452 x 1028 Mono8
Mono12
Mono162452 x 1028 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
8 fps
9 fps

2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

6#1224 x 1028 Mono8
Mono12
Mono161224 x 1028 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps

2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

Table 92: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-504B/F-504C#: Vertical sub-sampling is done via digitally concealing certain lines, so theframe rate is notframe rate = f (AOI height)
butframe rate = f (2 x AOI height).

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

231

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Area of interest (AOI)
The camera’s image sensor has a defined resolution. This indicates the maximum
number of lines and pixels per line that the recorded image may have.
However, often only a certain section of the entire image is of interest. The
amount of data to be transferred can be decreased by limiting the image to asection when reading it out from the camera. At a lower vertical resolution, thesensor can be read out faster. Thus, the frame rate is increased.
Note

The setting of AOIs is supported only in video Format_7.

For most other video formats, the size of the image read out and modes is fixedby the IIDC specification, thereby determining the highest possible frame rate.
In Format_7 mode the user can set the upper left corner, as well as width andheight of the section (area of interest = AOI) to determine the size and thus thehighest possible frame rate.
Setting the AOI is done in the IMAGE_POSITION and IMAGE_SIZE registers.
Note

Pay attention to the increments entering in the UNIT_SIZE_INQ and UNIT_POSITION_INQ registers when configuring
IMAGE_POSITION and IMAGE_SIZE.

AF_AREA_POSITION and AF_AREA_SIZE contain in the respective bits values forcolumn and line of the upper left corner and values for the width and height.
Note

For more information see Table 124 on page 282.



Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

232

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Figure 93: Area of interest
Note

•



•

The left position + width and the upper position + height
may not exceed the maximum resolution of the sensor.
The coordinates for width and height must be divisible byfour.

In addition to the area of interest, some other parameters have an effect on the
maximum frame rate:•The time for reading the image from the sensor and transporting it into the
FRAME_BUFFER•The time for transferring the image over the FireWire Ñ¢ bus•The length of the exposure time

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

233

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Autofunction AOIFeature to select the image area (work area) for the following auto functions:• Auto shutter• Auto gain
• Auto white balance
The following screenshot shows an example of the auto function AOI:Work area

Figure 94: Example of autofunction AOI (Show work area is on)
Note

Autofunction AOI is independent from Format_7 AOI settings.



If you switch off auto function AOI, work area position and work
area size follow the current active image size.
To switch off auto functions, carry out following actions in theorder shown:
1. Uncheck Show AOI check box (SmartView Ctrl2 tab).
2. Uncheck Enable check box (SmartView Ctrl2 tab).
Switch off Auto mode (e.g., Shutter and/or Gain) (SmartView
Ctrl2 tab).

It uses a grid of up to 65534 sample points equally spread over the AOI as areference.
Note
Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register see chapter
Autofunction AOI on page 311.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

234

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Frame rates
The IEEE 1394b bus has bandwidth of at least 62.5 MB/s for transferring(isochronously) image data. Therefore, up to 8192 bytes per cycle (or around2000 quadlets = 4 bytes@ 800 Mb/s) can be transmitted.
Depending on the video format settings and the configured frame rate, thecamera requires a certain percentage of maximum available bandwidth. Clearly,
the bigger the image and the higher the frame rate, the more data is to betransmitted.
The following tables indicate the volume of data in various formats and modes tobe sent within one cycle (125 μs) at 800 Mb/s of bandwidth.
The tables are divided into three formats:FormatResolution

Maximum video format

Format_0

up to VGA

640 x 480

Format_1

up to XGA1024 x 768

Format_2

up to UXGA

1600 x 1200

Table 93: Overview fixed formats
The bandwidth is determined by the required image resolution and by the
number of cameras that have be operated independently on a bus in a certainmode.
Abbreviations (used according IIDC IEEE 1394-based Digital Camera
Specification):• H: line/packet• p: pixel/packet• q: quadlet/packet

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

235

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode00Resolution

240
fps

120
fps

60
fps

30
fps

15
fps

7.5
fps

160 x 120 YUV (4:4:4)

4H
640p
480q

2H
320p
240q

1H
160p
120q

1/2H
80p
60q

1/4H
40p
30q

1/8H
20p
15q

8H
4H
2H
2560p 1280p 640p
1280q 640q 320q

1H
320p
160q

1/2H
160p
80q

1/4H
80p
40q

1/8H
40p
20q

8H
4H
2H
1H
5120p 2560p 1280p 640p
1920q 960q 480q 240q

1/2H
320p
120q

1/4H
160p
60q

4H
2H
1H
2560p 1280p 640p
1280q 640q 320q

1/2H
320p
160q

1/4H
160p
80q

4H
2H
1H
2560p 1280p 640p
1280q 960q 480q

1/2H
320p
240q

1/4H
160p
120q

8H
4H
2H
1H
5120p 2560p 1280p 640p
1280q 640q 320q 160q

1/2H
320p
80q

1/4H
160
p40q

4H
2H
1H
2560p 1280p 640p
1280q 640q 320q

1/2H
320p
160q

1/4H
160p
80q

24 bit/pixel1

320 x 240 YUV (4:2:2)
16 bit/pixel2

640 x 480 YUV (4:1:1)
12 bit/pixel

3

640 x 480 YUV (4:2:2)
16 bit/pixel

4

640 x 480 RGB
24 bit/pixel

5

640 x 480 (Mono8)
8 bit/pixel6

640 x 480 Y (Mono16)
16 Bit/pixel

7

3.75
fps

Reserved
Table 94: Format_0
As an example, VGA Mono8 @ 60 fps requires four lines (640 x 4 = 2560 pixels/byte) to transmit every 125 μs: this is a consequence of the sensor's line time ofabout 30 μs: therefore, no data needs to be stored temporarily.
It takes 120 cycles (120 x 125 μs = 15 ms) to transmit one frame, which arrives
every 16.6 ms from the camera. Again, no data need to be stored temporarily.
Thus, around 64% of the available bandwidth (at S400) is used. Consequently,
one camera can be connected to the bus at S400.
The same camera, run at S800 would require only 32% of the available
bandwidth. Thus, up to three cameras can be connected to the bus at S800.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

236

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
1

0

800 x 600 YUV (4:2:2)
16 bit/pixel

1

240
fps

120
fps

60
fps

7.5
fps

3.75
fps

5H
5/2H 5/4H 5/8H
4000p 2000p 1000p 500p
2000q 1000q 500q 250q

6/16H
250p
125q

800 x 600 RGB

800 x 600 Y (Mono8)
8 bit/pixel

31024 x 768 YUV (4:2:2)

3H
3/2H 3/4H
3072p 1536p 768p
1536q 768q 384q

3/8H
384p
192q

3/16H
192p
96q

3/2H 3/4H
1536p 768p
384q 576q

3/8H
384p
288q

3/16H
192p
144q

6H
3H
3/2H 3/4H
6144p 3072p 1536p 768p
1536q 768q 384q 192q

3/8H
384p
96q

3/16H
192p
48q

5H
5/2H 5/4H 5/8H
4000p 2000p 1000p 500p
2000q 1000q 500q 250q

5/16H
250p
125q

3H
3/2H 3/4H
3072p 1536p 768p
1536q 768q 384q

3/8H
384p
192q

1024 x 768 RGB
24 bit/pixel

51024 x 768 Y (Monochrome)
8 bit/pixel

6

800 x 600 (Mono16)
16 bit/pixel

7

1.875
fps

10H
5H
5/2H 5/4H 5/8H
8000p 4000p 2000p 1000p 500p
2000q 1000q 500q 250q 125q

16 bit/pixel
4

15
fps

5/2H 5/4H 5/8H
2000p 1000p 500p
1500q 750q 375q

24 bit/pixel
2

30
fps

1024 x 768 Y (Mono16)
16 bit/pixel

3/16H
192p
96q

Table 95: Format_1

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

237

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format2

ModeResolution

01280 x 960 YUV (4:2:2)

60 fps 30 fps 15 fps 7.5 fps 3.75
fps

1.875
fps

2H
2560p
1280q

1H
1280p
640q

1/2H
640p
320q

1/4H
320p
160q

2H
2560p
1920q

1H
1280p
960q

1/2H
640p
480q

1/4H
320p
240q

2H
2560p
640q

1H
1280p
320q

1/2H
640p
160q

1/4H
320p
80q

5/2H
4000p
2000q

5/4H
2000p
1000q

5/8H
1000p
500q

5/16H
500p
250q

5/4H
2000p
1500q

5/8H
1000p
750q

5/16
500p
375q

5/2H
4000p
1000q

5/4H
2000p
500q

5/8H
1000p
250q

5/16H
500p
125q

2H
2560p
1280q

1H
1280p
640q

1/2H
640p
320q

1/4H
320p
160q

5/2H
4000p
2000q

5/4H
2000p
1000q

5/8H
1000p
500q

5/16H
500p
250q

16 bit/pixel
1

1280 x 960 RGB
24 bit/pixel

21280 x 960 Y (Mono8)

4H
5120p
1280q

8 bit/pixel
31600 x 1200 YUV(4:2:2)
16 bit/pixel

41600 x 1200 RGB
24 bit/pixel

51600 x 1200 Y (Monochrome) 8
bit/pixel

6

5H
8000p
2000q

1280 x 960 Y (Mono16)
16 bit/pixel

71600 x 1200Y(Mono16)
16 bit/pixel
Table 96: Format_2

As already mentioned, the recommended limit for transferring isochronous
image data is 2000q (quadlets) per cycle or 8192 bytes (with 800 Mb/s ofbandwidth).
Note



•

•

If the cameras are operated with an external trigger the
maximum trigger frequency may not exceed the highest
continuous frame rate, thus, preventing frames frombeing dropped or corrupted.
IEEE 1394 adapter cards with PCILynxTM chipsets(predecessor of OHCI) have a limit of 4000 bytes per
cycle.

The frame rates in video modes 0 to 2 are specified and set fixed by IIDC V1.31.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

238

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Frame rates Format_7
In video Format_7 frame rates are no longer fixed.
Note



•
•

Different values apply for the different sensors.
Frame rates may be further limited by longer shutter
times and/or bandwidth limitation from the IEEE 1394
bus.

Details are described in the next chapters:• Maximum frame rate of CCD (theoretical formula)• Graphs of frame rates as function of AOI by constant width: the curves
describe RAW8, RAW12/YUV411, RAW16/YUV422, RGB8 and maximum
frame rate of CCD• Table with maximum frame rates as function of AOI by constant width

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

239

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-033B/F-033C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates
1
Maximum frame rate of CCD = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------138 μs + AOI height  23.62 μs +  509 – AOI height   2.64 μs
Formula 7: Stingray F-033: theoretical maximum frame rate of CCD
RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

RAW16, YUV422

RGB8

CCD

700

Frame rate / fps

600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

AOI height / pixel

Figure 95: Stingray F-033 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=656]

AOI height

CCD*

Raw8

Raw12

Raw16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

492

84.72

84

84

84

84

84

67/84**

480

86.56

86

86

86

86

86

68/86**

320

122.02

121

121

121

121

121

103/121**240

153.45

153

153

153

152

152

137/152**120

250.04

249

249

249

242

247

246

60

364.89

363

363

363

358

358

358

30

473.67

468

468

471

462

462

462

10

591.17

588

588

588

574

574

574

2
656.29
653
653
653
635
635
* CCD = theoretical maximum frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

635**only with max BPP=1100; see chapter Maximum ISO packet size on page 316
Table 97: Stingray F-033 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=656]

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

240

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-046B/F-046C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates
1
Maximum frame rate of CCD = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------136.22μs + AOI height  27.59μs +  597 – AOI height   2.64μs
Formula 8: Stingray F-046: theoretical maximum frame rate of CCD

RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

RAW16, YUV422

150

300

RGB8

CCD

600

Frame rate / fps

500
400
300
200
100
0
0

50

100

200

250

350

400

450

500

550

600

AOI height / pixel

Figure 96: Stingray F-046 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=780]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

580

61.79

61

61

61

61

61

48

480

73.06

73

73

73

73

73

57

320

103.13

103

103

103

103

103

87

240

129.87

129

129

129

129

129

115

120

212.48

212

212

212

210

210

210

60

311.59

310

310

310

306

306

306

30

406.37

405

405

405

379

379

379

10

509.74

507

507

507

495

495

495

2
567.47
564
564
564
549
549
* CCD = theoretical maximum frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

549

Table 98: Stingray F-046 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=780]

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

241Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-080B/F-080C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates
1
Maximum frame rate of CCD = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------222μs + AOI height  40.50μs +  778 – AOI height   7.00μs
Formula 9: Stingray F-080: theoretical maximum frame rate of CCD

RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

RGB8

RAW16, YUV422

CCD

200
180
Frame rate / fps

160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0

50

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
AOI height / pixel

Figure 97: Stingray F-080 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=1032]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

776

31.56

31

31

31

31

31

27

600

38.81

38

38

38

38

38

35

480

45.98

45

45

45

45

45

43

320

61.02

61

61

61

60

60

60

240

72.95

72

72

72

72

72

72

120

103.22

103

103

103

102

102

102

30

149.86

149

149

149

148

148

148

10

166.58

162

162

162

162

162

162

2
174.37
174
174
174
172
172
* CCD = theoretical maximum frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

172

Table 99: Stingray F-080 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=1032]

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

242

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-125B/F-125C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates
1Max. frame rate of CCD = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------189.28μs +  977 – AOI height   5.03μs + AOI height  33.19μs
Formula 10: Stingray F-125: theoretical maximum frame rate of CCD

Frame rate / fps

RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

RAW16, YUV422

RGB8

500

800

CCD

220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0

100

200

300

400

600

700

900

1000

AOI height / pixel

Figure 98: Stingray F-125 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=1292]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

964

31.01

30

30

26

30

26

17

768

37.41

37

37

32

37

32

21

600

45.46

45

45

41

45

41

28

480

53.70

53

53

52

53

52

34

320

70.85

70

70

70

70

70

52

240

84.30

84

84

84

84

84

70

120

117.89

117

117

117

117

117

117

30

168.37

167

167

167

167

167

167

10

185.69

185

185

185

185

185

185

2
193.80
193
193
193
193
193
* CCD = theoretical maximum frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

193

Table 100: Stingray F-125 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=1292]

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

243Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-145B/F-145C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates
1Max. frame rate of CCD = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------450.00μs + AOI height  59.36μs +  1051 – AOI height   10.92μs
Formula 11: Stingray F-145: theoretical maximum frame rate of CCD

RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

RAW16, YUV422

RGB8

CCD

90

Frame rate / fps

80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

AOI height / pixel

Figure 99: Stingray F-145 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=1388]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

1038

16.08

16

16

16

16

16

15

768

20.35

20

20

20

20

20

20

600

24.40

24

24

24

24

24

24

480

28.43

28

28

28

28

28

28

320

36.46

36

36

36

36

36

36

240

42.46

42

42

42

42

42

42

120

56.37

56

56

56

56

56

56

30

74.74

74

74

74

74

74

74

10

80.57

80

80

80

80

80

80

2
83.17
83
83
83
82
82
* CCD = theoretical maximum frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

82

Table 101: Stingray F-145 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=1388]

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

244

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-146B/F-146C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates
1Max. frame rate of CCD = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------301.60μs + AOI height  53.55μs +  1051 – AOI height   10.46μs
Formula 12: Stingray F-146: theoretical maximum frame rate of CCD

RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

RAW16, YUV422

RGB8

CCD

100

Frame rate / fps

90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

AOI height / pixel

Figure 100: Stingray F-146 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=1388]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

1038

17.85

17

17

17

17

17

15

960

18.99

18

18

18

18

18

16

768

22.53

22

22

22

22

22

20

640

25.73

25

25

25

25

25

24

480

31.27

31

31

31

31

31

31

240

46.22

46

46

46

46

46

46

120

60.73

60

60

60

60

60

60

30

79.44

79

79

79

78

78

78

10

85.28

85

85

85

85

85

85

2
87.86
87
87
87
87
87
* CCD = theoretical maximum frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

87

Table 102: Stingray F-146 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=1388]

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

245

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-201B/F-201C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates
1Max. frame rate of CCD = -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------344.90μs + AOI height  54.81μs +  1238 – AOI height   7.14μs

Frame rate / fps

Formula 13: Stingray F-201: theoretical maximum frame rate of CCD

RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

100

300

RAW16, YUV422

RGB8

CCD

120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0

200

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000 1100 1200

AOI height / pixel

Formula 14: Stingray F-201 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=1624]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

1234
14.70
14
14
14
14
14
1200
15.06
15
15
15
15
15
960
18.20
18
18
18
18
18
800
21.13
21
21
21
21
21
768
21.84
21
21
21
21
21
600
26.46
26
26
26
26
26
480
31.19
31
31
31
31
31
400
35.40
35
35
35
35
35
300
42.58
42
42
42
42
42
240
48.48
48
48
48
48
48
120
67.09
67
67
67
67
67
30
94.21
94
94
94
94
94
10
103.51
103
103
103
103
103
2
107.76
107
107
107
107
107
* CCD = theoretical maximum frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

10
11
14
16
17
22
28
33
42
48
66
93
103
107

Table 103: Stingray F-201 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=1624]

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

246

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-504B/F-504C (incl. board level): AOI frame rates
1Max. frame rate of CCD = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------292.80μs +  2069 – AOI height   10.25μs + AOI height  52.53μs
Formula 15: Stingray F-504: theoretical maximum frame rate of CCD

RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

RAW16, YUV422

RGB8

CCD

50

Frame rate / fps

45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0

200

0

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2100

AOI height / pixel

Formula 16: Stingray F-504 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=2452]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

2054

9.22

9

8

6

8

6

4

1024

15.41

15

15

12

15

12

8

960

16.08

16

16

13

16

13

9

768

18.50

18

18

17

18

17

11

600

21.30

21

21

21

21

21

14

480

23.88

23

23

23

23

23

18

320

28.48

28

28

28

28

28

27

240

31.51

31

31

31

31

31

31

120

37.51

37

37

37

37

37

37

30

43.76

43

43

43

43

43

43

10

45.44

45

45

45

45

45

45

2
46.15
46
46
46
46
46
* CCD = theoretical maximum frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

46

Table 104: Stingray F-504 frame rate as a function of AOI height [width=2452]

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

247

How does bandwidth affect the frame rate?

How does bandwidth affect the frame rate?
In some modes, the IEEE 1394b bus limits the attainable frame rate. According
to the IEEE 1394b specification on isochronous transfer, the largest data
payload size of 8192 bytes per 125 μs cycle is possible with bandwidth of
800 Mb/s. In addition, there is a limitation: only a maximum number of 65535(216 -1) packets per frame are allowed.
NoteUsing FirePackage, certain cameras may offer higher packet
sizes, depending on their settings.
Should you need detailed support to use this feature, pleasecontact support@alliedvision.com.

The following formula establishes the relationship between the required
Byte_Per_Packet size and certain variables for the image. It is valid only for
Format_7.
BYTE_PER_PACKET = frame rate  AOI_WIDTH  AOI_HEIGHT  ByteDepth  125μs
Formula 17: Byte_per_Packet calculation (only Format_7)
If the value for BYTE_PER_PACKET is greater than 8192 (the maximum data
payload), the desired frame rate cannot be attained.
The attainable frame rate can be calculated using this formula:(Provision: BYTE_PER_PACKET is divisible by 4):
BYTE_PER_PACKET
frame rate  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------AOI_WIDTH  AOI_HEIGHT  ByteDepth  125μs
Formula 18: Maximum frame rate calculation
ByteDepth is based on the following values:Mode

bit/pixel

byte per pixel

Mono8, Raw881

Mono12, Raw12

12

1.5

Mono16, Raw16

14

2

Mono16, Raw16 (High SNR mode)

16

2

YUV4:2:2

16

2

YUV4:1:1

12

1.5

RGB8

24

3

Table 105: ByteDepth

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

248

How does bandwidth affect the frame rate?

Example formula for the monochrome camera
Mono16, 1392 x 1040, 30 fps desired

BYTE_PER_PACKET = 30  1392  1040  2  125μs = 10856  8192
1
8192
 frame ratereachable  ------------------------------------------------------------ = 22.64  --s
1392  1040  2  125μs
Formula 19: Example maximum frame rate calculation

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

249

How does bandwidth affect the frame rate?

Test images
Loading test images
FirePackage

Fire4Linux

1. Start SmartView.

1. Start cc1394 viewer.

2. Click the Edit settings button.

2. In Adjustments menu click on
Picture Control.

3. Click Adv1 tab.

3. Click Main tab.

4. In combo box Test images choose 4. Activate Test image check box on.
Image 1 or another test image.
5. In combo box Test images choose
Image 1 or another test image.
Table 106: Loading test images in different viewers

Test images for monochrome cameras
Stingray monochrome cameras have two test images that look the same. Bothimages show a gray bar running diagonally.
• Image 1 is static.
• Image 2 moves upwards by 1 pixel/frame.

Figure 101: Gray bar test image

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

250

How does bandwidth affect the frame rate?

Test images for color cameras
The color cameras have 1 test image:
YUV4:2:2 mode

Figure 102: Color test image
Mono8 (raw data)

Figure 103: Bayer-coded test image
The color camera outputs Bayer-coded raw data in Mono8 instead of (asdescribed in IIDC V1.31) a real Y signal.
NoteThe first pixel of the image is always the red pixel from thesensor. (Mirror must be switched of)Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

251

Configuration of the camera

Configuration of the camera
All camera settings are made by writing specific values into the corresponding
registers.
This applies to:• Values for general operating states such as video formats and modes,
exposure times, etc.
• Extended features of the camera that are turned on and off and controlled
via corresponding registers (so-called advanced registers).

Camera_Status_Register
The interoperability of cameras from different manufacturers is ensured by IIDC,
formerly DCAM (Digital Camera Specification), published by the IEEE 1394 Trade
Association.
IIDC is primarily concerned with setting memory addresses (e.g. CSR:
Camera_Status_Register) and their meaning.
In principle, all addresses in IEEE 1394 networks are 64 bits long.
The first 10 bits describe the Bus_Id, the next 6 bits the Node_Id.
Of the subsequent 48 bit, the first 16 bit are always FFFFh; leaving thedescription for the Camera_Status_Register in the last 32 bit.
For example: If the CSR address is F0F00600h, this stands for:Bus_Id, Node_Id, FFFF F0F00600h
Writing and reading to and from the register can be done with programs such as
FireView or by other programs developed using an API library(e.g. FirePackage).
Every register is 32 bit (big endian) and implemented as follows (MSB = Most
Significant Bit; LSB = Least Significant Bit):
Far left

Bit

Bit

Bit

0

1

2

to

MSB

Bit

Bit

30

31
LSB

Figure 104: 32-bit register

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

252

Configuration of the camera

ExampleThis requires, for example, that to enable ISO_Enabled mode (see chapter
ISO_Enable / free-run on page 199), (bit 0 in register 614h), the value
80000000 h must be written in the corresponding register.
Offset of Register: (0xF0F00614)
ISO_Enable
Write 80000000 and click Write

Content of register: 80000000= 1000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000

Figure 105: Enabling ISO_Enable

Offset of Register: (0xF1000040)
ADV_FNC_INQ

Content of register: FEA2E583= 1111 1110 1010 0010 1110 0101 1000 0011

Figure 106: Configuring the camera (Stingray F-145C)
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

253ExtdShutter

TestimageLook-up tables

Shading

DeferredTrans

Trigger Delay

Misc. features

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

0

1

0

1

0

0

0

1

0

ColorCorr

GP_Buffer

UserProfiles

VersionInfo

TimeBase
1

High SNR

Bit

0

SoftReset

Bit

MaxResolution

Configuration of the camera

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

1

1

1

0

0

1

0

1

1

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

Table 107: Configuring the camera: registers

Sample program
The following sample code in C/C++ shows how the register is set for videomode/format, trigger mode, etc., using the FireGrab and FireStack API.
Example FireGrab…
// Set Videoformat
if(Result==FCE_NOERROR)
Result= Camera.SetParameter(FGP_IMAGEFORMAT,MAKEIMAGEFORMAT(RES_640_480,
CM_Y8, FR_15));// Set external Trigger
if(Result==FCE_NOERROR)
Result= Camera.SetParameter(FGP_TRIGGER,MAKETRIGGER(1,0,0,0,0));// Start DMA logic
if(Result==FCE_NOERROR)
Result=Camera.OpenCapture();// Start image device
if(Result==FCE_NOERROR)
Result=Camera.StartDevice();…

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

254

Configuration of the camera

Example FireStack API…
// Set framerate
Result=WriteQuad(HIGHOFFSET,m_Props.CmdRegBase+CCR_FRAMERATE,(UINT32)m_Parms.Fr
ameRate<<29);// Set mode
if(Result)
Result=WriteQuad(HIGHOFFSET,m_Props.CmdRegBase+CCR_VMODE,(UINT32)m_Parms.VideoM
ode<<29);// Set format
if(Result)
Result=WriteQuad(HIGHOFFSET,m_Props.CmdRegBase+CCR_VFORMAT,(UINT32)m_Parms.Vide
oFormat<<29);// Set trigger
if(Result){
Mode=0;if(m_Parms.TriggerMode==TM_EXTERN)
Mode=0x82000000;
if(m_Parms.TriggerMode==TM_MODE15)
Mode=0x820F0000;
WriteQuad(HIGHOFFSET,m_Props.CmdRegBase+CCR_TRGMODE,Mode);}// Start continous ISO if not oneshot triggermodeif(Result && m_Parms.TriggerMode!=TM_ONESHOT)
Result=WriteQuad(HIGHOFFSET,m_Props.CmdRegBase+CCR_ISOENABLE,0x80000000);…

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

255

Configuration of the camera

Configuration ROM
The information in the configuration ROM is needed to identify the node, its
capabilities, and the required drivers.
The base address for the configuration ROM for all registers is FFFF F0000000h.
Note

If you want to use the SmartView program to read or write to aregister, enter the following value in the Address field:



F0F00000h + Offset

The configuration ROM is divided into the following:• Bus info block: providing critical information about the bus-related
capabilities• Root directory: specifying the rest of the content and organization, suchas:
– Node unique ID leaf
– Unit directory– Unit dependent info
The base address of the camera control register is calculated as follows based on
the camera-specific base address:
Bus info block Offset

0 to 7 8 to 15 16 to 23 24 to 31

400h

04

29

0C

C0

404h

31

33

39

34

…. ASCII for IEEE 1394

408h

20

00

B2

03

…. Bus capabilities

40Ch

00

0A

47

01

…. Node_Vendor_Id, Chip_id_hi

410h

Serial number…. Chip_id_lo

Root directory 414h

00

04

B7

85

418h

03

00

0A

47

41Ch

0C

00

83

C0

420h

8D

00

00

02

424h

D1

00

00

04

According to IEEE1212, the root directory
may have another length. The keys (e.g.
8D) point to the offset factors rather thanthe offset (e.g. 420h) itself.

Table 108: Configuration ROM
The entry with key 8D in the root directory (420h in this case) provides the offset
for the Node unique ID leaf.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

256Configuration of the camera

To compute the effective start address of the node unique ID leaf
currAddr= node unique ID leaf address

destAddr= address of directory entry

addrOffset= value of directory entry

destAddr= currAddr + (4 x addrOffset)= 420h + (4 x 000002h)= 428hTable 109: Computing effective start address
destAdr, calculated from the example in the table above:
420h + 000002h x 4 = 428h

Node unique ID leaf

Offset0 to 78 to 15 16 to 23 24 to 31

428h

00

02

5E

9E

to.CRC

42Ch

00

0A

47

01

….Node_Vendor_Id,Chip_id_h
i

430h

00

00

Serial number

Table 110: Configuration ROM
The entry with key D1 in the root directory (424h in this case) provides the offset
for the unit directory as follows:
424h + 000004 x 4 = 434h

Unit directory

Offset0 to 78 to 15 16 to 23 24 to 31

434h

00

03

93

7D

438h

12

00

A0

2D

43Ch

13

00

01

02

440h

D4

00

00

01

Table 111: Configuration ROM
The entry with key D4 in the unit directory (440h in this case) provides the offset
for unit dependent info:
440h + 0000xx * 4 = 444h

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

257

Configuration of the camera

Unit dependent info

Offset0 to 78 to 15 16 to 23 24 to 31

444h

00

0B

A9

6E

to.unit_dep_info_length, CRC

448h

40

3C

00

00

to.command_regs_base

44Ch

81

00

00

02

to.vender_name_leaf

450h

82

00

00

06

to.model_name_leaf

454h

38

00

00

10

to.unit_sub_sw_version

458h

39

00

00

00

to.Reserved

45Ch

3A

00

00

00

to.Reserved

460h

3B

00

00

00

to.Reserved

464h

3C

00

01

00

to.vendor_unique_info_0

468h

3D

00

92

00

to.vendor_unique_info_1

46Ch

3E

00

00

65

to.vendor_unique_info_2

470h

3F

00

00

00

to.vendor_unique_info_3

Table 112: Configuration ROM
Finally, the entry with key 40 (448h in this case) provides the offset for thecamera control register:
FFFF F0000000h + 3C0000h x 4 = FFFF F0F00000h
The base address of the camera control register is thus:
FFFF F0F00000h
The offset entered in the table always refers to the base address of F0F00000h.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

258

Configuration of the camera

Implemented registers (IIDC V1.31)
The following tables show how standard registers from IIDC V1.31 are
implemented in the camera:• Base address is F0F00000h• Differences and explanations can be found in the Description column.

Camera initialize register
OffsetName

Description

000h

INITIALIZE

Assert MSB = 1 for Init.

Table 113: Camera initialize register

Inquiry register for video format
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

100h

V_FORMAT_INQ

Format_0[0]

Up to VGA (non compressed)

Format_1[1]

SVGA to XGA

Format_2[2]

SXGA to UXGA

Format_3[3 to 5]Reserved

Format_6[6]

Still Image Format

Format_7[7]Partial Image Format---[8 to 31]

Reserved

Table 114: Format inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

259

Configuration of the camera

Inquiry register for video mode
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

Color mode

180h

V_MODE_INQ

Mode_0[0]160 x 120

YUV 4:4:4(Format_0)

Mode_1[1]

320 x 240

YUV 4:2:2

Mode_2[2]640 x 480

YUV 4:1:1

Mode_3[3]640 x 480

YUV 4:2:2

Mode_4[4]640 x 480

RGB

Mode_5[5]640 x 480

MONO8

Mode_6[6]640 x 480

MONO16

Mode_X[7]

Reserved---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_MODE_INQ

Mode_0[0]800 x 600

YUV 4:2:2(Format_1)

Mode_1[1]

800 x 600

RGB

Mode_2[2]800 x 600

MONO8Mode_3[3]1024 x 768

YUV 4:2:2

Mode_4[4]1024 x 768

RGB

Mode_5[5]1024 x 768

MONO8

Mode_6[6]800 x 600

MONO16

Mode_7[7]1024 x 768

MONO16---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_MODE_INQ

Mode_0[0]1280 x 960

YUV 4:2:2(Format_2)

Mode_1[1]1280 x 960

RGB

Mode_2[2]1280 x 960

MONO8Mode_3[3]1600 x 1200

YUV 4:2:2

Mode_4[4]1600 x 1200

RGB

Mode_5[5]1600 x 1200

MONO8

Mode_6[6]1280 x 960

MONO16

Mode_7[7]1600 x 1200

MONO16---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

184h

188h

18Ch

Reserved for other V_MODE_INQ_x for Format_x.

Always 0

V_MODE_INQ_6 (Format_6)

Always 0

…
197h
198h

Table 115: Video mode inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

260

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

19Ch

V_MODE_INQ

Mode_0[0]Format_7 Mode_0(Format_7)

Mode_1[1]

Format_7 Mode_1

Mode_2[2]

Format_7 Mode_2

Mode_3[3]

Format_7 Mode_3

Mode_4[4]

Format_7 Mode_4

Mode_5[5]Format_7 Mode_5

Mode_6[6]

Format_7 Mode_6

Mode_7[7]

Format_7 Mode_7---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)Color mode

Table 115: Video mode inquiry register (continued)

Inquiry register for video frame rate and base address
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

200h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]Reserved(Format_0, Mode_0)

FrameRate_1[1]

Reserved

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_0, Mode_1)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

204h

Table 116: Frame rate inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

261

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

208h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_0, Mode_2)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_0, Mode_3)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_0, Mode_4)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

20Ch

210h

Table 116: Frame rate inquiry register (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

262

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

214h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_0, Mode_5)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)(Format_0,
Mode_6)[0]1.875 fps

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

218h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0

21Ch…

Reserved V_RATE_INQ_0_x (for other Mode_x ofFormat_0)

Always 0

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]Reserved(Format_1, Mode_0)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

21Fh
220h

Table 116: Frame rate inquiry register (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

263

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

224h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]Reserved(Format_1, Mode_1)

FrameRate_1[1]

Reserved

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]Reserved(Format_1, Mode_2)

FrameRate_1[1]

Reserved

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

228h

22Ch

V_RATE_INQ (Format_1, FrameRate_0
Mode_3)
FrameRate_1[0]1.875 fps

[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

Table 116: Frame rate inquiry register (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

264Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

230h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_1, Mode_4)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_1, Mode_5)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_1, Mode_6)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

234h

238h

Table 116: Frame rate inquiry register (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

265Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

23Ch

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_1, Mode_7)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_0)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_1)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

240h

244h

Table 116: Frame rate inquiry register (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

266

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

248h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_2)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_3)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_4)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]Reserved

FrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

24Ch

250h

Table 116: Frame rate inquiry register (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

267

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

254h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_5)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_6)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8 to 31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_7)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8 to 31]

Reserved

258h

25Ch

260h

Reserved V_RATE_INQ_y_x (for other Format_y, Mode_x)

…
2BFh
2C0h

V_REV_INQ_6_0 (Format_6, Mode0)

Always 0

2C4h

Reserved V_REV_INQ_6_x (for other Mode_x ofFormat_6)

Always 0

to2DFhTable 116: Frame rate inquiry register (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

268

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

2E0h

Field

Bit

Description

V-CSR_INQ_7_0[0 to 31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_02E4h

V-CSR_INQ_7_1[0 to 31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_1

2E8h

V-CSR_INQ_7_2[0 to 31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_22ECh

V-CSR_INQ_7_3[0 to 31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_3

2F0h

V-CSR_INQ_7_4[0 to 31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_42F4h

V-CSR_INQ_7_5[0 to 31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_5

2F8h

V-CSR_INQ_7_6[0 to 31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_62FCh

V-CSR_INQ_7_7[0 to 31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_7

Table 116: Frame rate inquiry register (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

269

Configuration of the camera

Inquiry register for basic function
Offset Name
400h

Field

Bit

Description

BASIC_FUNC_INQ Advanced_Feature_Inq[0]Inquiry for advanced features(Vendor unique Features)[1]

Inquiry for existence ofVmode_Error_Status register

Vmode_Error_Status_Inq

Feature_Control_Error_Status_In [2]qInquiry for existence of
Feature_Control_Error_Status

Opt_Func_CSR_Inq[3]

Inquiry for Opt_Func_CSR---[4 to 7]

Reserved

1394b_mode_Capability[8]Inquiry for1394b_mode_Capability---[9 to 15] Reserved

Cam_Power_Cntl

[16]

---

[17 to 18] Reserved

One_Shot_Inq[19]

One-shot transmission
capability

Multi_Shot_Inq[20]

Multi-shot transmission
capability---[21 to 27] Reserved

Memory_Channel[28 to 31] Maximum memory channel
number (N)If 0000, no user memory
available

Camera process power ON/OFF
capability

Table 117: Basic function inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

270

Configuration of the camera

Inquiry register for feature presence
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

404h

FEATURE_HI_INQ

Brightness[0]Brightness control

Auto_Exposure[1]

Auto_Exposure control

Sharpness[2]

Sharpness control

White_Balance[3]

White balance control

Hue

[4]

Hue control

Saturation[5]

Saturation control

Gamma

[6]

Gamma control

Shutter[7]

Shutter control

Gain

[8]

Gain control

Iris

[9]

Iris control

Focus

[10]

Focus control

Temperature[11]

Temperature control

Trigger[12]

Trigger control

Trigger_Delay[13]

Trigger_Delay control

White_Shading[14]

White_Shading control

Frame_Rate[15]

Frame_Rate control---[16 to 31] Reserved

Zoom

[0]

Zoom control

Pan

[1]

Pan control

Tilt

[2]

Tilt control

Optical_Filter[3]

Optical_Filter control---[4 to 15] Reserved

Capture_Size[16]

Capture_Size for Format_6

Capture_Quality[17]

Capture_Quality for
Format_6---[16 to 31] Reserved

---

[0]

Reserved

PIO[1]

Parallel Input/Output
control

SIO[2]

Serial Input/Output
control

Strobe_out[4 to 31] Strobe signal output

408h

40Ch

FEATURE_LO_INQ

OPT_FUNCTION_INQ

Table 118: Feature presence inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

271

Configuration of the camera

OffsetName

410h

Reserved

Field

Bit

Description
Address error on access

to
47Fh
480h

Advanced_Feature_Inq

Advanced_Feature_Quadlet [0 to 31] Quadlet offset of the_Offsetadvanced feature CSR's
from the base address of
initial register space(vendor unique)This register is the offset
for theAccess_Control_Registerand thus the base address
for Advanced Features.
Access_Control_Register
does not prevent access toadvanced features. In some
programs it should stillalways be activated first.
Advanced Feature Set
Unique Value is 7ACh andCompanyID is A47h.

484h

PIO_Control_CSR_Inq

PIO_Control_Quadlet_Offset [0 to 31] Quadlet offset of the
PIO_Control CSR's from thebase address of initial
register space (Vendor
unique)488h

SIO_Control_CSR_Inq

SIO_Control_Quadlet_Offset [0 to 31] Quadlet offset of the
SIO_Control CSR's from thebase address of initial
register space (vendor
unique)48Ch

Strobe_Output_CSR_Inq Strobe_Output_Quadlet_Off [0 to 31] Quadlet offset of theset
Strobe_Output signal CSR's
from the base address of
initial register space(vendor unique)
Table 118: Feature presence inquiry register (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

272

Configuration of the camera

Inquiry register for feature elements
Register

Name

0xF0F00500 BRIGHTNESS_INQUIRY

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

Abs_Control_Inq[1]

Capability of control withabsolute value

---

[2]

Reserved

One_Push_Inq[3]

One-push auto mode(controlled
automatically by thecamera once)

Readout_Inq[4]

Capability of reading out
the value of this feature

ON_OFF[5]

Capability of switching
this feature ON and OFF

Auto_Inq[6]

Auto Mode (Controlled
automatically by thecamera)Manual_Inq[7]

Manual Mode (Controlled
by user)

Min_Value[8 to 19]

Minimum value for thisfeatureMax_Value[20 to 31] Maximum value for thisfeature504h

AUTO_EXPOSURE_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

508h

SHARPNESS_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

50Ch

WHITE_BAL_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

510h

HUE_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

514h

SATURATION_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

518h

GAMMA_INQSame definition as Brightness_inq.

51Ch

SHUTTER_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

520h

GAIN_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

524h

IRIS_INQ

Always 0528h

FOCUS_INQ

Always 0

52Ch

TEMPERATURE_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

Table 119: Feature elements inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

273

Configuration of the camera

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

530h

TRIGGER_INQ

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

Abs_Control_Inq[1]

Capability of control withabsolute value---[2 to 3

Reserved

Readout_Inq[4]

Capability of reading out
the value of this feature

ON_OFF[5]

Capability of switching
this feature ON and OFF

Polarity_Inq[6]

Capability of changing
the polarity of the trigger
input

Value_Read_Inq[7]

Capability of reading raw
trigger input
Reads if trigger is active.
In case of external
trigger, a combined
signal is read.

Trigger_Source0_Inq[8]

Presence of Trigger
Source 0
ID=0Indicates usage ofstandard inputs.

---[9 to 15]

Reserved

Software_Trigger_Inq [15]Presence of Software
Trigger
ID=7

Trigger_Mode0_Inq[16]

Presence of
Trigger_Mode 0

Trigger_Mode1_Inq[17]

Presence of
Trigger_Mode 1

Trigger_Mode2_Inq[18]

Presence of
Trigger_Mode 2

Trigger_Mode3_Inq[19]

Presence of
Trigger_Mode 3---[20 to 31

Reserved

Table 119: Feature elements inquiry register (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

274

Configuration of the camera

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

534h

TRIGGER_DELAY_INQUIRY Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

Abs_Control_Inq[1]

Capability of control withabsolute value

---

[2]

Reserved

One_Push_Inq[3]

One Push auto mode
Controlled automaticallyby the camera once)

Readout_Inq[4]

Capability of reading out
the value of this feature

ON_OFF[5]

Capability of switching
this feature ON and OFF

Auto_Inq[6]

Auto Mode (Controlled
automatically by thecamera)Manual_Inq[7]

Manual Mode (Controlled
by user)

Min_Value[8 to 19]

Minimum value for thisfeatureMax_Value[20 to 31] Maximum value for thisfeature538 to57Ch

Reserved for other FEATURE_HI_INQ

580h

ZOOM_INQ

Always 0584h

PAN_INQ

Always 0588h

TILT_INQ

Always 0

58Ch

OPTICAL_FILTER_INQ

Always 0590

Reserved for other
FEATURE_LO_INQ

Always 0

5C0h

CAPTURE_SIZE_INQ

Always 0

5C4h

CAPTURE_QUALITY_INQ

Always 0

5C8h

Reserved for other
FEATURE_LO_INQ

Always 0

to
5BCh

to
5FCh

Table 119: Feature elements inquiry register (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

275

Configuration of the camera

Status and control registers for camera
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

600h

CUR-V-Frm_RATE/
RevisionBit [0 to 2] for the frame rate

604h

CUR-V-MODE

Bit [0 to 2] for the current video mode

608h

CUR-V-FORMAT

Bit [0 to 2] for the current video format

60Ch

ISO-Channel

Bit [0 to 3] for channel, [6 to 7] for ISO speed

610hCamera_Power

Always 0614h

ISO_EN/
Continuous_Shot

Bit 0: 1 for start continuous shot; 0 for stop continuous shot

618hMemory_Save

Always 0

61Ch

One_Shot, Multi_Shot,
Count Number

See chapter One-shot on page 196
See chapter Multi-shot on page 199620h

Mem_Save_Ch

Always 0624

Cur_Mem_Ch

Always 0628h

Vmode_Error_Status

Error in combination of Format/Mode/ISO Speed:Bit(0): No error; Bit(0)=1: error

62Ch

Software_Trigger

Software trigger
Write:
0: Reset software trigger
1: Set software trigger (self cleared, when using edge mode; must
be set back to 0 manually, when using level mode)
Read:
0: Ready (meaning: it’s possible to set a software trigger)
1: Busy (meaning: no trigger possible)

Table 120: Status and control registers for camera

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

276

Configuration of the camera

Inquiry register for absolute value CSR offset address
OffsetName

Description

700h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_0

Always 0704h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_1

Always 0708h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_2

Always 0

70Ch

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_3

Always 0710h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_4

Always 0714h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_5

Always 0718h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_6

Always 0

71Ch

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_7

Always 0

720h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_8

Always 0724h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_9

Always 0728h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_10

Always 0

72Ch

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_11

Always 0730h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_12

Always 0734

Reserved

Always 0780h

ABS_CSR_LO_INQ_0

Always 0784h

ABS_CSR_LO_INQ_1

Always 0788h

ABS_CSR_LO_INQ_2

Always 0

78Ch

ABS_CSR_LO_INQ_3

Always 0790h

Reserved

Always 0

7C0h

ABS_CSR_LO_INQ_16

Always 0

7C4h

ABS_CSR_LO_INQ_17

Always 0

7C8h

Reserved

Always 0

to
77Fh

to
7BFh

to
7FFh
Table 121: Absolute value inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

277

Configuration of the camera

Status and control register for one-push
The OnePush feature, WHITE_BALANCE, is currently implemented. If this flag isset, the feature becomes immediately active, even if no images are being input(see chapter One-push white balance on page 128).
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

800h

BRIGHTNESS

Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
0: Control with value in the Value field
1: Control with value in the Absolutevalue CSR
If this bit = 1, value in the Value field isignored---[2 to 4]

Reserved

One_Push[5]

Write 1: begin to work (Self cleared after
operation)
Read: Value=1 in operation
Value=0 not in operation
If A_M_Mode =1, this bit is ignored

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF, 1: ON
If this bit =0, other fields will be read
only

A_M_Mode[7]

Write: set the mode
Read: read a current mode
0: Manual
1: Auto---[8 to 19]

Reserved

Value[20 to 31] Value.
Write the value in Auto mode, this fieldis ignored
If ReadOut capability is not available,
read value has no meaning

Table 122: Feature control register

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

278

Configuration of the camera

OffsetName

804h

AUTO-EXPOSURE

Field

Bit

Description
See above
Target grey level parameter in
SmartView corresponds toAuto_exposure register 0xF0F00804(IIDC)

808h

SHARPNESS

80Ch

WHITE-BALANCE

See above
Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature
0: N/A
1: Available
Always 0 for Monochrome

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
0: Control with value in the Value field
1: Control with value in the Absolutevalue CSR
If this bit = 1, value in the Value field isignored---[2 to 4]

Reserved

One_Push[5]

Write 1: begin to work (Self cleared after
operation)
Read: Value=1 in operation
Value=0 not in operation
If A_M_Mode =1, this bit is ignored

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature,
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON
If this bit =0, other fields will be read
only

A_M_Mode[7]

Write: set the mode
Read: read a current mode
0: Manual
1: AutoU_Value /B_Value[8 to 19]

U value / B value
Write the value in AUTO mode, this fieldis ignored
If ReadOut capability is not available,
read value has no meaning

Table 122: Feature control register (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

279

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

V_Value /[20 to 31] V value / R value

R_Value

Description
Write the value in AUTO mode, this fieldis ignored
If ReadOut capability is not available,
read value has no meaning

810h

HUE

See above
Always 0 for Monochrome

814h

SATURATION

See above
Always 0 for Monochrome

818h

GAMMA

See above

81Ch

SHUTTERSee Advanced Feature time base:•see chapter Exposure time
(shutter) and offset on page 193• see chapter Time base on page 292
See Table 43 on page 131
820h

GAIN

See above

824h

IRIS

Always 0

828h

FOCUS

Always 0

82Ch

TEMPERATURE

See Table 125 on page 283

830h

TRIGGER_MODE

Can be effected via advanced feature
IO_INP_CTRLx

834h

Reserved for other
FEATURE_HI

Always 0

880h

Zoom

Always 0

884h

PAN

Always 0

888h

TILT

Always 0

to87Ch

Table 122: Feature control register (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

280

Configuration of the camera

OffsetName

88Ch

OPTICAL_FILTER

Always 0890h

Reserved for other
FEATURE_LO

Always 0

8C0h

CAPTURE-SIZE

Always 0

8C4h

CAPTURE-QUALITY

Always 0

8C8h

Reserved for other
FEATURE_LO

Always 0

to

Field

Bit

Description

8BCh

to
8FCh

Table 122: Feature control register (continued)

Feature control error status register
OffsetName

Description

640hFeature_Control_Error_Status_HI

Always 0644hFeature_Control_Error_Status_LO

Always 0

Table 123: Feature control error register

Video mode control and status registers for Format_7
Quadlet offset Format_7 Mode_0
The quadlet offset to the base address for Format_7 Mode_0, which can be readout at F0F002E0h (according to Table 116 on page 261) gives 003C2000h.
4 x 3C2000h = F08000h so that the base address for the latter (Table 124 on
page 282) equals
F0000000h + F08000h = F0F08000h.
Quadlet offset Format_7 Mode_1
The quadlet offset to the base address for Format_7 Mode_1, which can be readout at F0F002E4h (according to Table 116 on page 261) gives 003C2400h.
4 x 003C2400h = F09000h so that the base address for the latter (Table 124 on
page 282) equals
F0000000h + F09000h = F0F09000h.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

281

Configuration of the camera

Format_7 control and status register (CSR)
OffsetName

Description

000h

MAX_IMAGE_SIZE_INQ

According to IIDC V1.31

004h

UNIT_SIZE_INQ

According to IIDC V1.31008h

IMAGE_POSITION

According to IIDC V1.31

00Ch

IMAGE_SIZE

According to IIDC V1.31

010h

COLOR_CODING_ID

See note

014h

COLOR_CODING_INQ

According to IIDC V1.31

024h
.
.

COLOR_CODING_INQ

Vendor Unique Color_Coding
0-127 (ID=128 to 255)
ID=132ECCID_MONO12
ID=136ECCID_RAW12033h

ID=133Reserved
ID=134Reserved
ID=135Reserved
See chapter Packed 12-Bit Modeon page 169.
034h

PIXEL_NUMER_INQ

According to IIDC V1.31

038h

TOTAL_BYTES_HI_INQ

According to IIDC V1.31

03Ch

TOTAL_BYTES_LO_INQ

According to IIDC V1.31

040h

PACKET_PARA_INQ

See note

044h

BYTE_PER_PACKET

According to IIDC V1.31

Table 124: Format_7 control and status register
Note

•



•

•
•
•

For all modes in Format_7, ErrorFlag_1 and ErrorFlag_2
are refreshed on each access to the Format_7 register.
Contrary to IIDC V1.31, registers relevant to Format_7
are refreshed on each access. The Setting_1 bit isautomatically cleared after each access.
When ErrorFlag_1 or ErrorFlag_2 are set and Format_7 isconfigured, no image capture is started.
Contrary to IIDC V1.31, COLOR_CODING_ID is set to adefault value after an INITIALIZE or reset.
Contrary to IIDC V1.31, the UnitBytePerPacket field isalready filled in with a fixed value in the
PACKET_PARA_INQ register.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

282

Configuration of the camera

Temperature register
The temperature is implemented with Presence_Inq=1 (available) and ON_OFF[6] always ON according to IIDC V1.31:
Register

Name

0xF0F0082C

Field

Bit

Description

TEMPERATURE Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the value field
1: Control with value in the absolute value
CSR
If this bit=1 the value in the value field has
to be ignored.

---[2 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Always 1
0: OFF
1: ON---[7 to 19]

Reserved

Value[20 to 31] Temperature at the present time (read only)
Read out temperature value and divide by
10: this is the temperature at sensor indegree Celsius.
Info: 50 °C at sensor is approximately 45 °C
at camera housing. So never run the camera
with more than 50 °C at sensor.
•••

Minimum displayed temperature: -55°C
Maximum displayed temperature: 150°C
Increment: 0.25 °C/step

Table 125: CSR: Temperature
From -10 °C to +65 °C the temperature accuracy is: +1.5 °C / -2.0 °C

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

283

Configuration of the camera

Advanced features (Allied Vision-specific)
The camera has a variety of extended features going beyond the possibilities
described in IIDC V1.31. The following chapter summarizes all available (Allied
Vision-specific) advanced features in ascending register order.
NoteThis chapter is a reference guide for advanced registers anddoes not explain the advanced features itself.
For detailed description of the theoretical background see••

chapter Description of the data path on page 124
Links given in the table below

Advanced registers summary
The following table gives an overview of all available advanced registers:
Register

Register name

Description

0xF1000010

VERSION_INFO1

See Table 127 on page 287

0xF1000014

VERSION_INFO1_EX

0xF1000018

VERSION_INFO3

0xF100001C

VERSION_INFO3_EX

0xF1000040

ADV_INQ_1

See Table 129 on page 289

0xF1000044

ADV_INQ_2

0xF1000048

ADV_INQ_3

0xF100004C

ADV_INQ_4

In ADV_INQ_3 there is a new field
F7MODE_MAPPING [3]Low Noise Binning [9]0xF1000100

CAMERA_STATUS

See Table 130 on page 291

0xF1000200

MAX_RESOLUTION

See Table 131 on page 292

0xF1000208

TIMEBASE

See Table 132 on page 292

0xF100020C

EXTD_SHUTTER

See Table 134 on page 294

0xF1000210

TEST_IMAGE

See Table 136 on page 298

0xF1000220

SEQUENCE_CTRL

See Table 74 on page 204

0xF1000224

SEQUENCE_PARAM

0xF1000228

SEQUENCE_STEP

0xF1000240

LUT_CTRL

0xF1000244

LUT_MEM_CTRL

0xF1000248

LUT_INFO

See Table 137 on page 299

Table 126: Advanced registers summary

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

284

Configuration of the camera

Register

Register name

Description

0xF1000250

SHDG_CTRL

See Table 138 on page 301

0xF1000254

SHDG_MEM_CTRL

0xF1000258

SHDG_INFO

0xF1000260

DEFERRED_TRANS

See Table 140 on page 304

0xF1000270

FRAMEINFO

See Table 141 on page 304

0xF1000274

FRAMECOUNTER

0xF1000298

DPC_CTRL

0xF100029C

DPC_MEM

0xF10002A0

DPC_INFO

0xF1000300

IO_INP_CTRL1

0xF1000304

IO_INP_CTRL2

Stingray housing and board level cameras
See Table 23 on page 107

0xF1000320

IO_OUTP_CTRL1

Stingray housing and board level cameras

0xF1000324

IO_OUTP_CTRL2

See Table 29 on page 112

0xF1000328

IO_OUTP_CTRL3

0xF100032C

IO_OUTP_CTRL4

0xF1000340

IO_INTENA_DELAY

See Table 143 on page 308

0xF1000360

AUTOSHUTTER_CTRL

See Table 144 on page 308

0xF1000364

AUTOSHUTTER_LO

0xF1000368

AUTOSHUTTER_HI

0xF1000370

AUTOGAIN_CTRL

See Table 145 on page 310

0xF1000390

AUTOFNC_AOI

See Table 146 on page 311

0xF1000394

AF_AREA_POSITION

0xF1000398

AF_AREA_SIZE

0xF10003A0

COLOR_CORR

See Table 142 on page 305

Stingray color cameras only
See Table 147 on page 312

0xF10003A4

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC11 = Crr

Stingray color cameras only

0xF10003A8

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC12 = Cgr

See Table 147 on page 312

0xF10003AC

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC13 = Cbr

0xF10003B0

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC21 = Crg

0xF10003B4

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC22 = Cgg

0xF10003B8

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC23 = Cbg

0xF10003BC

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC31 = Crb

0xF10003C0

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC32 = Cgb

0xF10003C4

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC33 = Cbb
Table 126: Advanced registers summary (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

285

Configuration of the camera

Register

Register name

Description

0xF1000400

TRIGGER_DELAY

See Table 148 on page 313

0xF1000410

MIRROR_IMAGE

See Table 138 on page 301

0xF1000510

SOFT_RESET

See Table 150 on page 314

0xF1000520

HIGH_SNR

See Table 151 on page 315

0xF1000550

USER PROFILES

See Table 166 on page 330

0xF1000570

PARAMUPD_TIMINGSee Table 154 on page 318

0xF1000580

F7MODE_MAPPINGSee Table 157 on page 321

0xF1000610

FRMCNT_STAMP

See Table 162 on page 326

0xF1000620

TRIGGER_COUNTER

See Table 163 on page 327

0xF1000630

SIS

See Table 159 on page 323

0xF1000640

SWFEATURE_CTRL

See Table 165 on page 329

0xF1000800
0xF1000804

IO_OUTP_PWM1

Stingray housing and board level cameras:

0xF1000808
0xF100080C

IO_OUTP_PWM2

0xF1000810
0xF1000814

IO_OUTP_PWM3

0xF1000818
0xF100081C

IO_OUTP_PWM4

0xF1000840

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_1

0xF1000850

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_2

0xF1000860

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_3

0xF1000870

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_4

0xF1000FFC

GPDATA_INFO

0xF1001000

GPDATA_BUFFER

See Table 31 on page 115

See Table 66 on page 193

See Table 169 on page 333

to0xF100nnnn
0xF1100000

PARRAMLIST_INFO

0xF1101000

PARAMLIST_BUFFER

See Table 155 on page 320

Table 126: Advanced registers summary (continued)
Note

•



•

Advanced features should always be activated before
accessing them.
Currently, all registers can be written without being
activated. This makes it easier to operate the camera
using Directcontrol.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

286

Configuration of the camera

Extended version information register
The presence of each of the following features can be queried by the 0 bit of thecorresponding register.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000010

VERSION_INFO1

μC type ID[0 to 15]

Always 0

μC version[16 to 31]

Bcd-coded version number

0xF1000014

VERSION_INFO1_EX μC version[0 to 31]

Bcd-coded version number

0xF1000018

VERSION_INFO3

Camera type ID[0 to 15]

See Table 128 on page 288.

FPGA version[16 to 31]

Bcd-coded version number

VERSION_INFO3_EX FPGA version[0 to 31]

Bcd-coded version number

0xF100001C
0xF1000020---[0 to 31]

Reserved

0xF1000024---[0 to 31]

Reserved

0xF1000028---[0 to 31]

Reserved

0xF100002C---[0 to 31]

Reserved

0xF1000030

OrderIDHigh[0 to 31]

8 Byte ASCII Order ID

0xF1000034

OrderIDLow[0 to 31]

Table 127: Advanced register: Extended version information
The micro controller version and FPGA firmware version numbers are bcd-coded,
which means that firmware version 0.85 is read as 0x0085 and version 1.10 isread as 0x0110.
The newly added VERSION_INFOx_EX registers contain extended bcd-codedversion information formatted as special.major.minor.patch.
So reading the value 0x00223344 is decoded as:• Special:0(decimal)• Major:22(decimal)• Minor:33(decimal)• Patch:44(decimal)This is decoded to the human readable version 22.33.44 (leading zeros areomitted).
Note

If a camera returns the register set to all zero, that particularcamera does not support the extended version information.

The FPGA type ID (= camera type ID) identifies the camera type with the help of
the following list (BL = board level):

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

287

Configuration of the camera

ID: S/N 285884416 to 301989887

ID: S/N 319438848 to 335544319

Camera type

401

601

Stingray F-033B (BL)

402

602

Stingray F-033C (BL)

403

603

---

404

604

---

405

605

Stingray F-046B (BL)

406

606

Stingray F-046C (BL)

407

607

Stingray F-080B (BL)

408

608

Stingray F-080C (BL)

409

609

Stingray F-125B (BL)

410

610

Stingray F-125C (BL)

413

613

Stingray F-145B (BL)

414

614

Stingray F-145C (BL)

415

615

Stingray F-146B (BL)

416

616

Stingray F-146C (BL)

417

617

Stingray F-201B (BL)

418

618

Stingray F-201C (BL)

419

619

---

420

620

---

423

623

Stingray F-504B (BL)

424

624

Stingray F-504C (BL)

Table 128: Camera type ID list

Advanced feature inquiry
This register indicates with a named bit if a feature is present or not. If a feature
is marked as not present the associated register space might not be available
and read/write errors may occur.
Note

Ignore unnamed bits in the following table: these bits might be
set or not.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

288

Configuration of the camera

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000040

ADV_INQ_1

MaxResolution[0]

TimeBase[1]

ExtdShutter[2]

TestImage[3]

FrameInfo[4]

Sequences[5]

VersionInfo

[6]

---

[7]

Look-up tables[8]

Shading[9]

DeferredTrans[10]

HDR mode

[11]

---

[12]

Reserved

---

[13]

Reserved

TriggerDelay[14]

Mirror image[15]

Soft Reset[16]

High SNR[17]

Color correction

[18]

---

[19 to 20] Reserved

User Sets

[21]

---

[22 to 29] Reserved

Paramlist_Info[30]

GP_Buffer[31]

Reserved

Table 129: Advanced register: Advanced feature inquiry

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

289

Configuration of the camera

Register

Name

Field

Bit

0xF1000044

ADV_INQ_2

Input_1[0]

Input_2[1]---[2 to 7]

Output_1[8]

Output_2[9]Output_3[10]Output_4

[11]

---

[12 to 15] Reserved

IntEnaDelay

[16]

---

[17 to 23] Reserved

Output 1 PWM[24]Output 2 PWM[25]

Output 3 PWM[26]

Output 4 PWM

[27]

---

[28 to 31] Reserved

Camera Status[0]

Max IsoSize[1]

Paramupd_Timing[2]

F7 mode mapping[3]

Auto Shutter[4]

Auto Gain[5]

Auto FNC AOI

[6]

---

[7 to 14]

Permanent Data
Storage[15]---[16 to 31]

---

[0]

---

[1]

---

[2]

---

[18 to 31] Reserved

0xF1000048

0xF100004C

ADV_INQ_3

ADV_INQ_4

Description

Reserved

Stingray housing and board
level cameras

Reserved

Table 129: Advanced register: Advanced feature inquiry (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

290

Configuration of the camera

Camera status
This register allows to determine the current status of the camera. The mostimportant flag is the Idle flag.
If the Idle flag is set, the camera does not capture and send any images, thoughimages might be present in the image FIFO.
The ExSyncArmed flag indicates that the camera is set up for external triggering.
Even if the camera is waiting for an external trigger event the Idle flag might get
set.
Other bits in this register might be set or toggled: just ignore these bits.
Note

•


•

Excessive polling of this register may slow down theoperation of the camera. Therefore, the time between
two polls of the status register should not be less than 5
milliseconds. If the time between two read accesses islower than 5 milliseconds, the response will be delayed.
Depending on shutter and isochronous settings thestatus flags might be set for a very short time. In thatcase, the status flags will not be recognized by yourapplication.

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000100

CAMERA_STATUS

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 23]

Reserved

ID[24 to 31] Implementation ID = 0x01---

[0 to 14]

Reserved

ExSyncArmed[15]

External trigger enabled---[16 to 27] Reserved

ISO

[28]

---

[29 to 30] Reserved

Idle

[31]

0xF1000104

Isochronous transmission
Camera idle

Table 130: Advanced register: Camera status

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

291

Configuration of the camera

Maximum resolution
This register indicates the highest resolution for the sensor and is read-only.
NoteThis register normally outputs the MAX_IMAGE_SIZE_INQ
Format_7 Mode_0 value.
This is the value given in the specifications tables under Picture
size (maximum) in chapter Specifications on page 58.

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000200

MAX_RESOLUTION

MaxWidth[0 to 15]

Sensor width(read only)

MaxHeight[16 to 31] Sensor height(read only)

Table 131: Advanced register: Maximum resolution inquiry

Time base
Corresponding to IIDC, exposure time is set via a 12-bit value in thecorresponding register (SHUTTER_INQ [51Ch] and SHUTTER [81Ch]).
This means that you can enter a value in the range of 1 to 4095.
Stingray cameras use a time base that is multiplied by the shutter register value.
This multiplier is configured as the time base via the TIMEBASE register.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000208

TIMEBASE

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 7]

Reserved

ExpOffset[8 to 19]

Exposure offset in μs---[20 to 27] Reserved

Timebase_ID[28 to 31] See Table 133 on page 293.

Table 132: Advanced register: Time base
The time base IDs 0 to 9 are in bit [28] to [31]. See Table 133 on page 293. Referto the following table for code.
Default time base is 20 μs: This means that the integration time can be changed
in 20 μs increments with the shutter control.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

292

Configuration of the camera

Note



Time base can only be changed when the camera is in idle stateand becomes active only after setting the shutter value.

The ExpOffset field specifies the camera specific exposure time offset in μs.
This time should be equivalent to Table 67 on page 194 and must be added tothe exposure time to compute the real exposure time, set by any shutter register.
The ExpOffset field might be zero for some cameras: this has to be assumed as
an unknown exposure time offset (according to former software versions).
ID

Time base in μs

0

1

1

2

2

5

3

10

4

20

5

50

6

100

7

200

8

500

9

1000

Default value

Table 133: Time base ID
Note

The ABSOLUTE VALUE CSR register, introduced in IIDC V1.3, is
not implemented.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

293Configuration of the camera

Extended shutter
The exposure time for long-term integration of up to 67 s can be entered with
μs precision via the EXTENDED_SHUTTER register.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF100020C

EXTD_SHUTTER

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

ExpTime[6 to 31] Exposure time in μs

Table 134: Advanced register: Extended shutter
The minimum allowed exposure time depends on the camera model. To
determine this value write 1 to the ExpTime field and read back the minimum
allowed exposure time.
The longest exposure time, 3FFFFFFh, corresponds to 67.11 s.
Note

•



•
•
•

Exposure times entered via the 81Ch register are mirroredin the extended register, but not vice versa.
Changes in this register have immediate effect, evenwhen camera is transmitting.
Extended shutter becomes inactive after writing to aformat / mode / frame rate register.
Extended shutter setting will thus be overwritten by thenormal time base/shutter setting after Stop/Start of
FireView or FireDemo.

Permanent Data Storage
Stingray cameras with S/N 319438848 to 335544319 offer the Permanent Data
Storage (PDS), using the non-volatile memory (Flash) to permanently store dataon the camera, such as machine settings, text files, color correction data, orcompressed images.
Note

Stingray cameras with S/N 285884416 to 301989887 do nothave this feature.
See chapter Specifications on page 58 for your Stingray
model.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

294

Configuration of the camera

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000B00

PDS_MEM_CTRL

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 4]

Reserved

EnableMemWR[5]

Enable write access

EnableMemRD[6]

Enable read access

EraseMem[7]

Erase data storage

AddrOffset[8 to 31] In bytes

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 7]

Reserved

MaxSize[8 to 31] Maximum data storage size(in bytes)

0xF1000B04

PDS_INFO

Table 135: Advanced register: Permanent Data Storage (PDS)
Note


Note



The memory chip inside the Stingray camera supports
typically up to 100,000 erase cycles. This is caused by material
aging. Please consider this when using PDS.

Accessing the data storage inside the camera is done throughthe GPDATA_BUFFER. Data must be written/read in multiple
steps, because the size of the GPDATA_BUFFER is typicallysmaller than the complete data to be read/written.

Reading from the data storage
To read from the data storage:
1.

Query the limits and ranges by reading PDS_INFO and GPDATA_INFO.

2.

Set EnableMemRD to true (1).

3.

Set AddrOffset to 0.

4.

Read n data bytes from PDATA_BUFFER (n might be lower than the size of
the GPDATA_BUFFER; AddrOffset is automatically adjusted inside thecamera).

5.

Repeat step 4 until all data is read from the camera.

6.

Set EnableMemRD to false.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

295

Configuration of the camera

Writing to an empty data storage
Caution

To avoid overwriting, should data be appended in a futuresession, record the AddrOffset value at the end of write
session.
For appending data to the data storage, see next: chapter
Append data to the data storage on page 296.

To write to the data storage:
1.

Query the limits and ranges by reading PDS_INFO and GPDATA_INFO.

2.

Set EnableMemWR to true (1).

3.

Set AddrOffset to 0.

4.

Write n data bytes to GPDATA_BUFFER (n might be lower than the size of
the GPDATA_BUFFER; AddrOffset is automatically adjusted inside thecamera).
This may take up to 400 ms

5.

Repeat step 4 until all data is read from the camera.

6.

Set EnableMemWR to false.

Append data to the data storage
In this case the data storage is not empty.
Note

To append data to the data storage, set
AddrOffset = [recorded value] + 1.
[Recorded value] is the value noted for the last write session.
See chapter Writing to an empty data storage on page 296.

To continue writing to the data storage:
1.

Query the limits and ranges by reading PDS_INFO and GPDATA_INFO.

2.

Set EnableMemWR to true (1).

3.

Set AddrOffset to [recorded value] + 1 (see note above).

4.

Write n data bytes to GPDATA_BUFFER (n might be lower than the size of
the GPDATA_BUFFER; AddrOffset is automatically adjusted inside thecamera).
This may take up to 400 ms

5.

Repeat step 4 until all data is read from the camera.

6.

Set EnableMemWR to false.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

296

Configuration of the camera

Erasing data on the camera
Note

Erasing the data storage may take up to 30 s.


To erase the data storage:
1.

Set EraseMem to true (1).
EraseMem is automatically reset to false (0). This cannot be polled.

Test images
Bit [8] to [14] indicate which test images are saved. Setting bit [28] to [31]activates or deactivates existing test images.
By activating any test image the following auto features are automaticallydisabled:• Auto gain
• Auto shutter• Auto white balance

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

297

Configuration of the camera

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000210

TEST_IMAGE

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1 to 7]

Reserved

Image_Inq_1[8]

Presence of test image 1
0: N/A
1: Available

Image_Inq_2[9]

Presence of test image 2
0: N/A
1: Available

Image_Inq_3[10]

Presence of test image 3
0: N/A
1: Available

Image_Inq_4[11]

Presence of test image 4
0: N/A
1: Available

Image_Inq_5[12]

Presence of test image 5
0: N/A
1: Available

Image_Inq_6[13]

Presence of test image 6
0: N/A
1: Available

Image_Inq_7[14]

Presence of test image 7
0: N/A
1: Available---[15 to 27] Reserved

TestImage_ID[28 to 31] 0: No test image active
1: Image 1 active
2: Image 2 active…

Table 136: Advanced register: Test images

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

298

Configuration of the camera

Look-up tables (LUT)
The LUT to be used in the camera are chosen via the LutNo field. The LUTs areactivated via the LUT_CTRL register.
The LUT_INFO register indicates how many LUTs the camera can store and shows
the maximum size of the individual LUTs.
The possible values for LutNo are 0 to n-1; whereas, n can be determined byreading the field NumOfLuts of the LUT_INFO register.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000240

LUT_CTRL

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/disable this feature---[7 to 25]

Reserved

LutNo[26 to 31] Use LUTwith LutNo number

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 4]

Reserved

EnableMemWR[5]

Enable write access---[6 to 7]

Reserved

AccessLutNo[8 to 15]

AddrOffset[16 to 31] byte

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 2]

Reserved

BitsPerValue[3 to 7]

Bits used per table item

NumOfLuts[8 to 15]

Maximum number of look-up
tablesMaxLutSize[16 to 31] Maximum LUTsize (bytes)

0xF1000244

0xF1000248

LUT_MEM_CTRL

LUT_INFO

Table 137: Advanced register: LUT

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

299

Configuration of the camera

Note



The BitsPerValue field indicates how many bits are read fromthe LUT for any gray-value read from the sensor. To determine
the number of bytes occupied for each gray-value round-up the
BitsPerValue field to the next byte boundary.
Examples:• BitsPerValue = 8  1 byte per gray-value• BitsPerValue = 14  2 byte per gray-value
Divide MaxLutSize by the number of bytes per gray-value inorder to get the number of LUT entries (gray levels): that is 2nwith n=number of bits read from sensor.

Note


Note



Stingray cameras have the gamma feature implemented via abuilt-in LUT. Therefore, gamma and LUT cannot be used at thesame time. As a solution, a gamma LUT may be combined withother LUTs.

When using the LUT feature and the gamma feature, pay
attention to the following:••••

Gamma ON  LUTis switched ON
Gamma OFF  LUTis switched OFF
LUT OFF  Gamma is switched OFF
LUT ON  Gamma is switched OFF

Loading a LUT into the camera
Loading a LUT into the camera is done through the GPDATA_BUFFER. The size of
the GPDATA_BUFFER is smaller than a complete LUT; therefore the data must be
written in multiple steps.
To load a lookup table into the camera:
1.

Query the limits and ranges by reading LUT_INFO and GPDATA_INFO.

2.

Set EnableMemWR to true (1).

3.

Set AccessLutNo to the desired number.

4.

Set AddrOffset to 0.

5.

Write n lookup table data bytes to GPDATA_BUFFER (n might be lower than
the size of the GPDATA_BUFFER; AddrOffset is automatically adjusted
inside the camera).

6.

Repeat step 5 until all data is written into the camera.

7.

Set EnableMemWR to false (0).

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

300

Configuration of the camera

Shading correction
Owing to technical circumstances, the interaction of recorded objects with one
another, optical effects, and lighting non-homogeneities may occur in theimages.
Normally, these effects are not desired. They should be eliminated as far as
possible in subsequent image editing. The camera has automatic shading
correction to do this.
Provided a shading image is present in the camera, the on/off bit can be used toenable shading correction.
The on/off and ShowImage bits must be set for saved shading images to be
displayed.
Note

•



•

Ensure that the shading image is saved at the highest
resolution of the camera. If a lower resolution is chosen
and ShowImage is set to true, the image will not be
displayed correctly.
The shading image is computed using the current video
settings. On fixed video modes the selected frame rate
also affects the computation time.

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000250

SHDG_CTRL

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

BuildError[1]

Could not built shading
image

---

[2 to 3]

Reserved

ShowImage[4]

Show shading data as image

BuildImage[5]

Build a new shading image

ON_OFF[6]

Shading on/off

Busy

[7]

Build in progress---[8 to 15]

Reserved

MemChannelError[16 to 19] Indicates memory channel
error. See Table 138 on page
301

MemoryChannel[20 to 23] Set memory channel number
for save and load operations

GrabCount[24 to 31] Number of images

Table 138: Advanced register: Shading

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

301

Configuration of the camera

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000254

SHDG_MEM_CTRL

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 4]

Reserved

EnableMemWR[5]

Enable write access

EnableMemRD[6]

Enable read access

---

[7]

Reserved

AddrOffset[8 to 31]

In bytes

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 3]

Reserved

MaxMemChannel[4 to 7]

Maximum number ofavailable memory channels
to store shading images

MaxImageSize[8 to 31]

Maximum shading image size(in bytes)

0xF1000258

SHDG_INFO

Table 138: Advanced register: Shading (continued)

Reading or writing shading image from/into the camera
Accessing the shading image inside the camera is done through the
GPDATA_BUFFER. Data must be written in multiple steps, because the size of the
GPDATA_BUFFER is smaller than a whole shading image.
To read or write a shading image:
1.

Query the limits and ranges by reading SHDG_INFO and GPDATA_INFO.

2.

Set EnableMemWR or EnableMemRD to true (1).

3.

Set AddrOffset to 0.

4.

Write n shading data bytes to GPDATA_BUFFER (n might be lower than thesize of the GPDATA_BUFFER; AddrOffset is automatically adjusted inside
the camera).

5.

Repeat step 4 until all data is written into the camera.

6.

Set EnableMemWR and EnableMemRD to false.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

302

Configuration of the camera

Automatic generation of a shading image
Shading image data may also be generated by the camera. To use this feature
make sure all settings affecting an image are set properly. The camera uses thecurrent active resolution to generate the shading image.
To generate a shading image:1.

Set GrabCount to the number of the images to be averaged before the correction factors are calculated.

2.

Set BuildImage to true.

3.

Poll the SHDG_CTRL register until the Busy and BuildImage flags are reset
automatically.

The maximum value of GrabCount depends on the camera type and the numberof available image buffers. GrabCount is automatically adjusted to a power oftwo.
SHDG_CTRL register should not be polled too often, while automatic generation
is in progress. Each poll delays the process of generating the shading image. An
optimal poll interval time is 500 ms.
Memory channel error codes
ID

Error description

0x00

No error

0x01

Memory detection error

0x02

Memory size error

0x03

Memory erase error

0x04

Memory write error

0x05

Memory header write error

0x0F

Memory channel out of range

Table 139: Memory channel error description

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

303

Configuration of the camera

Deferred image transport
Using this register, the sequence of recording and the transfer of the images canbe paused. Setting HoldImg prevents transfer of the image. The images are
stored in ImageFIFO.
The images indicated by NumOfImages are sent by setting the SendImage bit.
When FastCapture is set (in Format_7 only), images are recorded at the highest
possible frame rate.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read
only)

---

[1 to 4]

Reserved

SendImage[5]

Send NumOfImages now (auto reset)

HoldImg[6]

Enable/Disable deferred transport mode

FastCapture[7]

Enable/disable fast capture mode---

[8 to 15]

Reserved

FiFoSize[16 to 23] Size of FIFO in number of images (readonly)

0xF1000260 DEFERRED_TRANS Presence_Inq

NumOfImages [24 to 31] Write: Number of images to send
Read: Number of images in buffer
Table 140: Advanced register: Deferred image transport

Frame information
This register is used to double-check the number of images received by the hostcomputer against the number of images that were transmitted by the camera.
The camera increments this counter with every FrameValid signal. This is a mirrorof the frame counter information found at 0xF1000610.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000270

FRAMEINFO

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

ResetFrameCnt[1]

Reset frame counter---[2 to 31] Reserved

FrameCounter[0 to 31] Number of captured frames
since last reset

0xF1000274

FRAMECOUNTER

Table 141: Advanced register: Frame information
The FrameCounter is incremented when an image is read out of the sensor.
The FrameCounter does not indicate whether an image was sent over the IEEE
1394 bus or not.
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

304

Configuration of the camera

Defect pixel correction
Definition. The defect pixel correction mode allows to correct an image with defect pixels.
Threshold defines the defect pixels in an image. Defect pixel correction is donein the FPGA. Defect pixel data can be stored inside the camera’s EEPROM.
DPC = defect pixel correction
WR = write
RD = read
MEM, Mem = memory
Note

•



•

Defect pixel correction is always done in Format_7
Mode_0.
When using defect pixel correction with binning andsub-sampling: first switch to binning/sub-sampling
modus and then apply defect pixel correction.

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000298

DPC_CTRL

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

BuildError[1]

Build defect pixel data thatreports an error, e.g. morethan 256 defect pixels, see
DPDataSize---[2 to 4]

Reserved

BuildDPData[5]

Build defect pixel data now

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/disable this feature

Busy

[7]

Build defect pixel data inprogress

MemSave[8]

Save defect pixel data to
storage

MemLoad[9]

Load defect pixel data fromstorage

ZeroDPData[10]

Zero defect pixel data---

[11 to 17] Reserved

Mean[18 to 24] Calculated mean value (7bit)

Threshold[25 to 31] Threshold for defect pixel
correction

Table 142: Advanced register: Defect pixel correction

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

305

Configuration of the camera

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF100029C

DPC_MEM

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

---

[1]

Reserved

EnaMemWR[2]

Enable write access fromhost to RAM

EnaMemRD[3]

Enable read access from RAM
to hostDPDataSize[4 to 17]Size of defect pixel data toread from RAM to host.
A maximum of 256 defectpixels can be stored. In caseof more than 256 defectpixels, DPDataSize is set to257 and BuildError flag is set
to 1.
Defect pixel correction data
is done with first 256 defectpixels only.

0xF10002A0

DPC_INFO

AddrOffset[18 to 31] Address offset to selected
defect pixel data

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 3]

Reserved

MinThreshold[4 to 10]Minimum value for threshold

MaxThreshold[11 to 17] Maximum value for threshold

MaxSize[18 to 31] Maximum size of defect pixel
data

Table 142: Advanced register: Defect pixel correction (continued)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

306

Configuration of the camera

Input/output pin control
Note

•
•
•
•



See chapter Input/output pin control on page 107
See chapter IO_INP_CTRL 1-2 on page 107
See chapter IO_OUTP_CTRL 1-4 on page 111
See chapter Output modes on page 113

Delayed Integration Enable (IntEna)
A delay time between initiating exposure on the sensor and the activation edgeof the IntEna signal can be set using this register. The on/off flag activates/
deactivates integration delay. The time can be set in μs in DelayTime.
Note

•
•



Only one edge is delayed.
If IntEna_Out is used to control an exposure, it ispossible to have a variation in brightness or to precisely
time a flash.

Integration time

Integration time

IntEna_real

IntEna_out

Delay
time

Delay
time

Figure 107: Delayed integration timing

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

307

Configuration of the camera

RegisterName

0xF1000340 IO_INTENA_DELAY

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/disable integration
enable delay---[7 to 11]

Reserved

DELAY_TIME[12 to 31]

Delay time in μs

Table 143: Advanced register: Delayed Integration Enable (IntEna)

Auto shutter control
The table below illustrates the advanced register for auto shutter control. The
purpose of this register is to limit the range within which auto shutter operates.
RegisterName

0xF1000360 AUTOSHUTTER_CTRL

0xF1000364 AUTOSHUTTER_LO

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 31]

Reserved---[0 to 5]Reserved

MinValue[6 to 31]

Minimum auto shutter value
lowest possible value: 10 μs

0xF1000368 AUTOSHUTTER_HI---[0 to 5]Reserved

MaxValue[6 to 31]

Maximum auto shutter value

Table 144: Advanced register: Auto shutter control
Note

•



•
•

Values can only be changed within the limits of shutter
CSR.
Changes in auto exposure register only have an effectwhen auto shutter is enabled.
Auto exposure limits are: 50 to 205 (SmartViewCtrl1
tab: Target grey level)

When both auto shutter and auto gain are enabled, priority is given toincreasing shutter when brightness decreases. This is done to achieve the best
image quality with lowest noise.
For increasing brightness, priority is given to lowering gain first for the same
purpose.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

308

Configuration of the camera

MinValue and MaxValue limits the range the auto shutter feature is allowed touse for the regulation process. Both values are initialized with the minimum andmaximum value defined in the standard SHUTTER_INQ register (multiplied by
the current active timebase).
If you change the MinValue and/or MaxValue and the new range exceeds therange defined by the SHUTTER_INQ register, the standard SHUTTER register will
not show correct shutter values. In this case, read the EXTENDED_SHUTTER
register for the current active shutter time.
Changing the auto shutter range might not affect the regulation, if theregulation is in a stable condition and no other condition affecting the image
brightness is changed.
If both auto gain and auto shutter are enabled and if the shutter is at its upperboundary and gain regulation is in progress, increasing the upper auto shutter
boundary has no effect on auto gain/shutter regulation as long as auto gain
regulation is active.
Note

As with the Extended Shutter the value of MinValue and
MaxValue must not be set to a lower value than the minimum
shutter time.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

309

Configuration of the camera

Auto gain control
The table below illustrates the advanced register for auto gain control.
RegisterName

0xF1000370 AUTOGAIN_CTRL

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 3]

Reserved

MaxValue[4 to 15]

Maximum auto gain value---[16 to 19]

Reserved

MinValue[20 to 31]

Minimum auto gain value

Table 145: Advanced register: Auto gain control
MinValue and MaxValue limits the range the auto gain feature is allowed to use
for the regulation process. Both values are initialized with the minimum andmaximum value defined in the standard GAIN_INQ register.
Changing the auto gain range might not affect the regulation, if the regulation
is in a stable condition and no other condition affecting the image brightness ischanged.
If both auto gain and auto shutter are enabled and if the gain is at its lower
boundary and shutter regulation is in progress, decreasing the lower auto gain
boundary has no effect on auto gain/shutter regulation as long as auto shutter
regulation is active.
Both values can only be changed within the range defined by the standard
GAIN_INQ register.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

310

Configuration of the camera

Autofunction AOIThe table below illustrates the advanced register for autofunction AOI.
RegisterName

0xF1000390 AUTOFNC_AOI

0xF1000394 AF_AREA_POSITION

0xF1000398 AF_AREA_SIZE

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 3]

Reserved

ShowWorkArea[4]

Show work area

---

[5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/disable AOI (see note
above)---[7]

Reserved

YUNITS[8 to 19]

Y units of work area/pos.
beginning with 0 (read only)

XUNITS[20 to 31]

X units of work area/pos.
beginning with 0 (read only)

Left[0 to 15]Work area position(left coordinate)Top[16 to 31]

Work area position(top coordinate)

Width[0 to 15]

Width of work area size

Height[16 to 31]

Height of work area size

Table 146: Advanced register: Autofunction AOIThe possible increment of the work area position and size is defined by the
YUNITS and XUNITS fields. The camera automatically adjusts your settings topermitted values.
Note

If the adjustment fails and the work area size and/or work area
position becomes invalid, then this feature is automaticallyswitched of
Read back the ON_OFF flag, if this feature does not work as
expected.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

311

Configuration of the camera

Color correction
To switch off color correction in YUV mode: see bit [6]RegisterName

0xF10003A0 COLOR_CORR

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Color correction on/off
default: on
Write: 02000000h to switch
color correction OFF
Write: 00000000h to switch
color correction ON

0xF10003A4 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC11 = Crr
0xF10003A8 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC12 = Cgr
0xF10003AC COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC13 = Cbr
0xF10003B0 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC21 = Crg
0xF10003B4 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC22 = Cgg
0xF10003B8 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC23 = Cbg
0xF10003BC COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC31 = Crb
0xF10003C0 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC32 = Cgb
0xF10003C4 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC33 = Cbb

Reset

[7]

Reset to defaults---[8 to 31] Reserved[0 to 31] A number of 1000 equals a[0 to 31] color correction coefficientof 1.
[0 to 31]
Color correction values[0 to 31]
range -1000 to +2000 and[0 to 31] are signed 32 bit.
[0 to 31] In order for white balance to[0 to 31] work properly ensure that[0 to 31] the row sum equals to 1000.
[0 to 31] The maximum row sum islimited to 2000.

toReserved fortesting purposes

0xF10003FC

Do not touch!

0xF10003A4

Table 147: Advanced register: Color correction
For an explanation of the color correction matrix and for further information
read chapter Color correction on page 178.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

312

Configuration of the camera

Trigger delay
RegisterName

0xF1000400 TRIGGER_DELAY

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Trigger delay on/off---[7 to 10]

Reserved

DelayTime[11 to 31]

Delay time in μs

Table 148: Advanced register: Trigger delay
The advanced register allows start of the integration to be delayed via
DelayTime by maximum 221 μs, which is maximum 2.1 s after a trigger edge was
detected.
Note

Trigger delay works with external trigger modes only.


Mirror image
The table below illustrates the advanced register for Mirror image.
RegisterName

0xF1000410 MIRROR_IMAGE

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Mirror image on/off
1: on
0: offDefault: off---[7 to 31]

Reserved

Table 149: Advanced register: Mirror image

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

313

Configuration of the camera

Soft reset
RegisterName

0xF1000510 SOFT_RESET

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

Reset

[6]

Initiate reset---[7 to 19]

Reserved

Delay[20 to 31]

Delay reset in 10 ms steps

Table 150: Advanced register: Soft reset
The soft reset feature is similar to the INITIALIZE register, with the following
differences:• 1 or more bus resets will occur• The FPGA will be rebooted
The reset can be delayed by setting the Delay to a value unequal to 0.
The delay is defined in 10 ms steps.
Note

When SOFT_RESET has been defined, the camera will respondto further read or write requests but will not process them.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

314

Configuration of the camera

High SNR mode (High Signal Noise Ratio)
With High SNR mode enabled the camera internally grabs GrabCount images
and outputs a single averaged image.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000520

HIGH_SNR

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

High SNR mode on/off
High SNR mode on requires aminimum GrabCount value of 2.
Set grab count and activation of
HighSNR in one single write
access.

---[7 to 22]

Reserved

GrabCount[23 to 31]

Enter number of images
Permissible values are:2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256
If you enter a non-expected value,
the firmware will round down to
the first permitted value.
Example: Enter 255, firmware will
write 128 to the register.

Table 151: Advanced register: High Signal Noise Ratio (HSNR)
Note

•



•

Note

•



•

The camera must be idle to toggle this feature on/of Idle
means: no image acquisition, no trigger.
Set grab count and activation of HighSNR in one single
write access.

Writing to the HIGH_SNR register while capture is active
will accept the new value, but it will not become active.
Subsequently stopping and starting acquisition will notchange this, either.
Writing the HIGH_SNR register is only effective if done
while the camera is not actively acquiring.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

315

Configuration of the camera

Maximum ISO packet size
Use this feature to increase the MaxBytePerPacket value of Format_7 modes.
This overrides the maximum allowed isochronous packet size specified by IIDC
V1.31.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000560

ISOSIZE_S400

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/Disable S400 settings

Set2Max[7]

Set to maximum supported packet
size

---

[8 to 15]

Reserved

MaxIsoSize[16 to 31]

Maximum ISO packet size for S400

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/Disable S800 settings

Set2Max[7]

Set to maximum supported packet
size

---

[8 to 15]

Reserved

MaxIsoSize[16 to 31]

Maximum ISO packet size for S800

0xF1000564

ISOSIZE_S800

Table 152: Advanced register: Maximum ISO packet size
Example For isochronous packets at a speed of S800 the maximum allowed packet size
(IIDC V1.31) is 8192 byte. This feature allows you to extend the size of an
isochronous packet up to 11,000 byte at S800. Thus, the isochronous bandwidth
is increased from 64 MB/s to approximately 84 MB/s. You need either PCI Expressor PCI-X (64 bit).
The Maximum ISO packet size feature to• to reduces the asynchronous bandwidth available for controlling cameras
by approximately 75%• to may lead to slower responses on commands• to is not covered by the IEEE 1394 specification• to may not work with all available IEEE 1394 host adaptersNote

We strongly recommend to use PCI-X (64 bit) or PCI Express
adapter.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

316

Configuration of the camera

Restrictions Note the restrictions in the following table. When using software with an
Isochronous Resource Manager (IRM): deactivate it.
SoftwareRestrictions

FireGrab

Deactivate Isochronous Resource Manager:
SetParameter (FGP_USEIRMFORBW, 0)

FireStack/FireClass

No restrictions

SDKs using Microsoft driver(Active FirePackage,
Direct FirePackage, to)n/aLinux: libdc1394_1.x

No restrictions

Linux: libdc1394_2.x

Deactivate Isochronous Resource Manager:
Set DC1394_CAPTURE_FLAGS_BANDWIDTH_ALLOC flag to 0

Third Party Software

Deactivate Isochronous Resource Manager
Table 153: Restrictions for feature: Maximum ISO packet size

Operation

The maximum allowed isochronous packet size can be set separately for the ISO
speeds S400 and S800. Check the associated Presence_Inq flag to see for which
ISO speed this feature is available.
Setting the Set2Max flag to 1 sets the MaxIsoSize field to the maximum
supported isochronous packet size. Use this flag to query the maximum
supported size (may depend on the camera model).
Enable this feature by setting the ON_OFF flag to 1 and the MaxIsoSize field toa value greater than the default packet size.
The camera ensures:• that the value of the MaxIsoSize field is a multiple of 4.
• that the value is not lower than the value specified by the IEEE 1394
specification.
The settings are stored in the user sets.
Note

Enabling this feature will not change the MaxBytePerPacket
value automatically. The camera may not use the newisochronous packet size for the MaxBytePerPacket value until
a write access to the desired Format_7 mode has been issued.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

317

Configuration of the camera

Quick parameter change timing modes
You can choose between the following update timing modes:• Standard Parameter Update Timing (slightly modified from previous
Stingray cameras)• Quick Format Change ModeNote

For a detailed description see chapter Quick parameter change
timing modes on page 164.

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000570

PARAMUPD_TIMING Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

UpdActive[6]

Update active
see chapter Encapsulated Update(begin/end) on page 166
0: (default); reset to 0 means
Encapsulated Update end
1: set to 1 means
Encapsulated Update begin---[7 to 23]

Reserved

UpdTiming[24 to 31] Update timing mode
If set to O:
Standard Parameter Update Timingis active
If set to 2:
Quick Format Change Mode is active

Table 154: Advanced register: Update timing modes
Standard Parameter Update Timing
The camera behaves like older firmware versions without this feature. The
UpdActive flag has no meaning.
Quick Format Change Mode
This mode behaves like Standard Parameter Update Timing mode with thefollowing exception:
An already started image transport to the host will not be interrupted, but analready started integration will be interrupted.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

318

Configuration of the camera

To switch on Quick Format Change Mode do the following:
1.

Set UpdTiming to 2.

2.

Set UpdActive to 1.

3.

Be aware that all parameter values have to be set within 10 seconds.

Automatic reset of the UpdActive flag
Quick Format Change Mode clears the UpdActive flag after all desired
parameters have been set. Every time the PARAMUPD_TIMING register is written
to with the UpdActive flag set to 1 a 10 second time-out is started/restarted. If
the time-out passes before the UpdActive flag is cleared, the UpdActive flag iscleared automatically and all parameter changes since setting the UpdActive
flag to 1 become active automatically.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

319

Configuration of the camera

Parameter-List Update
The parameter list is an array of address/data pairs which can be sent to thecamera in a single bus cycle.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1100000

PARAMLIST_INFO

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1 to 15]

Reserved

BufferSize[16 to 31] Size of parameter list buffer inbytes

0xF1101000
to0xF1101nnn

PARAMLIST_BUFFER

Table 155: Advanced register: Parameter-List Update: parameter list
Dependant on the parameter update mode the address/data pairs may become
active one by one or after the processing of the complete parameter list. A
parameter list may look like follows (the description is for your convenience):
Address offset

Data quadlet

Description

0xF0F00608

0xE0000000

Set video format 7

0xF0F00604

0x00000000

Set video mode 0

0xF0F08008

0x00000000

Set image position

0xF0F0800C

0x028001E0

Set image size

0xF0F08044

0x04840484

Set BytePerPacket value

0xF0F0080C

0x80000100

Set shutter to 0x100

0xF0F00820

0x80000080

Set gain to 0x80

Table 156: Example: parameter list
Note

•



•

The PARAMLIST_BUFFER shares the memory with the
GPDATA_BUFFER. Therefore, it is not possible to use bothfeatures at the same time.
Not all CSRs or features of a particular camera model canbe used with the parameter list feature.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

320Configuration of the camera

Format_7 mode mappingWith Format_7 mode mapping it is possible to map special binning and subsampling modes to F7M1 to F7M7 (see Table 76 on page 163).
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000580

F7MODE_MAPPING

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1 to 31] Reserved

F7MODE_00_INQ[0]Format_7 Mode_0 presence

F7MODE_01_INQ[1]Format_7 Mode_1 presence

to

to

to

F7MODE_31_INQ[31]

Format_7 Mode_31 presence

0xF1000584

F7MODE_MAP_INQ

0xF1000588

Reserved

---

---

---

0xF100058C

Reserved

---

---

---

0xF1000590

F7MODE_0

Format_ID[0 to 31] Format ID (read only)

0xF1000594

F7MODE_1

Format_ID[0 to 31] Format ID for Format_7 Mode_1

0xF1000598

F7MODE_2

Format_ID[0 to 31] Format ID for Format_7 Mode_2

0xF100059C

F7MODE_3

Format_ID[0 to 31] Format ID for Format_7 Mode_3

0xF10005A0

F7MODE_4

Format_ID[0 to 31] Format ID for Format_7 Mode_4

0xF10005A4

F7MODE_5

Format_ID[0 to 31] Format ID for Format_7 Mode_5

0xF10005A8

F7MODE_6

Format_ID[0 to 31] Format ID for Format_7 Mode_6

0xF10005AC

F7MODE_7

Format_ID[0 to 31] Format ID for Format_7 Mode_7

Table 157: Advanced register: Format_7 mode mapping
Additional Format_7
modes Firmware 3.x adds additional Format_7 modes. Now you can add some special
Format_7 modes that are not covered by the IIDC standard. These special modes
implement binning and sub-sampling.
To stay as close as possible to the IIDC standard the Format_7 modes can bemapped into the register space of the standard Format_7 modes.
There are visible Format_7 modes and internal Format_7 modes:• At any time only 8 Format_7 modes can be accessed by a host computer.
• Visible Format_7 modes are numbered from 0 to 7.
• Internal Format_7 modes are numbered from 0 to 27.
Format_7 Mode_0 represents the mode with the maximum resolution of thecamera: this visible mode cannot be mapped to any other internal mode.
The remaining visible Format_7 Mode_1 to Mode_7 can be mapped to any
internal Format_7 mode.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

321

Configuration of the camera

ExampleTo map the internal Format_7 Mode_19 to the visible Format_7 Mode_1, write
the decimal number 19 to the above listed F7MODE_1 register.
Note

For available Format_7 modes see .

Setting the F7MODE_x register to:••-1 forces the camera to use the factory defined mode
-2 disables the respective Format_7 mode (no mapping isapplied)After setup of personal Format_7 mode mappings you have toreset the camera. The mapping is performed during the camera
startup only.

Low noise binning mode (2 x and 4 x binning)This register enables/disables low noise binning mode.
An average (and not a sum) of the luminance values is calculated within the
FPGA.
The image is darker than with the usual binning mode but the signal to noise
ratio is better (approximately a factor of 2 ).
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF10005B0

LOW_NOISE_BINNING Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Low noise binning mode on/off---[7 to 31]

Reserved

Table 158: Advanced register: Low noise binning mode

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

322

Configuration of the camera

Secure image signature (SIS)
Definition

Secure image signature (SIS) is the synonym for data, that is inserted into an
image to improve or check image integrity.
All Stingray models can, for example, insert into a selectable line position within
the image:• Cycle time (IEEE 1394 bus cycle time at the beginning of integration)• Frame counter (frames read out of the sensor)• Trigger counter (external trigger seen only)
Frame counter and trigger counter are available as advanced registers to beread out directly.
Advanced register: SIS
The SIS feature is controlled by the following advanced feature register:
NoteThis register is different to the Marlin time stamp (600)register!

RegisterName

0xF1000630 SIS

0xF1000634

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1 to 5]Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

SIS mode on/off---[7 to 15]

Reserved

LineNo[16 to 31] SIS data position inside an image

UserValue[0 to 31]

User provided value for sequencemode to be placed into the SIS
area of an image

Table 159: Advanced register: secure image signature (SIS)
Enabling this feature, SIS data will be inserted into any captured image. The sizeof SIS data depends on the selected SIS format.
The LineNo field indicates at which line the SIS data will be inserted.
SIS: Position in the image
Enter a• positive value from 0toHeightOfImage to specify a position relative to the
top of the image. LinePos=0 specifies the very first image line.
• negative value from -1to-HeightOfImage to specify a position relative tothe bottom of the image. LinePos=-1 specifies the very last image line.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

323

Configuration of the camera

SIS UserValue can be written into the camera’s image. In sequence mode forevery sequence entry an own SIS UserValue can be written.
Note

SIS outside the visible image area:For certain Format_7 modes the image frame transported may
contain padding (filling) data at the end of the transported
frame. Setting LinePos = HeightOfImage places SIS in thispadding data area, outside the visible area (invisible SIS).
If the transported image frame does not contain any padding
data the camera will not relocate the SIS to the visible area
automatically (no SIS).
Take in mind that the accuracy of SIS might be affected byasynchronous traffic – mainly if image settings are changed.

Note

•



•
•

•

The IEEE 1394 cycle time will be inserted into the very
first 4 bytes of a line.
Cycle time is a structure and not really a counter in its
first meaning.
Cycle time has the three components:– Cycle offset– Cycles– Seconds
Cycle time is a nested counter: see table below.

FeatureCycle offset

CyclesSeconds

Bit depth

12 bit13 bit

7 bit

Range

0 to 3071 cycle offsets

0 to 7999 cycles

0 to 127 seconds

Frequency

24.576 MHz  40.69 ns

8000 Hz  125 μs

1 Hz  1 s

Table 160: Structure of cycle time
Examples: cycle time
The following three examples allow you:
• A: to access cycle time either via UniAPI or via byte array• B: to extract cycle offset, cycles and seconds• C: to combine cycle offset/cycles/seconds to a valid time

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

324

Configuration of the camera

Example Example code and description
A

B

nCycleTime can be accessed:•using the SIS structure S_SIS_DATA of the UniAPI:
nCycleTime = * (UINT32 *) &Sis[0];•using byte array: If you can access the image buffer as an array of bytes you canassemble the first four bytes of the image buffer (assuming that the SIS is in the firstrow):
nCycleTime = data[0] + (data[1]<<8) +(data[2]<<16) + (data[3]<<24);

This Cycle time can be divided into its components:
nCtSeconds = ((nCycleTime & 0xFE000000) >> 25;

C

nCtCycles= ((nCycleTime & 0x01FFF000) >> 12;nCtOffset=

nCycleTime & 0x00000FFF;

These values can be combined
dTime = nCtSeconds +nCtCycles / 8000 +nCtOffset / 24576000;
Table 161: Examples: cycle time

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

325

Configuration of the camera

Advanced register: frame counter
Note

Different to Marlin SIS:Register 610 is only to be used to reset the frame counter.

The frame counter feature is controlled by the following advanced featureregister:
RegisterName

0xF1000610 FRMCNT_STAMP

0xF1000614 FRMCNT

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)

Reset

[1]

Reset frame counter---[2 to 31] Reserved[0 to 31] Frame counter

Table 162: Advanced register: Frame counter
Having this feature enabled, the current frame counter value (images read outof the sensor, equivalent to # FrameValid) will be inserted as a 32-bit integer
value into any captured image.
Setting the Reset flag to 1 resets the frame counter to 0: the Reset flag is selfcleared.
Note

The 4 bytes of the frame counter value will be inserted as the
5th to 8th byte of a line.

Additionally, there is a register for direct read out of the frame counter value.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

326

Configuration of the camera

Advanced register: trigger counter
The trigger counter feature is controlled by the following advanced featureregister:
RegisterName

0xF1000620 TRIGGER_COUNTER

0xF1000624 TRGCNT

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)

Reset

[1]

Reset trigger counter---[2 to 31] Reserved

TriggerCounter[0 to 31] Trigger counter

Table 163: Advanced register: Trigger counter
Having this feature enabled, the current trigger counter value (external trigger
seen by hardware) will be inserted as a 32-bit integer value into any captured
image.
Setting the Reset flag to 1 resets the trigger counter to 0: the Reset flag is selfcleared.
The ON_OFF and LinePos fields are simply mirrors of the SIS feature. Settings ofthese fields are applied to all SIS features.
Note

The 4 bytes of the trigger counter value will be inserted as the
9th to 12th byte of a line.

Additionally, there is a register for direct read out of the trigger counter value.
Where to find cycle time, frame counter and trigger counter in the image

5

6

7

8

þ

ý

þ
4

ü

ý

3

ü

2

ý

1

Trigger counterþü

Cycle time9

10 11 12 to to .

Output line
of image.

Frame counter
Bytes
Figure 108: SIS in the image: cycle time, frame counter, trigger counter

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

327

Configuration of the camera

Where to find all SIS values in the image
The following table presents the position of all SIS values (byte for byte)
including the endianness of SIS values. (Here SIS has 48 bytes.)
Cycle time [7 to 0]

Cycle time [15 to 8]

Cycle time [23 to 16]

Cycle time [31 to 24]

Byte 1

Byte 2Byte 3

Byte 4

Frame counter [7 to 0]

Frame counter [15 to 8] Frame counter [23 to 16] Frame counter [31 to 24]

Byte 5

Byte 6

Trigger counter [7 to 0]

Trigger counter [15 to 8] Trigger counter [23 to
16]

Trigger counter [31 to24]

Byte 9Byte 10

Byte 11

Byte 12AOI left [7 to 0]

AOI left [15 to 8]

AOI top [7 to 0]

AOI top [15 to 8]

Byte 13

Byte 14

Byte 15

Byte 16

AOI width [7 to 0]

AOI width [15 to 8]

AOI height [7 to 0]

AOI height [15 to 8]

Byte 17

Byte 18

Byte 19

Byte 20

Shutter [7 to 0]

Shutter [15 to 8]

Shutter [23 to 16]

Shutter [31 to 24]

Byte 21

Byte 22

Byte 23

Byte 24

Gain [7 to 0]

Gain [15 to 8]

Reserved [NULL]

Reserved [NULL]

Byte 25

Byte 26

Byte 27

Byte 28

Output State_1 [7 to 0]

Output State_2 [7 to 0]

Output State_3 [7 to 0]

Output State_4 [7 to 0]

Byte 29

Byte 30

Byte 31

Byte 32

Input State_1 [7 to 0]

Input State_2 [7 to 0]

Reserved [NULL]

Reserved [NULL]

Byte 33

Byte 34

Byte 35

Byte 36

SequenceIndex [7 to 0]

Reserved [NULL]

ColorCoding [NULL]

Reserved [NULL]

Byte 37

Byte 38

Byte 39

Byte 40

Serial number [7 to 0]

Serial number [15 to 8]

Serial number [23 to 16] Serial number [31 to 24]

Byte 41

Byte 42

Byte 43

SIS user value [7 to 0]

SIS user value [15 to 8]

SIS user value [23 to 16] SIS user value [31 to 24]

Byte45

Byte46

Byte47

Byte 7

Byte 8Byte 44
Byte48

Table 164: All SIS values (increasing order of transmitted pixels)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

328

Configuration of the camera

Software feature control (disable LEDs)
The software feature control register allows to enable/disable some features of
the camera (e.g. disable LEDs). The settings are stored permanently within thecamera and do not depend on any user set.
RegisterName

0xF1000640 SWFEATURE_CTRL

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

BlankLED_Inq[1]

Indicates presence of Disable
LEDs feature---[2 to 15]

Reserved

---

[16]

Reserved

BlankLED[17]

0: Behavior as described inchapter Status LEDs on page 104
et seq.
1: Disable LEDs. (The LEDs will
still show error codes.)---[18 to 31] Reserved

Table 165: Advanced register: Software feature control (disable LEDs)
Disable LEDs
• To disable LEDs set bit [17] to 1.
• To disable LEDs in SmartView:
Adv3 tab, activate Disable LED functionality check box.
The camera does not show any more the status indicators during normal
operation:
Examples:• Power on is not shown• Isochronous traffic is not shown• Asynchronous traffic is not shown
Note

During the startup of the camera and if an error condition ispresent, the LEDs behave as described in chapter Status LEDs
on page 104.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

329

Configuration of the camera

User profiles
Definition

Within the IIDC specification user profiles are called memory channels, known
as user sets. These are different expressions for the following: storing camera
settings into a non-volatile memory inside the camera.
User profiles can be programmed with the following advanced feature register:

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000550

USER_PROFILE

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)

Error

[1]

An error occurred---[2 to 6]

Reserved

Busy

[7]

Save/Load in progress

Save

[8]

Save settings to profile

Load

[9]

Load settings from profile

SetDefaultID[10]

Set Profile ID as default---[11 to 19]

Reserved

ErrorCode[20 to 23]

Error code
See Table 167 on page 331.

---

[24 to 27]

Reserved

ProfileID[28 to 31]

ProfileID (memory channel)

Table 166: Advanced register: User profiles
In general, this advanced register is a wrapper around the standard memory
channel registers with some extensions. In order to query the number ofavailable user profiles please check the Memory_Channel field of theBASIC_FUNC_INQ register at offset 0x400 (see IIDC V1.31 for details).
The ProfileID is equivalent to the memory channel number and specifies the
profile number to store settings to or to restore settings from. In any case profile#0 is the hard-coded factory profile and cannot be overwritten.
After an initialization command, startup or reset of the camera, the ProfileID
also indicates which profile was loaded on startup, reset, or initialization.
Note

•



•

The default profile is the profile that is loaded on powerup or an INITIALIZE command.
A save or load operation delays the response of thecamera until the operation is completed. At a time only
one operation can be performed.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

330

Configuration of the camera

Store To store the current camera settings into a profile:1.

Write the desired ProfileID with the SaveProfile flag set.

2.

Read back the register and check the ErrorCode field.

Restore To restore the settings from a previous stored profile:Set default

1.

Write the desired ProfileID with the RestoreProfile flag set.

2.

Read back the register and check the ErrorCode field.

To set the default profile to be loaded on startup, reset or initialization:
1.

Write the desired ProfileID with the SetDefaultID flag set.

2.

Read back the register and check the ErrorCode field.

Error codes
ErrorCode #Description

0x00

No error

0x01

Profile data corrupted

0x02

Camera not idle during restore operation

0x03

Feature not available (feature not present)

0x04

Profile does not exist

0x05

ProfileID out of range

0x06

Restoring the default profile failed

0x07

Loading LUT data failed

0x08

Storing LUT data failed
Table 167: User profiles: Error codes

Reset of error codes
The ErrorCode field is set to zero on the next write access.
Other ways to reset the ErrorCode:• Writing to the USER_PROFILE register with the SaveProfile,
RestoreProfile and SetDefaultID flag not set.
• Writing 00000000h to the USER_PROFILE register.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

331

Configuration of the camera

Stored settings
The following table shows the settings stored inside a profile:Standard registers

Standard registers(Format_7)

Advanced registers

Cur_V_Frm_Rate
Cur_V_Mode
Cur_V_Format
ISO_Channel
ISO_Speed
BRIGHTNESSAUTO_EXPOSURE (Target grey level)
SHARPNESS
WHITE_BALANCE (+ auto on/off)
HUE (+ hue on)
SATURATION (+ saturation on)
GAMMA (+ gamma on)
SHUTTER (+ auto on/off)
GAIN
TRIGGER_MODE
TRIGGER_POLARITY
TRIGGER_DELAY
ABS_GAINIMAGE_POSITION (AOI)
IMAGE_SIZE (AOI)
COLOR_CODING_IDBYTES_PER_PACKETTIMEBASE
EXTD_SHUTTERIO_INP_CTRL
IO_OUTP_CTRL
IO_INTENA_DELAY
AUTOSHUTTER_CTRL
AUTOSHUTTER_LO
AUTOSHUTTER_HI
AUTOGAIN_CTRL
AUTOFNC_AOI (+ on/off)
COLOR_CORR (on/off + color correction
coefficients)
TRIGGER_DELAYMIRROR_IMAGE
HIGH_SNR
LUT_CTRL (on/off + LUT + LutNo)
SHDG_CTRL (on/off + ShowImage)
DEFERRED_TRANS (HoldImg +NumOfImages)

Table 168: User profile: stored settings
The user can specify which user profile will be loaded upon startup of the camera.
This frees the user software from having to restore camera settings, that differ
from default, after every startup. This can be helpful if third party software isused which may not give easy access to certain advanced features or may notprovide efficient commands for quick writing of data blocks into the camera.
Note

•



•

•
•

•

A profile save operation automatically disables capturingof images.
A profile save or restore operation is an uninterruptable(atomic) operation. The write response (of theasynchronous write cycle) will be sent after completionof the operation.
Restoring a profile will not overwrite other settings thanlisted above.
If a restore operation fails or the specified profile does
not exist, all registers will be overwritten with the hardcoded factory defaults (profile #0).
Data written to this register will not be reflected in thestandard memory channel registers.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

332

Configuration of the camera

Pulse-width modulation (PWM): Stingray housing andboard level cameras
Note

See Table 31 on page 115.


GPDATA_BUFFERGPDATA_BUFFER is a general purpose register that regulates the exchange ofdata between camera and host for:• writing look-up tables (LUTs) into the camera• uploading/downloading of the shading image
GPDATA_INFOGPDATA_BUFFER
Register

Buffer size queryindicates the actual storage range

Name

0xF1000FFC GPDATA_INFO

Field

Bit

Description--BufferSize[0 to 15]
[16 to 31]

Reserved
Size of GPDATA_BUFFER (byte)

0xF1001000 GPDATA_BUFFER…
0xF10017FC
Table 169: Advanced register: GPData buffer
Note



•
•

Read the BufferSize before using.
GPDATA_BUFFER can be used by only one function at atime.

Little endian vs. big endian byte order• To read or write more than 4 byte data, Read/Write Block accesses to
GPDATA_BUFFER are recommended. This increases the transfer speed
compared to accessing every single quadlet.
• Each quadlet of the local buffer, containing the LUT data or shading image
for instance, has to be swapped byte wise from little endian byte order tobig endian byte order before writing on the bus. The reason for this is thedifference between the big endian byte order and the little endian byteorder of the IEEE 1394 bus on common operating systems (Intel PC).
Bit depth

little endian  big endian

Description

8 bit

L0 L1 L2 L3L3 L2 L1 L0

L: low byte

16 bitL0 H0 L1 H1H1 L1 H0 L0

H: high byte

Table 170: Swapped first quadlet at address offset 0
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

333

Firmware update

Firmware update
Firmware updates can be carried out via FireWire cable without opening thecamera.
Note

Should you need detailed support to use this feature, pleasecontact support@alliedvision.com.

Extended version number (microcontroller and FPGA)
The new extended version number for microcontroller and FPGA firmware has thefollowing format (four parts separated by periods; each part consists of two
digits):Special.Major.Minor.Bugfix
orxx.xx.xx.xx
Digit

Description

First part: Special

Omitted if zero
Indicates customer specific versions (OEMvariants). Each customer has its own number.

Second part: Major

Indicates big changes
Old: represented the number before the dot

Third part: Minor

Indicates small changes
Old: represented the number after the dot

Forth part: Bug fix

Indicates bug-fixing only (no changes of a feature)or build number

Table 171: New version number (microcontroller and FPGA)

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

334

Appendix

AppendixSensor position accuracy of Stingray cameras

camera body

pixel area

pixel areaycamera bodyDsensor casesensor casex

Figure 109: Sensor position accuracy

Criteria

Subject

Method of Positioning
Reference Points
Accuracy

Properties
Optical alignment of the photo sensitive sensor area into
the camera front module (lens mount front flange)

SensorCenter of the pixel area (photo sensitive cells)

CameraCenter of the lens mountx/y± 0.1 mm (sensor shift)z+0/-50 μm (optical back focal length)α± 0.5° (center rotation as the deviation from the parallelto the camera bottom)

Table 172: Criteria of Allied Vision sensor position accuracy

Note



x/y tolerances between C-Mount hole and pixel area may behigher.

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

335

Index

Index
Index

Index
Numerics
0xF1000010 (version info) .....................287
0xF1000040 (advanced feature inquiry) ..289
0xF1000100 (camera status) ..................291
0xF1000200 (max. resolution) ...............292
0xF1000208 (time base) ........................292
0xF100020C (extended shutter) ......195, 294
0xF1000210 (test image) .......................298
0xF1000220 (sequence mode) ................204
0xF1000240 (LUT) .................................299
0xF1000250 (shading) ...........................301
0xF1000260 (deferred image transport) ..304
0xF1000270 (frame info) .......................304
0xF1000274 (frame counter) ..................304
0xF1000298 (DPC_CTRL) ........................305
0xF1000300 (input control) ...................107
0xF1000340 (Delayed IntEna) ................308
0xF1000360 (auto shutter control) .........308
0xF1000370 (auto gain control) .............310
0xF1000390 (autofunction AOI) .............311
0xF10003A0 (color correction) ...............312
0xF1000400 (trigger delay)....................313
0xF1000410 (mirror image) ...................313
0xF1000510 (soft reset) .........................314
0xF1000520 (High SNR) .........................315
0xF1000550 (user profiles/memory channels/user sets) ......................................330
0xF1000560 (Max. ISO size S400) ...........316
0xF1000564 (Max. ISO size S800) ...........316
0xF1000570 (update timing modes)........318
0xF10005B0 (low noise binning mode) ...322
0xF1000610 (frame counter) ..................326
0xF1000620 (trigger counter) ................327
0xF1000630 (SIS) .................................323
0xF1000640 (software feature control)
disable LEDs ....................................329
0xF1000840 (debounce) ........................193
0xF1000FFC (GPData buffer) ...................333
0xF1100000 (Parameter-List Update) .....320
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling (b/w)
drawing ..........................................160
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling (color)drawing ..........................................161
2 x full binningdrawing ..........................................156
2 x horizontal binningdrawing ..........................................155
2 x vertical binningdrawing ..........................................154
A
Abs_Control (Field) .. 126, 131, 133, 134, 136,
283

Abs_Control_Inq (Field) ........................108
accessbinning and sub-sampling ................162
Access_Control_Register .......................272
AccessLutNo (Field) ...............................299
accuracy
sensor position ................................335
AddrOffset (Field).................... 295, 299, 302
Advanced feature inquiry .......................288
Advanced feature inquiry (advanced register)289

Advanced features .................................284
activate ..........................................286
base address ...................................272
inquiry ............................................270
advanced register
Advanced feature inquiry ..................289
Auto gain control .............................310
Auto shutter control ........................308
Autofunction AOI .............................311
Camera status ..................................291
Color correction ...............................312
defect pixel correction .....................305
Deferred image transport .................304
Delayed Integration Enable (IntEna) .308
Extended shutter ......................195, 294
Extended version .............................287
Format_7 mode mapping ..................321
frame counter ..................................326
Frame information ...........................304
GPData buffer ..................................333

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

336

IndexHigh SNR .........................................315
Input control ...................................107
Low noise binning mode ...................322
low noise binning mode....................322
LUT .................................................299
Max. ISO packet ...............................316
Max. resolution ...............................292
Mirror image....................................313
Output control .................................112
Parameter-List Update .....................320
Sequence mode ...............................204
Soft reset ........................................314
Test images .....................................298
Time base ........................................292
Trigger counter ................................327
Trigger delay ...................................313
Update timing modes .......................318
User profiles ....................................330
algorithm
correction data ................................140
A_M_MODE (Field) ..... 126, 131, 133, 134, 136
AOI ...............................................141, 232
correction data ................................141
appendix ..............................................335
area of interest (AOI) ......................141, 234
asynchronous broadcast ........................199
auto exposure
limits ..............................................308
target grey level .......................135, 308
Auto Exposure (CSR register) ..................134
auto gain .......................................132, 308
Auto gain control (advanced register) .....310
auto shutter ............................129, 131, 308
Auto shutter control (advanced register) .308
auto white balance ................................129
external trigger ...............................129
AUTO_EXPOSURE ...................................134
AUTOFNC_AOI ................................129, 311
AUTOFNC_AOI positioning ......................130
Autofunction AOI (advanced register) .....311
AUTOGAIN_CTRL ....................................310
Auto_Inq ..............................................108
automatic generation
correction data ................................140
AUTOSHUTTER_CTRL ..............................308

Index
Index

AUTOSHUTTER_HI ..................................308
AUTOSHUTTER_LO .................................308
B
bandwidth ............................................214
affect frame rate ..............................248
available .........................................236
deferred image transport ..................171
FastCapture .....................................174
RGB8 format ....................................180save in RAW-mode ...........................175
BAYER demosaicing ........................174, 178
BAYER mosaic........................................174
BAYER to RGB
color interpretation .........................174
binning ................................................152
access .............................................162
full .................................................156
horizontal .......................................155
only Stingray b/w ............................152
vertical ...........................................153
BitsPerValue .........................................299
black level ............................................136
black value ....................................135, 136
black/white camera
block diagram..................................124
block diagram
b/w camera .....................................124
color camera ...................................125
block diagrams
cameras ..........................................124
BRIGHTNESS ..................................136, 278
Brightness
inquiry register ................................271
brightness
auto shutter ....................................131
average ...........................................132
decrease .........................................308
descending .....................................210
effects ............................................202
IIDC register ....................................136
increase ...................................135, 308
level ........................................139, 142
LUT .................................................145
nonlinear ........................................145
reference .................................131, 132
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

337

Indexsetting ............................................136
sub-sampling ..................................157
variation .........................................307
Brightness (CSR register) .......................136
Brightness Control ................................271
Brightness_inq. ....................................273
BRIGHTNESS_INQUIRY ...........................273
buffer
LUT .................................................146
BuildDPData flag ...................................150
advanced register ............................305
bulk trigger....................................185, 186bulk trigger (Trigger_Mode_15) .............186
Bus_Id .................................................252
busy signal ...........................................110
C
camera dimensions ................................. 84
2 x IEEE 1394b copper ....................... 85
camera interfaces ................................... 99
camera lenses ........................................ 97
Camera status (advanced register) ..........291
camerasblock diagram ..................................124
CAMERA_STATUS ...................................291
Camera_Status_Register ........................252
channel ................................................118
color camera
block diagram ..................................125
color coding..........................................169
color codings ........................................169
color correction.......................174, 178, 179
Allied Vision cameras .......................178
formula ...........................................178
why? ...............................................178
Color correction (advanced register) .......312
Color correction (Field) ..........................289
color information ..................................174
Color_Coding ........................................169
COLOR_CODING_INQ ..............................169
common GND
inputs .............................................101
common vcc
outputs ...........................................101
conformity ............................................. 42
consequence

Index
Index

BAYER demosaicing ..........................175
continuous
using Trigger_Mode_15 ....................188
controlling
image capture .................................185
correction
color ...............................................174
correction data
algorithm ........................................140
AOI .................................................141
automatic generation.......................140
requirements ...................................140
shading ..........................................138
CSR ......................................................252
shutter ...........................................131
CSR register
Auto Exposure .................................134
Brightness ......................................136
GAIN ...............................................133
Temperature ....................................283
cycle time
examples ........................................325
structure .........................................324
cycle time (SIS) ....................... 212, 323, 324
Ddaisy chain ............................................ 41
data block packet format ........................118
description ......................................118
data exchange buffer
LUT .................................................146
data packets .........................................118
data path ..............................................124
data payload size ............................ 54, 248
data_length..........................................118
DCAM .......................................40, 214, 252
debounce (advanced registers summary) .286
debounce time
for input ports .................................193
debounce time for trigger ......................192
default sequence mode ..........................205
defect pixel correction
advanced register ............................305
build and store ................................148
building defect pixel data .................149
calculated mean value ......................305
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

338

Indexdata storing mechanism ...................152
max. 2000 defect pixels ....................306
mechanisms ....................................147
defect pixel correction (advanced register) ..
305

defect pixel correction (DPC) ..................305
deferred image transport ................171, 304
Deferred image transport (advanced register)304

deferred transport .................................209
Delayed Integration Enable (IntEna) (advanced register) ....................................308
DelayTime .............................................307
Digital Camera Specification (DCAM) .......252
digital video information .......................118
digitizer ...............................................145
disableLEDs ...............................................329
disable LEDs
software feature control ...................329
document history ................................... 24
DPC (defect pixel correction) ..................305
DPC data
storing mechanism...........................152
DPC_CTRL..............................................305
DPC_INFO .............................................306
DPC_MEM ..............................................306
DPDataSize
defect pixel data size (max. 2000) .....306
Eedge mode (Trigger_Mode_0) .........110, 185effective min. exp. time .........................194
EnableMemWR (Field) ............................299
Encapsulated Update (begin/end) ...166, 167
End of exposure.....................................197
error codeuser profiles ....................................331
error codes
LED .................................................105
example (parameter list) .......................320
examplescycle time........................................325
ExpOffset ..............................................293
Exposure time
(Field) ............................................195

Index
Index

exposure time .......................................193
81 Ch register ..................................195
example ..........................................194
extended shutter .............................294
FIFO ................................................207
formula ...........................................193
longest ...........................................195
long-term integration ......................195
minimum ........................................194
Exposure time offset ..............................194
ExpTime (Field) .....................................195
EXTD_SHUTTER ......................................294
extended shutter ...................................195
FireDemo ........................................294
FireView ..........................................294
inactive....................................195, 294
register ...........................................294
trigger mode ...................................185
Extended shutter (advanced register) ....195,
294

Extended version (advanced register) .....287
EXTENDED_SHUTTER ..............................195
External GND.........................................101
external signal (SeqMode) .....................205
external trigger .....................................106
F
Fast Parameter Update Timing .. 167, 168, 169
FastCapture
bandwidth.......................................174
deferred image transport ..................304
false ...............................................174
only Format_7 .................................174
FastCapture (Field) ................................304
FireDemo
extended shutter .............................294
FirePackage
OHCI API software ............................. 40
Firepackage
additional checks image integrity......213
Firetool program ...................................210
FireView
extended shutter .............................294
FireWireconnecting capabilities ..................... 50
definition ......................................... 48
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

339

Indexserial bus ......................................... 49
FireWire 400........................................... 51
FireWire 800........................................... 51
firmware update ....................................334
focal length ........................................... 97
Format_7 mode mapping (advanced register)
321

Format_7 modes
mapping .........................................163
FORMAT_7_ERROR_1 .............................105
FORMAT_7_ERROR_2 .............................105
formulacolor correction ...............................178
FOV ......................................................137
FPGA boot error .....................................105
frame counter ................................212, 326
frame counter (advanced register) ..........326
frame counter (SIS) ...............................323
Frame information (advanced register) ...304
frame rates ...........................................214
bus speed ........................................215
Format_7 ........................................239
maximum ........................................214
tables .............................................235
video mode 0 ...................................238
video mode 2 ...................................238
Frame valid ...........................................110
FrameCounter .......................................304
free-run ................................................199
full binning ...........................................156
Fval ......................................................110
Fval signal ............................................110G
gain
auto................................................132
auto exposure CSR ...........................132
AUTOFNC_AOI ..................................129
manual ...........................................135
manual gain range ....................127, 135
ranges ............................................135
GAIN (CSR register) ...............................133
GAIN (name) .........................................133
GAIN (register)......................................128
gain CSR ...............................................135
gamma function ....................................145

Index
Index

CCD models .....................................141
gamma LUT ...........................................145
global pipelined shutter ........................185
global shutter .......................................185
GND for RS232.......................................101
GPData buffer (advanced register) ..........333
GPDATA_BUFFER ..................... 143, 144, 146
GRAB_COUNT ........................................140
H
hardware trigger ............................109, 191
HDR mode.............................................289
heat dissipation ..................................... 45high level (SeqMode).............................205
High Signal Noise Ratio (HSNR) ..............170
High SNR (advanced register) .................315
High SNR mode .....................................170
HoldImg
field ...............................................172
flag ................................................172
mode ..............................................172
set ..................................................304
HoldImg (Field) ....................................304
horizontal binning ................................155
horizontal mirror function .....................137
horizontal sub-sampling (b/w)
drawing ..........................................157
horizontal sub-sampling (color)drawing ..........................................158
HSNR....................................................170
hue ......................................................177
offset ..............................................177
I
I/O controlled sequence pointer reset .....209
I/O controlled sequence stepping mode ..208
ID
color coding ....................................169
IEEE 1394 .............................................. 40
Trade Association.............................252
IEEE 1394 standards ............................... 48
IEEE 1394adata transmission ............................. 49
IEEE 1394bbandwidths ...................................... 54
data transmission ............................. 50

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

340

IndexIIDC ..................................40, 120, 214, 252data structure ...........................122, 123
isochronous data block packet format 118
pixel data ........................................118
trigger delay....................................108
video data format ............................119
YUV 4:1:1 ..........................119, 120, 121
YUV 4:2:2 ..........................119, 120, 121
IIDC V1.31 ............................................185
IIDC V1.31 camera control standards........ 51
image buffer (RAM) ................................ 58
image capture
controlling ......................................185
IMAGE_POSITION ...................................232
ImageRepeat ........................................208
IMAGE_SIZE ..........................................232
incrementing list pointer .......................202
input
block diagram ..................................106
signals ............................................106
Input control (advanced register) ...........107
input mode ...........................................107
input/output pin control ........................307
InputMode (Field) .................................107
inputscommon GND ...................................101
general ...........................................106
in detail ..........................................106
triggers ...........................................106
inquiry
software trigger ...............................274
trigger source 0 ...............................274
Inquiry registerbasic function ..................................270
Integration Enable signal.......................110
IntEna ...........................................101, 114
IntEna signal .................................110, 307
IntEna_Delay ........................................115
IntEna_Out ...........................................307
internal trigger .....................................185
interpolation
BAYER demosaicing ...................174, 175
BAYER to RGB ..................................174
color ...............................................174
IO_INP_CTRL1 .......................................107

Index
Index

IO_INP_CTRL2 .......................................107
IO_INP_DEBOUNCE ................................286
IO_OUTP_CTRL1 ....................................112
IO_OUTP_CTRL2 ....................................112
IO_OUTP_CTRL3 ....................................112
IO_OUTP_CTRL4 ....................................112
isochronous blocks ................................118
isochronous channel number .................118
isochronous data block packet format .....118
isochronous data packets .......................118
Isochronous Resource Manager (IRM) .....317
ISO_Enable ...........................................199
IsoEnable .............................................209
white balance ..................................128
ISO_Enable mode ..................................199
multi-shot .......................................199
one-shot .........................................196
J
jitter .............................................197, 201
at exposure start..............................201
L
LED
error codes ......................................105
indication .......................................105
status .............................................104
LEDsdisable............................................329
level mode (Trigger_Mode_1) ................185
look-up table (LUT) ........................145, 299
user-defined....................................145
Low noise binning mode (advanced register)322

low noise binning mode (advanced register)322

LUT ......................................................299
data exchange buffer .......................146
example ..........................................145
gamma ...........................................145
general ...........................................145
loading into camera .........................146
volatile ...........................................145
LUT (advanced register) .........................299
LUT_CTRL ..............................................299
LUT_INFO .............................................299

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

341

Index

LUT_MEM_CTRL .....................................299
LutNo ...................................................299
LutNo (Field) ........................................299
M
Manual_Inq ..........................................108
Max. ISO packet (advanced register) .......316
Max. resolution (advanced register) ........292
Maximum resolution (Register) ..............292
MaxLutSize (Field) .................................299
MAX_RESOLUTION .................................292
MaxResolution (Field) ............................289
MaxSize (Field) .....................................306
Max_Value ............................................108
MaxValue ..............................................310
Mean
defect pixel mean value ....................305
Memory channel
error codes ......................................303
memory channels ..................................330
memory channels (user profiles).............330
Min. exp. time + offset ...........................194
Minimum exposure time .........................194
Min_Value ............................................108
MinValue ..............................................310
mirror function
horizontal .......................................137
Mirror image (advanced register) ............313
MSB aligned ..........................................118
multi-shot .....................................199, 209
external trigger ...............................199
using Trigger_Mode_15 ....................188
N
No DCAM object .....................................105
No FLASH object ....................................105
Node_Id ...............................................252
non-uniform illumination ......................139
non-volatile memory (Flash) ................... 58
NumOfLuts ............................................299
NumOfLuts (Field) .................................299
O
OFFSET
automatic white balance...................128
offset ...................................................193
800h ...............................................136

Index
Index

CCD .................................................136
configuration ROM ...........................256
factors ............................................256
hue .................................................177
initialize register .............................259
inquiry register video format ............259
inquiry register video mode ..............260
saturation .......................................177
setting brightness............................136
setting gain.....................................135
OHCI API
FirePackage ...................................... 40
One_Push (Field) ...... 126, 131, 133, 134, 136
one-push white balance .........................128
One_Push_Inq ......................................108
one-shot ..............................................196
Trigger_Mode_15 ............................185
using Trigger_Mode_15 ....................188
values .............................................197
one-shot bit ..........................................196
one-shot mode ......................................196
ON_OFF ................................................108
ON_OFF (Field) ......................................126
optocoupler ..........................................106
outputblock diagram..................................111
signals ............................................110
Output control ......................................112
Output control (advanced register) .........112
output impulse diagram
WaitingForTrigger ............................114
output mode .........................................111
ID ...................................................113
Output mode (Field) ..............................112
output pin control .................................113
outputs ................................................110
common vcc ....................................101
general ...........................................106
registers .........................................111
set by software ................................115
OutVCC .................................................101
P
Packed 12-Bit Mode ...............................169
Packed 12-Bit MONO ..............................169
Packed 12-Bit RAW ................................169
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

342

Indexpacket format........................................118
parameter list
example ..........................................168
parameter list (example) .......................320
Parameter-List Update .............166, 167, 168
Parameter-List Update (advanced register) ..
320

PDS ................................................ 58, 295
Permanent Data Storage .................. 58, 295
Permanent data storage .........................294
PI controller .........................................132
pin control ............................................307
PinState (Field) .....................................107
PinState flag .........................................111
pixel data .............................................118
plus integral controller ..........................132
pointer reset .........................................202
Polarity (Field) ...............................107, 112
PowerIEEE 1394b ....................................... 99
powercable ............................................... 46
GND ................................................101
presence
software trigger ...............................274
trigger source 0 ...............................274
Presence_Inq ........................................107
Presence_Inq (Field) ......................108, 126
programmable mode (Trigger_Mode_15) 185
pulse-width modulation
signal .............................................110
PulseWidthMod signal ............................110Q
QFCM ....................................................165
Quick Format Change Mode..............164, 167(QFCM) ..............................165, 167, 168
Quick parameter change timing modes ....164
R
read value
trigger input....................................274
Readout_Inq .........................................108
Register mapping (error code) ................105
repeat counter ......................................202
Requirements

Index
Index

correction data ................................140
RGB to YUV
formula ...........................................180
RGB8 format .........................................180
rising edge (SeqMode) ...........................205
RS232 ..................................................101
RxD_RS232 ...........................................101
S
safety ...................................................... 2heat dissipation ................................ 45
lens mounts ..................................... 44
saturation.............................................177
offset ..............................................177
secure image signature (SIS)
definition ........................................211
scenarios ........................................211
Sensor ..................................................335
Sensor position accuracy ........................335
Seq_Length ..........................................209
SeqLength ............................................209
SeqModedescription ......................................205
sequencedeferred mode .................................172
important notes...............................209
modified registers ............................203of images ........................................202
one-push white balance ...................128
OneShot ..........................................196
sequence mode .....................................202
cancel .............................................209changes to registers .........................211
default ............................................205
example of settings..........................210
features ..........................................208
flow diagram ...................................207
frame rate .......................................203
image size .......................................203
implemented ...................................204
pointer reset ...................................202
repeat counter .................................202
Sequence mode (advanced register) .......204
Sequence Reset .....................................107
Sequence Step ......................................107
sequence step mode ..............................205
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

343

IndexSEQUENCE_CTRL .............................204, 284
SEQUENCE_PARAM ..........................204, 284
SEQUENCE_STEP .............................204, 284
shading
correction data ................................138
shading correction .........................138, 301
shading image ......................................139
automatic generation .......................140
delay ..............................................141
Format_7 ........................................141
generation ......................................142
load into camera ..............................144
load out of camera ...........................143
shading images .....................................301
shading reference image ........................140
sharpness .............................................176
SHDG_CTRL ....................................141, 301
SHDG_INFO ...........................................302
SHDG_MEM_CTRL ...........................295, 302
SHUTTER ...............................................131
Shutter CSR ...........................................131
shutter time
formula ...........................................193
SHUTTER_MODES ...................................185
signal-to noise ratio (SNR)
vertical binning ...............................154
signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) ....................153
signal-to-noise separation .....................153
single-shot mode ..................................209
SIS
advanced register ............................323
cycle time..........................212, 323, 324
definition ........................................211
frame counter ..................................323
scenarios .................................211, 212
trigger counter .........................212, 323
SmartView ............................................. 40
SNR ......................................................153
Soft reset (advanced register) ................314
software feature control
disable LEDs ....................................329
software trigger
inquiry ............................................274
write,read .......................................276
Software_Trigger (inquiry register) .........276

Index
Index

Software_Trigger_Inq ............................274
specifications......................................... 58
spectral transmission
IR cut filter ....................................... 96
Stack setup (error code).........................105
Stack start (error code) ..........................105
standard housing ................................... 85Standard Parameter Update Timing . 164, 165,
318

Standard Update (IIDC) ........... 166, 168, 169
status LED.............................................104
Stingray F-033B/C (Specification) ........... 60
Stingray F-046B (Specification) ............... 63
Stingray F-080B/C (Specification) ........... 66
Stingray F-125B/C (Specification) ........... 69
Stingray F-145B/C (Specification) ........... 72
Stingray F-146B (Specification) ............... 75
Stingray F-201B/C (Specification) ........... 78
Stingray types ........................................ 41
stored settings
user profile .....................................332
structure
cycle time .......................................324
styles .................................................... 38
sub-sampling
access .............................................162b/w and color ..................................157
brightness.......................................157
definition ........................................157sy (sync bit) ..........................................118
symbols ................................................. 38
sync bit (sy) ..........................................118
synchronization value (sync bit) .............118
system components ................................ 96
T
tag field ...............................................118
target grey level
corresponds to Auto_exposure ..........279
Target grey level (auto exposure) ....135, 308
Target grey level (SmartView)
corresponds to auto exposure ...........131
tCode ...................................................118
TEMPERATURE .......................................283
Temperature (CSR register) ....................283
test image ............................................250
Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

344

Indexb/w cameras ....................................250
Bayer-coded ....................................251
color ...............................................251
color cameras ..................................251
configuration register ......................298
gray bar ..........................................250
save ................................................297
Test images (advanced register) .............298
TEST_IMAGE ..........................................298
tg .........................................................118
thresholddefect pixel correction ..............149, 305
time base ..............................................194
exposure time ..................................193
setting ............................................294
trigger delay.............................108, 189
Time base (advanced register) ................292
time base (Register) ..............................292
time base ID ..........................................293
time response .......................................197
TIMEBASE ......................................284, 292
TimeBase (Field) ...................................289
TPAIEEE 1394b ....................................... 99
TPA(R)IEEE 1394b ....................................... 99
TPA+ ...................................................... 99
TPBIEEE-1394b ...................................... 99
TPB(R)IEEE 1394b ....................................... 99
TPB+...................................................... 99
IEEE 1394b ....................................... 99transaction code (tCode)........................118
triggerbulk .........................................185, 186
control image capture ......................185
delay .......................................108, 115edge ...............................................109
external ..........................................185
hardware..................................109, 191
impulse ...........................................196
IntEna ............................................114
internal ..........................................185
latency time ....................................201

Index
Index

microcontroller ...............................197
one-shot .........................................196
sequence mode................................202
signal .............................................106
software..........................................199
synchronize.....................................201
trigger counter......................................327
trigger counter (advanced register) ........327
trigger counter (SIS) ......................212, 323
trigger delay .........................................189
advanced CSR ...........................109, 191
advanced register .....................109, 191
off ..................................................109
on ..................................................109
Trigger delay (advanced register) ...........313
Trigger Delay CSR ..................................109
trigger delay CSR ...................................190
Trigger delay inquiry register..................189
trigger delay inquiry register ..................108
trigger function.....................................187
trigger input
read raw data ..................................274
trigger modes .......................................185
trigger overrun .....................................212
trigger source 0
inquiry ............................................274
TRIGGER_DELAY....................... 109, 190, 191
TRIGGER_DELAY_INQUIRY ...............108, 189
TRIGGER_MODE .....................................187
Trigger_Mode........................................187
Trigger_Mode_0 (edge mode) .........110, 185
Trigger_Mode_1 (level mode) ................185
Trigger_Mode_15 (bulk trigger) ......185, 186
Trigger_Mode_15 (programmable mode) 185
Trigger_Polarity ....................................187
triggers ................................................106
input ..............................................106
Trigger_Source......................................187
Trigger_Source0_Inq .............................274
Trigger_Value .......................................187
tripod adapter ........................................ 86
tripod dimensions .................................. 86
types
Stingray cameras .............................. 41

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

345

IndexU
U/B_Value (Field) .................................126
U/V slider range ....................................127
UNIT_POSITION_INQ ..............................232
UNIT_SIZE_INQ .....................................232
Update timing modes (advanced register) ....
318

user profile
stored settings ................................332
user profiles ..........................................330
error code .......................................331
User profiles (advanced register) ............330
user sets ...............................................330
user value .............................................212
V
V/R_Value (Field) ..................................126
VCC
IEEE 1394b ....................................... 99
Vendor Unique Color_Coding ..................169
Vendor unique Features .........................270
vertical binning .....................................153
SNR ................................................154
vertical sub-sampling (b/w)
drawing ..........................................159
vertical sub-sampling (color)drawing ..........................................159
VG (GND)IEEE 1394b ....................................... 99
video data format
IIDC V1.31 .......................................119
Video data payload ................................118
video format
available bandwidth .........................235
frame rate .......................................235
video Format_7
AOI .................................................232
video formats ........................................214
video information ..................................118
video mode
CUR-V-MODE ....................................276
Format_7 ........................................281
inquiry register ................................260
sample C code ..................................254
video mode 0 ........................................238
video mode 2 ........................................238

Index
Index

VMode_ERROR_STATUS ..........................105
VP
IEEE 1394b ....................................... 99
VP (Power, VCC)IEEE 1394b ....................................... 99
W
WaitingForTrigger
ID 0x0A ...........................................113
output impulse diagram ...................114
WaitingForTrigger signal ........................110
white balance
auto ...............................................129
AUTOFNC_AOI ..................................129
conditions ................................128, 129
general ...........................................125
Hue register ....................................177
one-push ........................................128
register 80Ch ...................................126
six frames .......................................128
WHITE_BALANCE ............................126, 128

Stingray Technical Manual V4.6.9

346